2014-V2 Huawei Product and Knowledge Enterprise Customer Training Manual PDF

2014 Huawei Product and Knowledge
Enterprise Customer Training Manual
Huawei Enterprise Training&Certification Department
2014
2014 Huawei Product and Knowledge Enterprise Customer Training Manual
CONTENTS
1
Huawei Training&Certification Service .................................................................................................................. 1

1.1
ICT Convergence Training&Certification Solution .................................................................................. 1
1.2
Huawei Training Service ...................................................................................................................... 1
1.3
Help customer successfully deploy, operate and optimize Huawei products and solutions ...................... 2
1.4
Learning Path ...................................................................................................................................... 4
1.5
Huawei's Career Certification ............................................................................................................... 5
1.6
Training Instructors .............................................................................................................................. 6
1.7
Training Methods ................................................................................................................................. 6
1.8
Huawei online learning center (Learning Website) ................................................................................. 7

1.8.1
How to register for a website account? ......................................................................................... 7
1.8.2
How to get online learning resource? ............................................................................................ 7
1.8.3
Frequently-Used Functions on Learning Website .......................................................................... 8
Enterprise IP Training Courses ............................................................................................................................. 9

2.1
Enterprise IP Training Path................................................................................................................... 9

2.1.1
Routing and Switching Certification Training Path ......................................................................... 9
2.1.2
WLAN Certification Training Path ................................................................................................10
2.1.3
Security Certification Training Path .............................................................................................. 11
2.1.4
Huawei Routing and Switching Field Engineer Training Path ........................................................ 11
2.1.5
IP Technology Fundamental Principle Training Path .....................................................................12
2.1.6
NE Routers Training Path............................................................................................................13
2.1.7
AR G3 Routers Training Path ......................................................................................................14
2.1.8
AR Series Industrial Routers Training Path ..................................................................................15
2.1.9
Chassis Switches (S97/S93/S77) Training Path ...........................................................................16
2.1.10
Box Switches (S67/S57/S37/27)Training Path..............................................................................17
2.1.11
Data Center Switches (CE128/CE78/CE68/CE58) Training Path ..................................................18
2.1.12
WLAN (AC/ACU/AP) Training Path ..............................................................................................19
2.1.13
MSCG(ME60) Training Path ........................................................................................................20
2.1.14
PTN Product Training Path ..........................................................................................................21
2.1.15
Enterprise Network Management System eSight Training Path ....................................................22
2.1.16
Enterprise Network Design Training Path .....................................................................................23
2.1.17
Firewall Training Path .................................................................................................................24
2.1.18
Security Management Software Training Path ..............................................................................25
2.1.19
Intrusion Detection and Prevention Training Path .........................................................................26
2.1.20
Security Solution Operation and Maintenance Training Path.........................................................27
2.2
List of Enterprise IP Training Programs ................................................................................................28
2.3
Certification Training Programs ...........................................................................................................34

2.3.1
HCNA Huawei Certified Network Associate Training .....................................................................34
2.3.2
HCNA-Fast Huawei Certified Network Associate Training (Fast-Track 5 days)...............................35
2.3.3
HCNP-R&S Huawei Certified Network Professional - Routing and Switching Training ...................36
2.3.4
HCNP-R&S-IERN Implementing Enterprise Routing Network Training ..........................................37
2.3.5
HCNP-R&S-IESN Implementing Enterprise Switching Network Training .......................................38
-1-
2.3.6
HCNP-R&S-IENP Improving Enterprise Network Performance Training ........................................39
2.3.7
HCNP-R&S Huawei Certified Network Professional - Routing and Switching Training (Fast-Track 5
days)
40
2.3.8
HCNA-WLAN Huawei Certified Network Associate - WLAN Training.............................................41
2.3.9
HCNA-Security-CBSN Constructing Basic Security Network Training ...........................................43
2.3.10
HCNP-Security-CISN Constructing Infrastructure of Security Network Training .............................44
2.3.11
HCNP-Security-CTSS Constructing Terminal Security System Training ........................................45
2.3.12
HCNP-Security-CSSN Constructing Service Security Network Training ........................................46
2.3.13
HCS-Field-R&S Huawei Routing and Switching Field Engineer Training .......................................47
2.3.14
HCS-Field-WLAN Huawei WLAN Planning & Optimization Training ..............................................49
2.4
IP Technology Fundamental Principle Training Programs .....................................................................52

2.4.1
IP Network Technology Fundamental Training..............................................................................52
2.4.2
Huawei VRP System Training......................................................................................................53
2.4.3
Enterprise LAN Technology Training ............................................................................................54
2.4.4
Enterprise WAN Technology Training ...........................................................................................55
2.4.5
Enterprise IP Routing Technology Training ...................................................................................56
2.4.6
IP Technology Fundamentals(Fast-Track) ....................................................................................57
2.5
Advanced Technology Training Programs ............................................................................................58

2.5.1
Enterprise IP Multicast Technologies Training ..............................................................................58
2.5.2
Enterprise IP VPN Technology Training .......................................................................................59
2.5.3
Enterprise MPLS VPN Technologies Training ...............................................................................61
2.5.4
Enterprise MPLS TE Technologies Training .................................................................................63
2.5.5
Enterprise QoS Technology Training ............................................................................................64
2.5.6
Enterprise HA Technology Training ..............................................................................................65
2.5.7
Enterprise IPv6 Technology Training ............................................................................................66
2.6
Campus Routers(NE/AR) Training Programs .......................................................................................67

2.6.1
NE Routers Installation and Commissioning Training ...................................................................67
2.6.2
NE Routers Basic Operation and Maintenance Training ...............................................................68
2.6.3
NE Routers Operation and Maintenance Training (Including the Basic O/M Training) ....................69
2.6.4
NE Routers Operation and Maintenance Training (Fast-Track) .....................................................71
2.6.5
NE20E-S Series Multi-Service Routers Operation and Maintenance Training ................................72
2.6.6
AR G3 Routers Installation and Commissioning Training ..............................................................73
2.6.7
AR G3 Routers Basic Operation and Maintenance Training ..........................................................74
2.6.8
AR G3 Routers Operation and Maintenance Training (Including the Basic O/M Training) ...............75
2.6.9
AR G3 Routers Operation and Maintenance Training (Fast-Track) ................................................77
2.6.10
Campus Routers(NE/AR) Operation and Maintenance Training(Fast-Track) .................................79
2.7
AR Series Industrial Routers Training Programs ..................................................................................81

2.7.1
2.8
AR Series Industrial Routers Operation and Maintenance Training ...............................................81

Campus Switches (S Series) Training Programs ..................................................................................83
2.8.1
Chassis Switches (S97/S93/S77) Installation and Commissioning Training ...................................83
2.8.2
Chassis Switches (S97/S93/S77) Basic Operation and Maintenance Training ...............................84
2.8.3
Chassis Switches (S97/S93/S77) Operation and Maintenance Training (Including the Basic O/M
-2-
Training)
85
2.8.4
Chassis Switches (S97/S93/S77) Operation and Maintenance Training (Fast-Track) .....................87
2.8.5
S12700 Series Agile Switches Operation and Maintenance Training .............................................89
2.8.6
Box Switches (S67/S57/S37/S27) Installation and Commissioning Training ..................................90
2.8.7
Box Switches (S67/S57/S37/S27) Basic Operation and Maintenance Training ..............................91
2.8.8
Box Switches (S67/S57/S37/S27) Operation and Maintenance Training (Including the Basic O/M
Training)
92
2.8.9
Campus Switches(S series) Operation and Maintenance Training ................................................94
2.8.10
Campus Switches(S series) Operation and Maintenance Training (Fast-Track) .............................97
2.9
Data Center Switches (CE Series) Training Programs ..........................................................................99

2.9.1
Data Center Switches (CE128/CE78/CE68/CE58) Installation and Commissioning Training ..........99
2.9.2
Data Center Switches (CE128/CE78/CE68/CE58) Basic Operation and Maintenance Training .... 100
2.9.3
Data Center Switches (CE128/CE78/CE68/CE58) Operation and Maintenance Training (Including
the Basic O/M Training) ............................................................................................................................... 101

2.9.4
Data Center Switches (CE128/CE78/CE68/CE58) Operation and Maintenance Training (Fast-Track)

103
2.10
WLAN(AC/ACU/AP) Training Programs ............................................................................................. 105

2.10.1
WLAN Technology Basics Training ............................................................................................ 105
2.10.2
WLAN Installation and Commissioning Training ......................................................................... 106
2.10.3
WLAN Basic Operation and Maintenance Training ..................................................................... 107
2.10.4
WLAN Operation and Maintenance Training (Including the Basic O/M Training) .......................... 108
2.10.5
Chassis Switches WLAN Features (ACU) Operation and Maintenance Training .......................... 110
2.11
MSCG(ME60) Training Programs ...................................................................................................... 112

2.11.1
ME60 Products 1st Line Maintenance Training........................................................................... 112
2.11.2
ME60 Products 2nd Line Maintenance Training ......................................................................... 113
2.11.3
ME60 Products IPTV Service Features Training......................................................................... 114
2.11.4
ME60 Products Troubleshooting Training ................................................................................... 115
2.11.5
iManager U2000 ME60 Product Operation Training.................................................................... 116
2.12
PTN Products Training Programs ...................................................................................................... 117

2.12.1
PTN Products Installation and Commissioning Training .............................................................. 117
2.12.2
PTN Products 1st Line Maintenance Training............................................................................. 118
2.12.3
PTN Products 2nd Line Maintenance Training ........................................................................... 119
2.12.4
PTN Products 3rd Line Maintenance Training ............................................................................ 120
2.12.5
PTN Network Planning and Design Training............................................................................... 121
2.13
Enterprise Network Management System eSight Training Programs ................................................... 122

2.13.1
eSight Enterprise Junior Operation and Maintenance Training .................................................... 122
2.13.2
eSight Enterprise NM Operation and Maintenance Training (Including the Basic O/M Training) ... 123
2.13.3
eSight WLAN Management Training .......................................................................................... 124
2.13.4
eSight MPLS VPN Management Training................................................................................... 125
2.13.5
eSight MPLS Tunnel Management Training ............................................................................... 126
2.13.6
eSight SLA Management Training ............................................................................................. 127
2.13.7
eSight IPSec VPN Management Training ................................................................................... 128
-3-
2.13.8
eSight Smart Report Management Training ............................................................................... 129
2.13.9
eSight NTA (Network Traffic Analyzer) Management Training ..................................................... 130
2.13.10
eSight Access Management Training ......................................................................................... 131
2.13.11
eSight Data Center Management Training ................................................................................. 132
2.13.12
eSight SecureCenter (VSM) Management Training .................................................................... 133
2.13.13
eSight LogCenter (eLog) Management Training ......................................................................... 134
2.14
Enterprise Network Design Training Programs ................................................................................... 135

2.14.1
Enterprise Network Design Outlines Training ............................................................................. 135
2.14.2
Enterprise Campus Network Design Training ............................................................................. 136
2.14.3
Enterprise MPLS VPN Design Training ...................................................................................... 137
2.14.4
Data Center Network Design Training ........................................................................................ 138
2.15
Security Technology Fundamentals Training Programs ...................................................................... 139

2.15.1
2.16
Firewall Technology Fundamentals Training ............................................................................... 139

Security Technology Topic Training Programs .................................................................................... 140
2.16.1
Firewall VPN Technical Topic Training........................................................................................ 140
2.16.2
Firewall UTM Technical Topic Training ....................................................................................... 141
2.16.3
Firewall Advanced Technology Training ..................................................................................... 142
2.17
Firewall Training Programs................................................................................................................ 143

2.17.1
USG2000/5000 Low-and-middle Firewall Installation and Commissioning Training ...................... 143
2.17.2
USG2000/5000 Low-and-middle Firewall Operation and Maintenance Training(include
USG2000/5000 Low-and-middle Firewall Installation and Commissioning Training) ....................................... 144

2.17.3
USG6000 Next Generation Firewall Installation and Commissioning Training.............................. 145
2.17.4
USG6000 Next Generation Firewall Operation and Maintenance Training(include USG6000 Next
Generation Firewall Installation and Commissioning Training)....................................................................... 146

2.17.5
USG9500 High-end Firewall Installation and Commissioning Training......................................... 147
2.17.6
USG9500 High-end Firewall Operation and Maintenance Training(include High-end Firewall
Installation and Commissioning Training) ..................................................................................................... 148

2.17.7
USG2000/5000 Low-and-middle Firewall Operation and Maintenance Training(Fast-Track) ........ 149
2.17.8
SVN Installation and Commissioning Training ............................................................................ 150
2.17.9
SVN Operation and Maintenance Training(include SVN Installation and Commissioning Training)
151
2.17.10
ASG Installation and Commissioning Training ............................................................................ 152
2.17.11
ASG Operation and Maintenance Training(include ASG Installation and Commissioning Training)
153
2.18
Security Management Software Training Programs ............................................................................ 154

2.18.1
Policy Center(TSM) Installation and Commissioning Training ..................................................... 154
2.18.2
Policy Center(TSM) Operation and Maintenance Training(include TSM Installation and
Commissioning Training) ............................................................................................................................. 155

2.18.3
2.19
DSM Operation and Maintenance Training................................................................................. 156

Intrusion Detection and Prevention Training Programs ....................................................................... 157
2.19.1
NIP Installation and Commissioning Training ............................................................................. 157
2.19.2
NIP Operation and Maintenance Training(include NIP Installation and Commissioning Training) .. 158
-4-
2.20
Security Solution Operation and Maintenance Training Programs ....................................................... 159

2.20.1
DDoS Solution Operation and Maintenance Training .................................................................. 159
2.20.2
iSOC Solution Operation and Maintenance Training ................................................................... 160
2.20.3
UMA Solution Operation and Maintenance Training.................................................................... 161
2.20.4
Anyoffice Solution Operation and Maintenance Training ............................................................. 162
2.21
Security Planning and Design Training Programs............................................................................... 163

2.21.1
Firewall Planning and Design Training ....................................................................................... 163
Enterprise IT Training Courses .......................................................................................................................... 164

3.1
Enterprise IT Training Path ................................................................................................................ 164

3.1.1
Storage Certification Training Path ............................................................................................ 164
3.1.2
Cloud Computing Certification Training Path .............................................................................. 165
3.1.3
Unified Storage Training Path .................................................................................................... 166
3.1.4
NAS and Data Protection Training Path ..................................................................................... 167
3.1.5
Server Products Training Path ................................................................................................... 168
3.1.6
Cloud Computing Training Path ................................................................................................. 169
3.1.7
Data Center Training Path ......................................................................................................... 170
3.1.8
Specialist Certification Training Path .......................................................................................... 171
3.2
List of Enterprise IT Training Programs .............................................................................................. 172
3.3
Storage Certification Training Programs............................................................................................. 175

3.3.1
HCNA-Storage-BSSN Building the Structure of Storage Network Training .................................. 175
3.3.2
HCNP-Storage-CUSN Constructing Unified Storage Network Training ........................................ 176
3.3.3
HCNP-Storage-CBDS Constructing Big Data Solution Training .................................................. 177
3.3.4
HCNP-Storage-CDPS Constructing Data Protection System Training ......................................... 178
3.4
Cloud Computing Certification Training Programs .............................................................................. 179

3.4.1
3.5
HCNA-Cloud-BCCP Building Cloud Computing Platform Training ............................................... 179

IT Technology Foundation Training Programs .................................................................................... 180
3.5.1
3.6
Storage Technology Foundation Training ................................................................................... 180

IT Advanced Technology Training Programs ...................................................................................... 181
3.6.1
Storage Area Network(SAN) Advanced Technology Training....................................................... 181
3.6.2
Network Attached Storage(NAS) Advanced Technology Training ................................................ 182
3.6.3
Backup Advanced Technology Training ...................................................................................... 183
3.7
Unified Storage Training Programs .................................................................................................... 184

3.7.1
T seriesV1 (22T/26T/55T/56T/58T/68T) Storage Array Deployment and Management Training ... 184
3.7.2
T seriesV1 (22T/26T/55T/56T/58T/68T) Storage Array Deployment and Management Training
(Fast-Track) ................................................................................................................................................ 186
3.8
3.7.3
T seriesV2 (26T/55T/56T/58T/68T) Storage System Deployment and Management Training ....... 187
3.7.4
OceanStor 18500/18800 High-end Storage System Deployment and Management Training ....... 189
3.7.5
SNS series (SNS2124/SNS2224/SNS2248) FC Switch Product Deployment and Management
Training
191
3.7.6
Dorado2100 G2/5100 SSD Storage System Deployment and Management Training................... 192
3.7.7
VIS6000T Series Virtual Storage Gateway System Deployment and Management Training ......... 193
NAS and Data Protection Training Programs ..................................................................................... 195
-5-
3.8.1
OceanStor 9000 Storage System Deployment and Management Training................................... 195
3.8.2
N8500V2 Clustered NAS System Deployment and Management Training................................... 197
3.8.3
VTL6900 Virtual Tape Library System Deployment and Management Training ............................ 198
3.8.4
HDP3500E Backup System Deployment and Management Training ........................................... 199
3.9
Server Products Training Programs ................................................................................................... 200

3.9.1
RH Series Rack Server Deployment and Management Training ................................................. 200
3.9.2
X6000 Series Server Deployment and Management Training ..................................................... 201
3.9.3
E6000 Series Blade Server Deployment and Management Training ........................................... 202
3.9.4
E9000 Series Blade Server Deployment and Management Training ........................................... 203
3.9.5
Huawei Server Deployment and Management Training .............................................................. 204
3.10
Cloud Computing Training Programs ................................................................................................. 206

3.10.1
Desktop Cloud Solution(R5) Deployment and Management Training .......................................... 206
3.10.2
FusionCube Solution Deployment and Management Training ..................................................... 207
3.10.3
FusionSphere Solution Deployment and Management Training .................................................. 208
3.11
Data Center Training Programs ......................................................................................................... 209

3.11.1
3.12
IT Design Training Programs ............................................................................................................. 210

3.12.1
Enterprise Storage Area Network(SAN) Design Training............................................................. 210
3.12.2
Enterprise Network Attached Network (NAS) Design Training ..................................................... 211
3.12.3
Enterprise Backup system and Network Design Training ............................................................ 212
3.13
Specialist Certification Training Programs .......................................................................................... 213

3.13.1
Micro DC Deployment and Management Training ...................................................................... 209
Server Specialist Certification Training....................................................................................... 213
Enterprise UC&C Training Courses ................................................................................................................... 215

4.1
Enterprise UC&C Training Path ......................................................................................................... 215

4.1.1
Huawei Unified Communication Certification Training Path ......................................................... 215
4.1.2
Huawei eSpace U1900/SoftCo Voice System Training Path ....................................................... 216
4.1.3
Huawei eSpace UC2.2(U1900&ECS) System Training Path ....................................................... 217
4.1.4
Contact Center Certification Training Path ................................................................................. 218
4.1.5
Contact Center Training Path .................................................................................................... 219
4.1.6
Video Conference Certification Training Path ............................................................................. 220
4.2
List of Enterprise UC&C Training Programs ....................................................................................... 221
4.3
Certification Training Programs ......................................................................................................... 223
4.4
4.3.1
HCNA-UC-IHUCA Introducing Huawei Unified Communication Administration ............................ 223
4.3.2
HCNP-UC-HIPT Implementing Huawei IP Telephony Solutions .................................................. 224
4.3.3
HCNP-UC-Hvoice Protocol & Principle on Huawei Voice Solution ............................................... 225
4.3.4
HCNA-CC-IHCCA Introducing Huawei Contact Center Administration......................................... 226
4.3.5
HCNP-CC-HUAP Implement Huawei Contact Center Universal Access Platform ........................ 227
4.3.6
HCNP-CC-HCTI Implement Huawei Contact Center CTI Solution ............................................... 228
4.3.7
HCNA-VC Huawei Certified Network Associate-Video Conference ............................................. 229
4.3.8
HCNP-VC Huawei Certified Network Professional-Video Conference ......................................... 231
4.3.9
HCS-Field-IVS training .............................................................................................................. 233

Huawei eSpace U1900/SoftCo Voice System Training Programs........................................................ 234
-6-
4.4.1
4.5
Huawei eSpace U1900/SoftCo Voice System Basic Configuration and Operation ....................... 234
Huawei eSpace UC2.2(U1900&ECS) System Training Programs ....................................................... 235
4.5.1
4.6
Huawei eSpace UC2.2 System Basic Configuration and Operation ............................................ 235
Huawei eSpace U2900 System Training Programs ............................................................................ 237
4.6.1
4.7
Huawei eSpace U2900 System Basic Configuration and Operation ............................................ 237
CC General Training Programs ......................................................................................................... 238
4.7.1
Contact Center Management and Monitoring ............................................................................. 238
4.7.2
Contact Center Agent Operation ................................................................................................ 240
4.8
CC Contact Center Operation and Maintenance Training ................................................................... 241

4.8.1
Voice Contact Center Service Introduction, Configuration and Operation .................................... 241
4.8.2
Multimedia Contact Center Service Introduction, Configuration and Operation (Including Voice
Contact Center Service Introduction, Configuration and Operation)............................................................... 243

4.9
eSpace VTM System Training ........................................................................................................... 245

4.9.1
4.10
eSpace VTM Basic Operation and Maintenance ........................................................................ 245

VC Operation and Maintenance ........................................................................................................ 247
4.10.1
Video Conference System(Terminal/MCU/SMC) Operation and Maintenance ............................. 247
4.10.2
Video Conference System(Terminal/MCU/SMC) Advanced Features Operation and Maintenance

249
4.10.3
4.11
Huawei eSpace IVS system operation and maintenance training programs ........................................ 251
4.11.1
Huawei IVS System Operation and Maintenance Training .......................................................... 251
Network Energy Training Courses ..................................................................................................................... 252

5.1
Network Energy Training Path ........................................................................................................... 252

5.1.1
Power Supply Training Path ...................................................................................................... 252
5.1.2
Data Center Facility Training Path ............................................................................................. 253
5.1.3
UPS Training Path .................................................................................................................... 254
5.2
List of Enterprise Network Energy Training Programs......................................................................... 255
5.3
Power Supply Training Programs ...................................................................................................... 256

5.3.1
Minishelter Operation and Maintenance Training ........................................................................ 256
5.3.2
Power3000 Operation and Maintenance Training ....................................................................... 257
5.3.3
PowerCube500 Operation and Maintenance Training ................................................................. 258
5.3.4
PowerCube1000 system operation and maintenance training ..................................................... 259
5.4
Data Center Facility Training Programs ............................................................................................. 260

5.4.1
IDS1000 Container Data Center Operation and Maintenance Training ........................................ 260
5.4.2
IDS2000 Modular Data Center Operation and Maintenance Training .......................................... 261
5.4.3
Precision Air Conditioner Operation and Maintenance Training ................................................... 262
5.4.4
NetEco Management System Operation and Maintenance Training ............................................ 263
5.5
TP/RP Series Product Operation and Maintenance .................................................................... 250
UPS Training Programs .................................................................................................................... 264

5.5.1
UPS Operation and Maintenance Training ................................................................................. 264
5.5.2
UPS Operation and Maintenance Training(Fast-Track) ............................................................... 265
Transmission Network Training Courses ............................................................................................................ 266

6.1
Transmission Network Training Path.................................................................................................. 266
-7-
6.1.1
Transmission Engineer Certification Training Path...................................................................... 266
6.1.2
Transmission Network Principle Training Path............................................................................ 267
6.1.3
Transmission Network Evolution and Trends Training Path ......................................................... 268
6.1.4
MSTP Products Training Path(TDM) .......................................................................................... 269
6.1.5
MSTP Products Training Path(Packet) ....................................................................................... 270
6.1.6
MSTP Products Training Path(Packet+TDM) ............................................................................. 271
6.1.7
MSTP Products Training Path(OSN 500/550/580) ...................................................................... 272
6.1.8
MSTP Products Training Path(Metro 100/500/1000/OSN 2000) .................................................. 273
6.1.9
WDM Products Training Path(OSN3800680088009800) ............................................................ 274
6.1.10
WDM Products Training Path(OSN1800&OSN8800(packet))...................................................... 275
6.1.11
WDM Products Training Path(OSN3800A6800A) ....................................................................... 276
6.1.12
WDM Products Training Path(BWS 1600G) ............................................................................... 277
6.1.13
RTN Products Training Path(RTN 900) ...................................................................................... 278
6.1.14
RTN Products Training Path(RTN 900 V100R001& V100R002) .................................................. 279
6.1.15
RTN Products Training Path(RTN 300&RTN 600) ...................................................................... 280
6.1.16
Transmission Network OSS Training Path.................................................................................. 281
6.1.17
Planning and Design Training Path ............................................................................................ 282
6.1.18
Assessment and Optimization Training Path .............................................................................. 284
6.2
List of Training Program(s) for Transmission Network Project ............................................................. 285
6.3
Transmission Engineer Certification Training Programs ...................................................................... 291

6.3.1
Huawei Certified Network Associate-Transmission Technologies and Device Training ................. 291
6.3.2
Huawei Certified Network Professional-Building Carrier MSTP Transmission Network Training.... 292
6.3.3
Huawei Certified Network Professional-Building Carrier OTN Transmission Network Training ...... 293
6.4
Transmission Network Principle Training Training Programs ............................................................... 294

6.4.1
SDH Fundamental Training ....................................................................................................... 294
6.4.2
WDM Fundamental Training ...................................................................................................... 295
6.4.3
Ethernet Fundamental Training ................................................................................................. 296
6.4.4
ASON Fundamental Training ..................................................................................................... 297
6.4.5
Hybrid MSTP Fundamental Training .......................................................................................... 298
6.5
Transmission Network Evolution and Trends Training Training Programs ............................................ 299
6.5.1
IP-oriented Transport Solution Training ...................................................................................... 299
6.5.2
40G/100G Coherent OTU Technology ....................................................................................... 300
6.6
MSTP Products Training Training Programs....................................................................................... 301

6.6.1
OptiX OSN NG SDH & OCS Product Overview Training ............................................................. 301
6.6.2
OptiX OSN NG SDH & OCS Installation Training ....................................................................... 302
6.6.3
OptiX NG SDH & OCS Equipment (TDM) Commissioning Training ............................................. 303
6.6.4
OptiX NG SDH & OCS Equipment (TDM) 1st Line Maintenance Training .................................... 304
6.6.5
OptiX NG SDH & OCS Equipment (TDM) NMC Operation Training ............................................ 305
6.6.6
OptiX NG SDH & OCS Equipment (TDM) 2nd Line Maintenance Training ................................... 307
6.6.7
OptiX NG SDH & OCS Equipment (TDM) 3rd Line Maintenance Training ................................... 309
6.6.8
OptiX NG SDH Equipment (Packet) Commissioning Training ..................................................... 311
6.6.9
OptiX NG SDH Equipment (Packet) 1st Line Maintenance Training ............................................ 312
-8-
6.6.10
OptiX NG SDH Equipment (Packet) NMC Operation Training ..................................................... 313
6.6.11
OptiX NG SDH Equipment (Packet) 2nd Line Maintenance Training ........................................... 315
6.6.12
OptiX NG SDH Equipment (Packet+TDM) Commissioning Training ............................................ 317
6.6.13
OptiX NG SDH Equipment (Packet+TDM) 1st Line Maintenance Training ................................... 319
6.6.14
OptiX NG SDH Equipment (Packet+TDM) NMC Operation Training............................................ 320
6.6.15
OptiX NG SDH Equipment (Packet+TDM) 2nd Line Maintenance Training .................................. 322
6.6.16
OptiX OSN 500/550/580 (TDM) Operation and Maintenance Training ......................................... 324
6.6.17
OptiX OSN 500/550/580 (Packet) Operation and Maintenance Training ...................................... 325
6.6.18
OptiX OSN 500/550/580 (Packet+TDM) Operation and Maintenance Training ............................ 326
6.6.19
OptiX SDH Ethernet Advanced Operation and Maintenance Training .......................................... 327
6.6.20
OptiX ASON(SDH) Operation and Maintenance Training ............................................................ 328
6.6.21
OptiX OSN 2000 Operation and Maintenance Training ............................................................... 329
6.6.22
OptiX Metro 100/500 Operation and Maintenance Training ......................................................... 330
6.6.23
OptiX Metro 1000 Commissioning Training ................................................................................ 331
6.6.24
OptiX Metro 1000 1st Line Maintenance Training ....................................................................... 332
6.6.25
OptiX Metro 1000 2nd Line Maintenance Training ...................................................................... 333
6.7
WDM Products Training Training Programs ....................................................................................... 334

6.7.1
OptiX OSN 3800/6800/8800(OTN) Product Overview Training ................................................... 334
6.7.2
OptiX WDM Equipment Installation Training ............................................................................... 335
6.7.3
OptiX OSN 3800/6800/8800(OTN) Commissioning Training ....................................................... 336
6.7.4
OptiX OSN 3800/6800/8800 (OTN) 1st Line Maintenance Training ............................................. 338
6.7.5
OptiX OSN 3800/6800/8800 (OTN) NMC Operation Training ...................................................... 339
6.7.6
OptiX OSN 3800/6800/8800 (OTN) 2nd Line Maintenance Training ............................................ 340
6.7.7
OptiX OSN 3800/6800/8800(OTN) 3rd Line Maintenance Training.............................................. 342
6.7.8
OptiX OSN 8800(OCS) 2nd Line Maintenance Training.............................................................. 344
6.7.9
OptiX OSN 68008800 100G O&M Training ................................................................................ 346
6.7.10
OptiX NG WDM ASON Operation & Maintenance Training ......................................................... 347
6.7.11
OptiX OSN 1800 Operation and Maintenance Training ............................................................... 348
6.7.12
OptiX OSN 1800(Packet) Operation and Maintenance Training .................................................. 349
6.7.13
OptiX OSN 9800 2nd line Maintenance Training ........................................................................ 351
6.7.14
OptiX OSN 9800 O&M Delta Training ........................................................................................ 353
6.7.15
OptiX OSN 3800A6800A Field Deployment Training .................................................................. 354
6.7.16
OptiX OSN 3800A6800A 1st Line Maintenance Training............................................................. 355
6.7.17
OptiX OSN 3800A6800A 2nd Line Maintenance Training ........................................................... 356
6.7.18
OptiX BWS 1600S (repeatered) Sub-marine System Operation and Maintenance Training.......... 357
6.7.19
OptiX BWS 1600S (unrepeatered) Sub-marine System Operation and Maintenance Training ...... 359
6.7.20
OptiX BWS 1600G Commissioning Training............................................................................... 361
6.7.21
OptiX BWS 1600G 1st Line Maintenance Training ..................................................................... 362
6.7.22
OptiX BWS 1600G NMC Operation Training .............................................................................. 363
6.7.23
OptiX BWS 1600G 2nd Line Maintenance Training .................................................................... 364
6.7.24
OptiX BWS 1600G 3rd Line Maintenance Training ..................................................................... 366
6.7.25
OptiX MDS 6630(Opical Power Commissioning) Training ........................................................... 368
-9-
6.7.26
6.8
OptiX OSN 8800(Packet) 2nd Line Maintenance Training........................................................... 369

RTN 900 Products Training Programs ............................................................................................... 370
6.8.1
OptiX RTN 900 Installation and Commissioning Training (Hybrid) ............................................ 370
6.8.2
OptiX RTN 900 Installation and Commissioning Training (Packet) ............................................ 372
6.8.3
OptiX RTN 900 Installation and Commissioning Training (Hybrid+Packet) ................................ 373
6.8.4
OptiX RTN 900 1st Line Maintenance Training ........................................................................... 375
6.8.5
OptiX RTN 900 2nd Line Maintenance Training (Hybrid) ............................................................. 376
6.8.6
OptiX RTN 900 2nd Line Maintenance Training (Packet) ............................................................ 377
6.8.7
OptiX RTN 900 2nd Line Maintenance Training (Hybrid+Packet) ................................................ 378
6.8.8
OptiX RTN 900 3rd Line Maintenance Training .......................................................................... 380
6.8.9
OptiX RTN 900 V100R002 Installation and Commissioning Training ........................................... 381
6.8.10
OptiX RTN 900 V100R002 1st Line Maintenance Training .......................................................... 382
6.8.11
OptiX RTN 900 V100R002 2nd Line Maintenance Training......................................................... 383
6.8.12
OptiX RTN 900 V100R002 3rd Line Maintenance Training ......................................................... 384
6.8.13
OptiX RTN 900 V100R001 1st Line Maintenance Training .......................................................... 385
6.8.14
OptiX RTN 900 V100R001 2nd Line Maintenance Training......................................................... 386
6.9

6.9.1
OptiX RTN 300 Installation and Commissioning Training ............................................................ 388
6.9.2
6.9.3
OptiX RTN 300 2nd Line Maintenance Training.......................................................................... 390
6.10

6.10.1
OptiX RTN 600 Installation and Commissioning Training ............................................................ 391
6.10.2
6.10.3
OptiX RTN 600 2nd Line Maintenance Training.......................................................................... 394
6.11
Transmission Network OSS Training Training Programs..................................................................... 397

6.11.1
iManager U2000 Monitoring Training (Transmission Network only) ............................................. 397
6.11.2
iManager U2000 LCT Operation Training ................................................................................... 398
6.11.3
iManager U2100 Operation and Maintenance Training ............................................................... 399
6.11.4
OptiX iManager T2000 Monitoring Training ................................................................................ 400
6.11.5
OptiX iManager T2000 Administration Training........................................................................... 401
6.11.6
OptiX iManager T2000 Veritas Standby Training ........................................................................ 402
6.11.7
OptiX iManager T2000V2R7 Delta Training................................................................................ 403
6.12
Transmission Network Planning and Design Training Training Programs ............................................ 404
6.12.1
OptiX SDH Network Design Basic Training ................................................................................ 404
6.12.2
OptiX MSTP Network Design Training ....................................................................................... 405
6.12.3
OptiX Hybrid MSTP Network Design Training............................................................................. 406
6.12.4
OptiX MDS 6600 ASON(SDH) Network Planning and Design Training ........................................ 407
6.12.5
OptiX WDM/NG WDM Network Design Basic Training ............................................................... 408
6.12.6
OptiX WDM Network Design Training ........................................................................................ 409
6.12.7
OptiX NG WDM Network Design Training .................................................................................. 410
6.12.8
OptiX MDS 6600 ASON (WDM) Network Planning and Design Training...................................... 411
6.12.9
OptiX RTN Network Planning Basic Training .............................................................................. 412
- 10 -
6.12.10
OptiX RTN 900 Network Planning Training(Packet) .................................................................... 413
6.12.11
OptiX RTN 900 Network Planning Training(Hybrid) .................................................................... 414
6.12.12
OptiX RTN 900 Network Planning Training(Packet+Hybrid) ........................................................ 415
6.12.13
OptiX RTN 900 Network Planning Advanced Training................................................................. 416
6.12.14
OptiX OSN 3800A6800A Planning and Design Training ............................................................. 417
6.12.15
OptiX BWS 1600S (unrepeatered) Planning and Design Training ............................................... 418
6.12.16
OptiX NG WDM Packet Network Planning and Design Training .................................................. 419
6.13
Transmission Network Assessment and Optimization Training Training Programs ............................... 420
6.13.1
OptiX SDH Network Assessment Training .................................................................................. 420
6.13.2
OptiX SDH Network Optimization Training ................................................................................. 421
6.13.3
OptiX SDH Network Expansion and Reconstruction Training ...................................................... 422
6.13.4
OptiX WDM Network Assessment Training ................................................................................ 423
6.13.5
OptiX WDM Network Optimization Training ................................................................................ 424
6.13.6
OptiX WDM Network Expansion Training ................................................................................... 425
6.13.7
OptiX WDM Network Reconstruction Training ............................................................................ 426
6.14
Transmission Network Assessment and Optimization Training Programs ............................................ 427

6.14.1
OptiX RTN Network Assessment Training .................................................................................. 427
6.14.2
OptiX RTN Network Optimization Training ................................................................................. 428
Access Network Training Courses ..................................................................................................................... 429

7.1
Access Network Training Path ........................................................................................................... 429

7.1.1
Principle Training Path .............................................................................................................. 429
7.1.2
Evolution and Trends Training Path ........................................................................................... 430
7.1.3
MA5600T Products Training Path .............................................................................................. 431
7.1.4
FTTx PON Products Training Path(GPON) ................................................................................ 432
7.1.5
FTTx PON Products Training Path(ODN) ................................................................................... 433
7.1.6
DSLAM MA5600T Sereis Training Path ..................................................................................... 434
7.1.7
DSLAM MA5100 Training Path .................................................................................................. 435
7.1.8
7.1.9
7.1.10
MSAN MA5600T(VoIP) Series Training Path.............................................................................. 438
7.1.11
MSAN UA5000 Training Path .................................................................................................... 439
7.1.12
HONET Series Training Path ..................................................................................................... 440
7.1.13
BITS Training Path.................................................................................................................... 441
7.1.14
OSS N2000 Training Path ......................................................................................................... 442
7.1.15
OSS N2510 Training Path ......................................................................................................... 443
7.2
List of Access Network Training Programs ......................................................................................... 444
7.3
Principle Training Programs .............................................................................................................. 448

7.3.1
IP Basis Training....................................................................................................................... 448
7.3.2
Broadband(PPPoE/DHCP/Radius) Basis Training ...................................................................... 449
7.3.3
IPTV (IGMP Proxy/Snooping) Basis Training ............................................................................. 450
7.3.4
VoIP(H.248/SIP) Basis Training ................................................................................................. 451
7.3.5
PON and SDH/MSTP/PTN Product Interconnection Training ...................................................... 452
- 11 -
7.3.6
VDSL2 Fundamental Training.................................................................................................... 453
7.3.7
GPON Fundamental Training .................................................................................................... 454
7.4
Evolution and Trends Training Programs ........................................................................................... 455

7.4.1
FTTx Network Overview Training............................................................................................... 456
7.4.2
FTTO Solution Overview Training .............................................................................................. 457
7.4.3
FTTM Solution Overview Training .............................................................................................. 458
7.4.4
xDSL Access Network Overview Training................................................................................... 459
7.4.5
ODN Overview Training ............................................................................................................ 460
7.4.6
10G/40G PON Network Overview Training ................................................................................ 461
7.4.7
Vectoring Overview Training ...................................................................................................... 462
7.4.8
G.fast Overview Training ........................................................................................................... 463
7.4.9
iODN Solution Overview Training .............................................................................................. 464
7.4.10
FTTx PON+EoC Solution Training ............................................................................................. 465
7.4.11
MSO CMTS Solution Training.................................................................................................... 466
7.5
Planning Training Programs .............................................................................................................. 467

7.5.1
FTTx Planning Training ............................................................................................................. 467
7.5.2
ODN Planning Training ............................................................................................................. 468
7.5.3
iODN Planning Training............................................................................................................. 469
7.5.4
DSLAM SmartAX MA5600T Series Planning Training ................................................................ 470
7.5.5
MSAN SmartAX MA5600T(VoIP) Series Planning Training ......................................................... 471
7.5.6
MSAN UA5000 Planning Training .............................................................................................. 472
7.6
MA5600T Products Training Programs .............................................................................................. 473

7.6.1
MA5600T Hardware Installation Training.................................................................................... 473
7.6.2
MA5600T Commissioning Training ............................................................................................ 474
7.6.3
MA5600T 1st Line Maintenance Training ................................................................................... 475
7.7
FTTx PON Products Training Programs ............................................................................................. 476

7.7.1
GPON/10GPON (FTTH/B/C) 2nd Line Maintenance Training ..................................................... 476
7.7.2
GPON/10GPON (FTTH) 2nd Line Maintenance Training ............................................................ 478
7.7.3
GPON/10GPON (FTTB/C) 2nd Line Maintenance Training ......................................................... 480
7.7.4
GPON (FTTO) 2nd Line Maintenance Training........................................................................... 482
7.7.5
GPON (FTTM) 2nd Line Maintenance Training .......................................................................... 483
7.7.6
FTTx P2P 2nd Line Maintenance Training ................................................................................. 484
7.7.7
GPON 3rd Line Maintenance (Feature Implementation) Training ................................................ 485
7.7.8
GPON 3rd Line Maintenance (Advanced Troubleshooting) Training ............................................ 486
7.7.9
U2000 FTTx Service Provision Training ..................................................................................... 487
7.7.10
U2000 FTTx Monitoring Training ............................................................................................... 488
7.7.11
U2000 FTTx Maintenance and Troubleshooting Training ............................................................ 489
7.7.12
ODN Installation and Commissioning Training............................................................................ 490
7.7.13
ODN Operation and Maintenance Training................................................................................. 491
7.7.14
iODN Operation and Maintenance Training ................................................................................ 492
7.7.15
iODN NMS Administrator Training.............................................................................................. 493
7.7.16
MSO CMTS Operation and Maintenance Training ...................................................................... 494
- 12 -
7.7.17
7.8
DSLAM Products Training Programs ................................................................................................. 497

7.8.1
DSLAM SmartAX MA5600T Series 2nd Line Maintenance Training ............................................ 497
7.8.2
DSLAM SmartAX MA5600T Series 3rd Line Maintenance Training ............................................. 499
7.8.3
DSLAM MA5603T/MA5616/MxU VDSL Vectoring Operation and Maintenance Training .............. 500
7.8.4
DSLAM MA5616 Operation and Maintenance Training ............................................................... 501
7.8.5
iManager U2000 DSALM MA5600T Series Operation and Maintenance Training ........................ 502
7.8.6
DSLAM SmartAX MA5100 Series Commissioning Training ........................................................ 503
7.8.7
7.8.8
7.8.9
DSLAM SmartAX MA5100 Series 2nd Line Maintenance Training .............................................. 506
7.8.10
7.8.11
7.8.12
7.9
MSAN Products Training Programs ................................................................................................... 510

7.9.1
MSAN SmartAX MA5600T(VoIP) Series 2nd Line Maintenance Training .................................... 510
7.9.2
MSAN SmartAX MA5600T(VoIP) Series Commissioning Training ............................................... 511
7.9.3
iManager U2000 MSAN MA5600T(VoIP) Operation and Maintenance Training ........................... 512
7.9.4
MSAN UA5000 Hardware Installation Training ........................................................................... 513
7.9.5
MSAN UA5000 Commissioning Training .................................................................................... 514
7.9.6
MSAN UA5000 1st Line Maintenance Training ........................................................................... 515
7.9.7
MSAN UA5000 2nd Line Maintenance Training.......................................................................... 516
7.9.8
MSAN UA5000 3rd Line Maintenance Training .......................................................................... 518
7.9.9
HONET V6 MD5500 and UA5000 2nd Line Maintenance Training .............................................. 519
7.9.10
iManager U2000 MSAN UA5000 Operation and Maintenance Training ....................................... 520
7.10
BITS Training Programs .................................................................................................................... 521

7.10.1
SYNLOCK V3 2nd Line Maintenance Training ........................................................................... 521
7.10.2
SYNLOCK V5 2nd Line Maintenance Training ........................................................................... 522
7.10.3
SYNLOCK T6020 2nd Line Maintenance Training ...................................................................... 523
7.11
FTTx PON+EoC Operation and Maintenance Training ............................................................... 495
OSS Training Programs .................................................................................................................... 524

7.11.1
iManager N2000 BMS Administration Training ........................................................................... 524
7.11.2
iManager N2000 BMS Advanced Operation and Maintenance Training ....................................... 525
7.11.3
iManager N2000 BMS Operation Training (GPON) .................................................................... 526
7.11.4
iManager N2000 BMS Operation Training (DSLAM) ................................................................... 527
7.11.5
iManager N2000 BMS Operation Training (MSAN) ..................................................................... 528
7.11.6
iManager N2510 Software Test Operation Training..................................................................... 529
7.11.7
iManager N2510 Hardware Test Operation Training ................................................................... 530
7.11.8
iManager N2510 OLS Operation Training .................................................................................. 531
7.11.9
iManager N2510 Administration Training.................................................................................... 532
Wireless Network Training Courses ................................................................................................................... 533

8.1
GSM-R Training Path ........................................................................................................................ 533

8.1.1
GSM-R BSS Training Path ........................................................................................................ 533
- 13 -
8.1.2
GSM-R CS Training Path .......................................................................................................... 534
8.1.3
GSM-R PS Training Path .......................................................................................................... 535
8.1.4
GSM-R OSS Training Path ........................................................................................................ 536
8.2
eLTE Training Path ........................................................................................................................... 537

8.2.1
eLTE Broadband Trunking Solution Training Path ...................................................................... 537
8.2.2
eLTE Broadband Access Solution Training Path ......................................................................... 538
8.3
List of Wireless Network Training Programs ....................................................................................... 539
8.4
GSM-R BSS Training ........................................................................................................................ 542

8.4.1
GSM-R System Overview ......................................................................................................... 542
8.4.2
GSM-R Basic Principle Training................................................................................................. 543
8.4.3
GSM-R BTS Operation and Maintenance Training(BSC6000 V901R013) ................................... 544
8.4.4
GSM-R BTS Installation and Commissioning ............................................................................. 545
8.4.5
GSM-R BSC6000 Installation and Commissioning ..................................................................... 546
8.4.6
GSM-R BSC6000 Operation and Maintenance Training ............................................................. 547
8.4.7
GSM-R BSS Data Configuration ................................................................................................ 548
8.4.8
GSM-R BSS Troubleshooting .................................................................................................... 549
8.5
GSM-R CS Product Training ............................................................................................................. 550

8.5.1
eCNS300 Solution Training ....................................................................................................... 550
8.5.2
GTSOFTX3000 Product Training ............................................................................................... 551
8.5.3
UMG8900 Product Training ....................................................................................................... 553
8.5.4
HSS9860 Product Training ........................................................................................................ 554
8.5.5
GSM-R Feature Training ........................................................................................................... 555
8.6
GSM-R PS Product Training.............................................................................................................. 556

8.6.1
PS Network Planning and Design Training ................................................................................. 556
8.6.2
PS Network Optimize Training ................................................................................................... 557
8.6.3
UGW9811(GGSN) Product Training........................................................................................... 558
8.6.4
USN9810 (SGSN) Product Training (2G/3G).............................................................................. 559
8.6.5
PS Alarm Monitoring and Management Training......................................................................... 560
8.6.6
PS Emergency Recovery Training ............................................................................................. 561
8.7
GSM-R OSS Operation and Maintenance Training............................................................................. 562

8.7.1
iManager M2000V200 Client Operation and Maintenance Training(BSS) .................................... 562
8.7.2
iManager M2000 PS Operation and Maintenance Training ......................................................... 563
8.7.3
iManager M2000V200 System Administrator Training (SUN) ...................................................... 564
8.7.4
iManager M2000V200 System Administrator Training (ATAE Cluster) ......................................... 566
8.8
8.9
eLTE Broadband Trunking Solution Training ...................................................................................... 567

8.8.1
eNodeB Product Training (eLTE Broadband Trunking) ............................................................... 567
8.8.2
eCNS210 Product Training ........................................................................................................ 568
8.8.3
eSCN230 Product Training ........................................................................................................ 569
8.8.4
eOMC910 Operation and Maintenance Training......................................................................... 570
8.8.5
Dispatching System Product Training ........................................................................................ 571
8.8.6
EG860/EP680 Terminal Product Training ................................................................................... 572

eLTE Broadband Access Solution Training......................................................................................... 573
- 14 -
8.9.1
eNodeB Product Training (eLTE Broadband Access) .................................................................. 573
8.9.2
eCNS600 Product Training........................................................................................................ 574
8.9.3
eCNS610 Product Training ........................................................................................................ 575
8.9.4
M2000 Operation and Maintenance Training .............................................................................. 576
8.9.5
eSight Operation and Maintenance Training............................................................................... 577
8.9.6
eA660 Terminal Product Training ............................................................................................... 578
8.10
9
EPC Technology Basic Principle Training........................................................................................... 579
IMS Training Courses ....................................................................................................................................... 580

9.1
IMS Training Path ............................................................................................................................. 580
9.2
List of IMS Training Programs ........................................................................................................... 582
9.3
List of IMS Training Programs ........................................................................................................... 584

9.3.1
IMS System Overview Training.................................................................................................. 584
9.3.2
Core Network Technology Evolution Training ............................................................................. 585
9.3.3
IMS Overview Training .............................................................................................................. 586
9.3.4
IMS ATCA Platform (Hardware/CGP) Training ............................................................................ 587
9.3.5
CSC3300/MRP6600 Operation and Maintenance Training ......................................................... 588
9.3.6
HSS9820 (IMS) Operation and Maintenance Training ................................................................ 589
9.3.7
ENS Operation and Maintenance Training ................................................................................. 590
9.3.8
IMS Service Provisioning (SPG2800) Operation and Maintenance Training ................................ 591
9.3.9
iCG9815 (offline charging) Operation and Maintenance Training ................................................ 592
9.3.10
UGC3200 (MGCF) Operation and Maintenance Training ............................................................ 593
9.3.11
UMG8900(IMS) Operation and Maintenance Training ................................................................ 594
9.3.12
ATS9900 Operation and Maintenance Training .......................................................................... 595
9.3.13
OSG9930&Convergent Centrex Operation and Maintenance Training ........................................ 596
9.3.14
IMS Convergent Conference Operation and Maintenance(MediaX3600) Training........................ 597
9.3.15
SE2300 Operation and Maintenance Training ............................................................................ 598
9.3.16
9.3.17
SoftX3000 (AGCF) Operation and Maintenance Training............................................................ 600
9.3.18
UAC3000 Operation and Maintenance Training ......................................................................... 601
9.3.19
RCS9880 Operation and Maintenance Training ......................................................................... 602
9.3.20
iManager M2000 (IMS) Client Application Operation and Maintenance Training .......................... 603
9.3.21
IMS Routine Maintenance and Troubleshooting Training ............................................................ 604
9.3.22
IMS Signaling Analysis Training ................................................................................................. 605
9.3.23
IMS Number Analysis Training................................................................................................... 606
9.3.24
IMS Network Key Technology Training ....................................................................................... 607
9.3.25
IMS Maintenance in-depth and Advanced Troubleshooting Training............................................ 608
9.3.26
SE2600 Advanced Operation and Maintenance Training ............................................................ 609
9.3.27
IMS IP Technology Training ....................................................................................................... 610
9.3.28
IMS Network Migration Technology Training............................................................................... 611
9.3.29
IMS Network Planning and Design Training ............................................................................... 612
9.3.30
VoLTE Technology Training ....................................................................................................... 613
9.3.31
VoLTE In-depth Key Technology Training ................................................................................... 614
- 15 -
10
NGN & STP Training Courses ........................................................................................................................... 615

10.1
NGN & STP Training Path ................................................................................................................. 615

10.1.1
NGN Training Path.................................................................................................................... 615
10.1.2
STP Training Path..................................................................................................................... 618
10.2
List of NGN & STP Training Programs ............................................................................................... 619
10.3
NGN Training Programs .................................................................................................................... 621

10.3.1
NGN System Overview Training ................................................................................................ 621
10.3.2
SoftX3000 Operation and Maintenance Training ........................................................................ 622
10.3.3
UMG8900 Operation and Maintenance Training......................................................................... 623
10.3.4
iManager N2000 UMS Operation and Maintenance Training ...................................................... 624
10.3.5
MRS6100 Operation and Maintenance Training ......................................................................... 625
10.3.6
SG7000 (NGN) Operation and Maintenance Training ................................................................. 626
10.3.7
SHLR9200 Operation and Maintenance Training........................................................................ 627
10.3.8
10.3.9
UA5000 (NGN) Operation and Maintenance Training ................................................................. 629
10.3.10
IAD Operation and Maintenance Training................................................................................... 630
10.3.11
U-Path Operation and Maintenance Training.............................................................................. 631
10.3.12
SoftX3000 Advanced Operation and Maintenance Training ........................................................ 632
10.3.13
UMG8900 Advanced Operation and Maintenance Training ......................................................... 633
10.3.14
iManager N2000 UMS Advanced Operation and Maintenance Training....................................... 634
10.3.15
MRS6100 Advanced Operation and Maintenance Training ......................................................... 635
10.3.16
SG7000 (NGN) Advanced Operation and Maintenance Training ................................................. 636
10.3.17
SHLR9200 Advanced Operation and Maintenance Training........................................................ 637
10.3.18
SE2000 Advanced Operation and Maintenance Training ............................................................ 638
10.3.19
UA5000 (NGN) Advanced Operation and Maintenance Training ................................................. 639
10.4
STP Training Programs ..................................................................................................................... 640

10.4.1
STP Operation and Maintenance Training.................................................................................. 640
10.4.2
SANEX Operation and Maintenance Training............................................................................. 641
10.4.3
SPS V3 (DRA) Operation and Maintenance Training .................................................................. 642
- 16 -
1 Huawei Training&Certification Service

1.1 ICT Convergence Training&Certification Solution
With the constant development of the information and communications technology (ICT) industry, IP, IT, and CT
applications gradually converge. New technologies such as Internet of Things (IoT) and mobile broadband will bring
an infinite number of opportunities to the ICT industry. The growing convergence of ICT technologies will trigger
tremendous industry transformations, challenging the knowledge system and skills of those working in the industry,
"Knowledge convergence, cross-field skills, and standards evolution" have become new criteria for assessing
qualified ICT talents.
Huawei launches its training solution covering all ICT technical fields. Huawei developed this training solution by
leveraging its years of experience in developing ICT talent and its deep insight into industry trends. This solution fully
encompasses Huawei's Cloud-Pipe-Device convergence technology and covers IP, IT, CT, and ICT convergence
technologies. It is the only training program of its kind in the industry that covers all ICT technical fields. Additionally,
this training solution is a sophisticated training program that covers new technologies, new ideas, and new industry
trends, leading the way in ICT technical certification to help enterprises enhance the all-round development.
1.2 Huawei Training Service

Product technical training (Capability development based on customer positions and learning levels)
The product technical training targets product users and enables them to understand product positioning, functions,
features, and use methods (installation, deployment, configuration, and maintenance) and perform maintenance
when the equipment breaks down.
Career certification (Building Huawei's talent ecological chain)
The career certification targets a wide range of users, teaches common theories and skills, and equips trainees with
the theoretical foundations and skills required to enter specific career fields. It is the foundation of product technical
training and specialist certification.
Specialist certification (Improving the capabilities of partners)
The specialist certification targets channel partners, provides professional skills for specific positions, and provides
channel partners with the support and resources required. It verifies the capabilities of partners required in specific
fields through certification exams to help partners sharpen their competitive edge.
1.3 Help customer successfully deploy, operate and optimize Huawei

products and solutions
Training services as an important part of Huawei solutions, relying on the platform of Huawei overall, focus on
human capacity development needs, to help customer improve their employees' professional skills, team capacity
and organizational performance, to be the most reliable partner for customer.
Huawei relying on a deep understanding of the ICT industry, based on the service lifecycle PDIOI (Plan, Design,
Implement, Operate and Improve) model, through a series of modular product training, technical topics, solution
training to meet government, power, financial, energy, transportation, health care, education and enterprise ICT
employee cultivation requirement, and help customers successfully deploy, operation and optimization of Huawei's
products and solutions.
Huawei training services provide customers with professional, practical, effectiveness learning and development
solutions; learning brings capacity development, the capacity development bring enterprise growth
Through a full range of product training to help customer quickly understand the product characteristics,
become competent in using;
Through the matching technical topic and product character, grasp the products and solutions deployment, and
operation and maintenance capability;
Through simulating real solutions scenarios training, fast, accurate, practical way to enhance customer.
The figure below shows that based on the service lifecycle PDIOI model, Huawei provide matching product and
knowledge training solution, including installation and commissioning, operation and maintenance, advanced
technical topic and planning and design training. Each stage in the full life cycle of PDIOI,Huawei has different kinds
of innovative patented tools and standard processes during each stage of full lifecycle, which can ensure we deliver
the service to you with high quality and efficiency and save your cost.
1.4 Learning Path

For beginners, it is recommended that you participate in technical fundamental training;
After you master general technology, you can select the corresponding product operation and maintenance training
base on specific product;
After you master the basic technical and familiar with the product characteristics, you can choose the advanced
technical training and planning&design training for further enhance.
Plan & Design

Planning and Design Training
XXX Design Training
Xd
Implement & Operate
Improve
Operation and Maintenance Training
Advanced Technology Training
XXX Product Installation and

Commissioning Training
Xd
XXX Product Basic Operation

and Maintenance Training
Xd
XXX Advanced Technology

Training
Xd
XXX Product Features

Training
Xd
XXX Product Operation and

Maintenance Training (Including
the Basic O/M Training)
Xd
Fast-Track
XXX Product Operation and
Maintenance Training
(Fast-Track)
Technology
Fundamentals
Training
Xd
Technical Fundamental
Training
Xd
1.5 Huawei's Career Certification

Huawei Certified Network Associate (HCNA)
The HCNA certification validates knowledge and skills
required for the basic configuration and maintenance of small
and midsize networks. After passing the HCNA certification,
you demonstrate (1) a preliminary understanding of small and
midsize networks, including common technologies for small
and midsize networks, and (2) the abilities to assist in
designing small and midsize networks and implementing
design using Huawei's equipment.
Huawei Certified Network Professional (HCNP)
The HCNP certification validates knowledge and skills
required for the building and management of small and
midsize networks. After passing the HCNP certification, you
demonstrate (1) an all-round and in-depth understanding of
small and midsize networks, (2) mastery of general
technologies for small and midsize networks, and (3) the
abilities to independently design small and midsize networks
and implement this design using Huawei's equipment.
Huawei Certified Internetwork Expert (HCIE)
The HCIE certification validates knowledge and skills required for the building, optimization, and management of
midsize and large complex networks. After passing the HCIE certification, you demonstrate (1) an all-round and
in-depth understanding of midsize and large complex networks, (2) mastery of technologies for midsize and large
complex networks, and (3) the abilities to independently design various complex networks and implement this design
using Huawei's equipment.
After passing Huawei's career certification, trainees will possess technical theories and related skills, and master
the following:
How technologies and protocols are incorporated into Huawei's products and solutions
The knowledge and skills required for deploying, operating, and maintaining networks using Huawei's products
and solutions
1.6 Training Instructors

Huawei instructor: More than 500 full time instructors, 70% of them are 10 years working experience on developing,
project management and excellent teaching skills.
Huawei Authorized Learning Partner (HALP) instructor: HALP refers to a professional training organization that is
authorized by Huawei to implement Huawei's product Training Courses under Huawei's supervision and
management after passing its assessment. The HCSI refers to an instructor who is certificated by Huawei and
employed by an HALP, Authorized Learning Partner information Query click
http://support.huawei.com/learning/NavigationAction!createNavi#navi%5Bid%5D=_trainingsearch&navi%5Bt%5D=
1349689093661&params%5Btab%5D=tab_org
1.7 Training Methods

For the convenience of customer, Huawei and HALP may offer on-site training, localize training, centralize training
and E-Learning;
Centralized training: Face-to-face training in authorized training partner or in Huawei training center can be
more comprehensive, in-depth grasp of Huawei's products and technical knowledge and skills.
Localize training: Localized face-to-face training in the partner lab, training courses should be partner demand
design, has a strong relevance and timeliness.
On-site training: on-site face-to-face training focused on hardware installation, routine maintenance, practical
and targeted content.
E-Learning Training: can get a quick, convenient learning service by the electronic platform
1.8 Huawei online learning center (Learning Website)

Huawei online learning center (Learning Website), provides rich teaching resources, where enterprise customers,
partners and ICT practitioners can enjoy interactive and customized learning services anytime and anywhere.
1.8.1
How to register for a website account?
First, visit to http://learning.huawei.com/en.

Second, click "log in", then click "Register Now" and fill in information: Account, which is recommended to be the
same with the registered e-mail; E-mail, which must be your own e-mail you use in your work.
Third, login your email and activate the account. Then a Huawei official website account is registered successfully.
1.8.2
How to get online learning resource?
On learning website, users can download Huawei official training materials, learn e-learning courses, join in Live
Virtual Class, and download eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) which can not only simulate single
router or switch device but also large network to do some.
On support website, users can get product support and cases, download software and tools, and interact and
communicate with experts.
1) Download Training Materials
Download E-course list which is updated monthly, and you can get the download address of training materials.
http://support.huawei.com/ecommunity/bbs/10150675.html
2Learn E-Learning course online
Log in website and find out the E-learning course needed, then click "play video" to start learning.
http://support.huawei.com/learning/NavigationAction!createNavi#navi[id]=_16
3Join in Live Virtual Class
Join in LVC on class time:
http://support.huawei.com/learning/NavigationAction!createNavi#navi[id]=_16
4Download eNSP
Download address
http://support.huawei.com/enterprise/softdownload?pid=9017384&idAbsPath=fixnode01|7919710|9856717|792312
3|9858914|9017384
5Download product documentation
http://support.huawei.com/enterprise/#tabname=productsupport
6Browse Cases and Technical Notes
http://support.huawei.com/enterprise/#tabname=servicescenter
7Download software
http://support.huawei.com/enterprise/#tabname=softwaredownload
8Download Tools
http://support.huawei.com/enterprise/toolsinfo
9Get help on Support Community
http://support.huawei.com/ecommunity/
1.8.3
Frequently-Used Functions on Learning Website
Frequently-Use
Website
d Function
How to find
training
http://support.huawei.com/learning/FAQ/en/help.jsp#nodeid=node-01-01
Find Huawei training courses, know more about the course content, training
duration
How to find the

training plan
Find the Training Plan provide by Huawei and Huawei Learning Partners
How to find
HALPs
Find Huawei Authorized Learning Partners, know more about the contact
methods.
How to
participate in
certification
training
Know more about Huawei Certification Training, such as how to participate.
How to
participate in
certification
Know more about the process of certification such as how to schedule exam
Description of the
access to
Learning website
For more functions, please visit Website Help:

2 Enterprise IP Training Courses

2.1 Enterprise IP Training Path
2.1.1
Routing and Switching Certification Training Path
Expert
Professional
Associate
HCNP-R&S-IERN
Implementing Enterprise
Routing Network
6d
HCNP-R&S-IESN
Implementing Enterprise
Switching Network
4d
HCNA-HNTD
Huawei Networking
Technology and Device
8d
Elective Guide
Follow the parts to learn.
HCNP-R&S-IENP
Improving Enterprise
Network Performance
5d
2.1.2
WLAN Certification Training Path
Expert
Professional
Associate
HCNA-WLAN-ISMBW
Implementing Small to
Medium-sized Business WLAN
5d
Elective Guide
HCNA or the similar knowledge is recommended for HCNA-WLAN.
10
2.1.3
Security Certification Training Path
HCIE-Security(to be)
Expert
Professional
ssional
5d
HCNP-Security-CISN
Constructing Infrastructure
of Security Network
5d
HCNP-Security-CTSS
Constructing Terminal
Security System
5d
HCNA-Security-CBSN
Constructing Basic
Security Network
Associate
HCNP-Security-CSSN
Constructing Service
Security Network
5d
Elective Guide:
2.1.4
Follow the paths to learn
Huawei Routing and Switching Field Engineer Training Path
HCNA
Huawei Certified Network Associate
8d
HCNP-R&S
Huawei Certified Network Professional

- Routing and Switching
15d
Huawei Routing and

Switching Field Engineer
Training
5d
Huawei Certified Routing and

Switching Field Engineer
Advanced Technology
Training
25d
Routing and Switching Expert
11
5d
Elective Guide
HCNA is required and HCNP-R&S is recommended for attending Huawei Routing and Switching Field Engineer Training.
The item in the dashed box is a combination of a number of training programs.
2.1.5
IP Technology Fundamental Principle Training Path

IP Technology Fundamental Principles Training
IP Network Technology
Fundamental Training
1d
Huawei VRP System

Training
1d
IP Technology Fundamentals
Training (Fast-Track)
5d
Enterprise LAN
Technology Training
Enterprise WAN
Technology Training
2d
5d
Enterprise Network Engineer
Enterprise IP Routing
Technology Training
Training Path
Target Audience
5d
Enterprise IP Multicast
Technologies Training
Enterprise IP VPN
5d
Enterprise IP Multicast
Technical Expert
Enterprise QoS
Enterprise MPLS VPN

5d
Enterprise IP VPN
Technical Expert
5d
Enterprise MPLS TE
Enterprise HA
1d
Enterprise QoS
Technical Expert
3d
1d
Enterprise HA
Technical Expert
Enterprise IPv6
Technology Training
5d
Enterprise IPv6
Technical Expert
Elective Guide
12
Enterprise MPLS
Technical Expert
HCNP-R&S or the similar knowledge is required for attending Advanced Technology Training programs.
2.1.6
NE Routers Training Path
Plan & Design

Enterprise Network Design
Outlines Training
Implement & Operate
Improve
NE Routers Installation and

Advanced Technology
Training
1d
1d
Enterprise Campus Network
Design Training
25d
NE Routers Basic Operation

2d
1d
Data Center Network Design

Training
2d
Enterprise MPLS VPN Design
Training
1d
NE Routers Operation and

10d
NE20E-S Series Multi-Service
Routers Operation and
5d
Fast-Track
NE Routers Operation and
(Fast-Track)
5d
Campus Routers(NE/AR)
Operation and Maintenance
Training(Fast-Track)
5d
Fast-Track
Technology
Fundamentals
Training
(Fast-Track)
5d
14d
Elective Guide
The Operation and Maintenance Training is designed for general audiences.
The Fast-Track Training is designed for the audiences of relevant technical background.
13
2.1.7
AR G3 Routers Training Path
Plan & Design

Outlines Training
Implement & Operate
Improve
1d
AR G3 Routers Installation and

1d
1d
AR G3 Routers Basic Operation

2d
2d
AR G3 Routers Operation and

10d

Design Training

Training

Training
1d
Advanced Technology
Training
25d
Fast-Track
AR G3 Routers Operation and
(Fast-Track)
5d
Campus Routers(NE/AR)
5d
Fast-Track
Technology
Fundamentals
Training
(Fast-Track)
14d
5d
Elective Guide
14
2.1.8
AR Series Industrial Routers Training Path
Plan & Design

Outlines Training
1d
Implement & Operate
Improve
AR Series Industrial Routers

Training
5d
Advanced Technology
Training
25d

Design Training
1d

Training
2d
Training
1d
Fast-Track
Technology
Fundamentals
Training
(Fast-Track)
5d
14d
Elective Guide
15
2.1.9
Chassis Switches (S97/S93/S77) Training Path
Plan & Design

Implement & Operate
Improve
1d
Chassis Switches
(S97/S93/S77) Installation and
1d
1d
Chassis Switches (S97/S93/S77)

Basic Operation and
2d
2d

Training (Including the Basic O/M
Training)
10d

Outlines Training

Design Training

Training

Training
1d
Advanced Technology
Training
25d
S12700 Series Agile Switches

Training
3d
Campus Switches (S series)
Training
10d
Fast-Track
5d
5d
Fast-Track
Technology
Fundamentals
Training
(Fast-Track)
5d
14d
Elective Guide
16
2.1.10 Box Switches (S67/S57/S37/27)Training Path
Plan & Design

Implement & Operate
Improve
1d
Box Switches (S67/S57/S37/27)

Installation and Commissioning
Training
1d
1d

Basic Operation and Maintenance
Training
2d
2d

Training (Including the Basic
O/M Training)
5d

Outlines Training

Design Training

Training

Training
1d
Advanced Technology
Training
25d

Training
10d
Fast-Track
5d
Fast-Track
Technology
Fundamentals
Training
(Fast-Track)
5d
14d
Elective Guide
17
2.1.11 Data Center Switches (CE128/CE78/CE68/CE58) Training Path
Plan & Design

Implement & Operate
Improve
Data Center Switches (CE128/

CE78/CE68/CE58) Installation and

Outlines Training
1d
1d
1d

CE78/CE68/CE58) Basic
2d
Training
2d

CE78/CE68/CE58) Operation and
Maintenance Training (Including the
Basic O/M Training)
10d

Design Training

Training

Training
1d
Advanced Technology
Training
25d
Fast-Track
CE78/CE68/CE58) Operation and
Maintenance Training (Fast-Track)
5d
Fast-Track
Technology
Fundamentals
Training
(Fast-Track)
5d
14d
Elective Guide
18
2.1.12 WLAN (AC/ACU/AP) Training Path
Plan & Design

WLAN Planning and Design
Training
Implement & Operate
Improve
WLAN Installation and

1d
5d
WLAN Basic Operation and
2d
WLAN Operation and
5d
Chassis Switches WLAN
Features (ACU) Operation and
5d
Technology
Fundamentals
Training
WLAN Technology Basics

Training
2d
Elective Guide
19
2.1.13 MSCG(ME60) Training Path
Plan & Design

Implement & Operate
Improve
ME60 Products 1st Line


Outlines Training
Advanced Technology
Training
1d
1d
ME60 Products 2nd Line

Design Training
25d
ME60 Products
Troubleshooting Training
10d
1d
5d
ME60 Products IPTV Service

Features Training

Training
4d
2d
Training
iManager U2000 ME60 Product

Operation Training
2d
1d
Fast-Track
Technology
Fundamentals
Training
(Fast-Track)
5d
14d
Elective Guide
ME60 Products 2nd Line Maintenance Training is designed for general audiences.
20
2.1.14 PTN Product Training Path
Plan & Design

PTN Network Planning and

Design Training
3d
Implement & Operate
Improve
PTN Products Installation and

2d
PTN Products 3rd Line

5d
PTN Products 1st Line

2d
PTN Products 2nd Line

10d
Fast-Track
Technology
Fundamentals
Training
(Fast-Track)
5d
14d
21
2.1.15 Enterprise Network Management System eSight Training Path

eSight Operation and Maintenance Training
eSight Basic Operation
eSight Operator
1d
Training Path
Target Audience
eSight Operation and

2d

Maintenance Engineer
eSight Advanced Feature Training

eSight WLAN
Management Training
0.5d
WLAN Administrator
eSight IPSec VPN
Management Training
0.5d
eSight MPLS VPN

Management Training
0.5d
MPLS VPN Administrator

eSight Smart Report
Management Training
0.5d
eSight SLA Management

Training
0.5d
SLA Administrator
eSight NTA (Network Traffic
Analyzer) Management
Training
0.5d
IPSec VPN Administrator
Report Administrator
Network Monitor /
Traffic Analyzer
eSight MPLS Tunnel

Management Training
0.5d
eSight Access
Management Training
0.5d
eSight Data Center

Management Training
0.5d
MPLS Tunnel Administrator
End User Administrator
eSight SecureCenter (VSM)

Management Training
eSight LogCenter (eLog)

Management Training
2d
2d
VSM Administrator
Data Center Administrator
eLog Administrator
eSight Product Expert

Elective Guide
eSight Basic Operation and Maintenance Training is designed for eSight operators.
eSight Operation and Maintenance Training is designed for eSight operation and maintenance engineer.
Choose eSight Advanced Feature Training programs according to the licenses purchased by the audience.
22
2.1.16 Enterprise Network Design Training Path
Enterprise Network
Design Outlines Training
Enterprise Network
Design Engineer
1d
Enterprise Campus
Network Design Training
1d
Enterprise Network
Design Expert
Enterprise MPLS VPN

Design Training
Data Center Network

Design Training
1d
Enterprise MPLS
VPN Design Expert
WLAN Planning and

Design Training
2d
Data Center Network

Design Expert
Training Path
Target Audience
Elective Guide
Enterprise Network Design Outlines Training is designed for general audience.
23
5d
Enterprise WLAN
Design Expert
2.1.17 Firewall Training Path
Plan / Design
Firewall Planning and Design
1d
Implement / Operate
Improve
USG2000/5000 Low-and-middle
Firewall Installation and
1d
Firewall Operation and
Maintenance Training (include
Commissioning Training)
5d
USG6000 Next Generation
ASG Installation and

1d
ASG Operation and Maintenance
Training(include ASG Installation
and Commissioning Training)3d
SVN Installation and
1d
SVN Operation and
SVN Installation and
3d
Fundamentals
Firewall UTM Technical Topic

Training
3d
Firewall Advanced Technology
Training
2d
USG6000 Next Generation Firewall

Training (include USG6000 Next
Generation Firewall Installation and
5d
USG9500 High-end Firewall
Training
1d
USG9500 High-end Firewall
Training (include High-end Firewall
Training)
5d
Fast-Track
Firewall Operation and
(Fast-Track)
Technology
1d
Firewall VPN Technical Topic

Training
3d
3d
Firewall Technology
Fundamentals Training
Training
2d
Elective Guide:
24
2.1.18 Security Management Software Training Path
Plan / Design
Implement / Operate
Improve
Policy Center(TSM) Installation

and Commissioning Training
1d
Policy Center(TSM) Operation and
Policy Center(TSM) Installation and
3d
DSM Operation and Maintenance
Training
2d
Technology
Fundamentals
Firewall Technology
Training
2d
Elective Guide:
TSM training need to be familiar with Firewall Technology Fundamentals
25
2.1.19 Intrusion Detection and Prevention Training Path
Plan / Design
Implement / Operate
Improve
NIP Installation and

1d
NIP Operation and Maintenance
Training (include NIP Installation
and Commissioning Training)3d
Technology
Fundamentals
Training
Elective Guide:
26
2.1.20 Security Solution Operation and Maintenance Training Path
Plan / Design
Implement / Operate
Improve
Planning and Design
Operation and
Advanced Technology
Training
DDoS Solution Operation and
3d
iSOC Solution Operation and
3d
UMA Solution Operation and
2d
Anyoffice Solution Operation and
3d
Technology
Fundamentals
Firewall Technology
Training
2d
Elective Guide:
27
Training
2.2 List of Enterprise IP Training Programs

Enterprise IP Training Programs are designed as follows:
Duration
Training Programs
Level
(working
days)
Training
Class
Location
Size
Certification Training Programs
10
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
15
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
HCNA-WLAN Huawei Certified Network Associate - WLAN Training
6 ~ 12
HCNA-Security-CBSN Constructing Basic Security Network Training
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
HCNA Huawei Certified Network Associate Training

HCNA-Fast Huawei Certified Network Associate Training
(Fast-Track 5 days)
HCNP-R&S Huawei Certified Network Professional - Routing and
Switching Training
HCNP-R&S-IERN Implementing Enterprise Routing Network
Training
HCNP-R&S-IESN Implementing Enterprise Switching Network
Training
HCNP-R&S-IENP Improving Enterprise Network Performance
Training
HCNP-R&S Huawei Certified Network Professional - Routing and
Switching Training (Fast-Track 5 days)
HCNP-Security-CISN Constructing Infrastructure of Security

Network Training
HCNP-Security-CTSS Constructing Terminal Security System
Training
HCNP-Security-CSSN Constructing Service Security Network
Training
HCS-Field-R&S Huawei Routing and Switching Field Engineer
Training
HCS-Field-WLAN Huawei WLAN Planning & Optimization Training
IP Technology Fundamental Principles Training Programs
IP Network Technology Fundamental Training
28
Huawei VRP System Training
6 ~ 12
Enterprise LAN Technology Training
6 ~ 12
Enterprise WAN Technology Training
6 ~ 12
Enterprise IP Routing Technology Training
6 ~ 12
IP Technology Fundamentals(Fast-Track)
6 ~ 12
Enterprise IP Multicast Technologies Training
6 ~ 12
Enterprise IP VPN Technology Training
6 ~ 12
Enterprise MPLS VPN Technologies Training
6 ~ 12
Enterprise MPLS TE Technologies Training
6 ~ 12
Enterprise QoS Technology Training
6 ~ 12
Enterprise HA Technology Training
6 ~ 12
Enterprise IPv6 Technology Training
6 ~ 12
NE Routers Installation and Commissioning Training
6 ~ 12
NE Routers Basic Operation and Maintenance Training
6 ~ 12
10
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
AR G3 Routers Installation and Commissioning Training
6 ~ 12
AR G3 Routers Basic Operation and Maintenance Training
6 ~ 12
10
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
Advanced Technology Training Programs
Campus Routers(NE/AR) Training Programs
NE Routers Operation and Maintenance Training (Including the

Basic O/M Training)
NE Routers Operation and Maintenance Training (Fast-Track)
NE20E-S Series Multi-Service Routers Operation and Maintenance
Training
AR G3 Routers Operation and Maintenance Training (Including the

Basic O/M Training)
AR G3 Routers Operation and Maintenance Training (Fast-Track)
Campus Routers(NE/AR) Operation and Maintenance Training
(Fast-Track)
AR Series Industrial Router Training Programs
AR Series Industrial Routers Operation and Maintenance Training
29
Campus Switches (S Series) Training Programs

Chassis Switches (S97/S93/S77) Installation and Commissioning
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
10
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
10
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
10
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
WLAN Technology Basics Training
6 ~ 12
WLAN Installation and Commissioning Training
6 ~ 12
WLAN Basic Operation and Maintenance Training
6 ~ 12
WLAN Operation and Maintenance Training (Including the Basic
6 ~ 12
Training
Chassis Switches (S97/S93/S77) Basic Operation and Maintenance
Training
Chassis Switches (S97/S93/S77) Operation and Maintenance
Training (Including the Basic O/M Training)
Chassis Switches (S97/S93/S77) Operation and Maintenance
S12700 Series Agile Switches Operation and Maintenance Training
Box Switches (S67/S57/S37/S27) Installation and Commissioning
Training
Box Switches (S67/S57/S37/S27) Basic Operation and Maintenance
Training
Box Switches (S67/S57/S37/S27) Operation and Maintenance
Campus Switches (S series) Operation and Maintenance Training
Campus Switches (S series) Operation and Maintenance Training
(Fast-Track)
Data Center Switches (CE Series) Training Programs
Data Center Switches (CE128/CE78/CE68/CE58) Installation and
Data Center Switches (CE128/CE78/CE68/CE58) Basic Operation
Data Center Switches (CE128/CE78/CE68/CE58) Operation and
Maintenance Training (Including the Basic O/M Training)
Data Center Switches (CE128/CE78/CE68/CE58) Operation and
WLAN(AC/ACU/AP) Training Programs
30
O/M Training)
Chassis Switches WLAN Features (ACU) Operation and
6 ~ 12
ME60 Products 1st Line Maintenance Training
6 ~ 12
ME60 Products 2nd Line Maintenance Training
10
6 ~ 12
ME60 Products IPTV Service Features Training
6 ~ 12
ME60 Products Troubleshooting Training
6 ~ 12
iManager U2000 ME60 Product Operation Training
6 ~ 12
PTN Products Installation and Commissioning Training
6 ~ 12
PTN Products 1st Line Maintenance Training
6 ~ 12
PTN Products 2nd Line Maintenance Training
10
6 ~ 12
PTN Products 3rd Line Maintenance Training
4 ~ 12
PTN Network Planning and Design Training
4 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
eSight WLAN Management Training
0.5
6 ~ 12
eSight MPLS VPN Management Training
0.5
6 ~ 12
eSight MPLS Tunnel Management Training
0.5
6 ~ 12
eSight SLA Management Training
0.5
6 ~ 12
eSight IPSec VPN Management Training
0.5
6 ~ 12
eSight Smart Report Management Training
0.5
6 ~ 12
eSight NTA (Network Traffic Analyzer) Management Training
0.5
6 ~ 12
eSight Access Management Training
0.5
6 ~ 12
eSight Data Center Management Training
0.5
6 ~ 12
eSight SecureCenter (VSM) Management Training
6 ~ 12
MSCG(ME60) Training Programs
PTN Products Training Programs
Enterprise Network Management System eSight Training Programs

eSight Enterprise Basic Operation and Maintenance Training
eSight Enterprise NM Operation and Maintenance Training
(Including the Basic O/M Training)
31
6 ~ 12
Enterprise Network Design Outlines Training
6 ~ 12
Enterprise Campus Network Design Training
6 ~ 12
Enterprise MPLS VPN Design Training
6 ~ 12
Data Center Network Design Training
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
Firewall VPN Technical Topic Training
6 ~ 12
Firewall UTM Technical Topic Training
6 ~ 12
Firewall Advanced Technology Training
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
eSight LogCenter (eLog) Management Training

Enterprise Network Design Training Programs
Security Technology Fundamentals Training Programs

Firewall Technology Fundamentals Training
Security Technology Topic Training Programs
Firewall Training Programs

USG2000/5000 Low-and-middle Firewall Installation and
USG2000/5000 Low-and-middle Firewall Operation and
Maintenance Training (Including USG2000/5000 Low-and-middle
Firewall Installation and Commissioning Training)
USG6000 Next Generation Firewall Installation and Commissioning
Training
USG6000 Next Generation Firewall Operation and Maintenance
Training (Including USG6000 Next Generation Firewall Installation
and Commissioning Training)
USG9500 High-end Firewall Installation and Commissioning Training
USG9500 High-end Firewall Operation and Maintenance Training
(Including USG9500 High-end Firewall Installation and
USG2000/5000 Low-and-middle Firewall Operation and
SVN Installation and Commissioning Training
SVN Operation and Maintenance Training (Including SVN
Installation and Commissioning Training)
32
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
DDoS Solution Operation and Maintenance Training
6 ~ 12
iSOC Solution Operation and Maintenance Training
6 ~ 12
UMA Solution Operation and Maintenance Training
6 ~ 12
AnyOffice Solution Operation and Maintenance Training
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
ASG Installation and Commissioning Training

ASG Operation and Maintenance Training (Including ASG
Security Management Software Training Programs
Policy Center (TSM) Installation and Commissioning Training
Policy Center (TSM) Operation and Maintenance Training (Including
Policy Center (TSM) Installation and Commissioning Training)
DSM Operation and Maintenance Training
Intrusion Detection and Prevention Training Programs
NIP Installation and Commissioning Training
NIP Operation and Maintenance Training (Including NIP Installation
and Commissioning Training)
Security Solution Operation and Maintenance Training Programs
Security Planning and Design Training Programs

Firewall Planning and Design Training
Level Description: : Basic Course : Intermediate Course : Advanced Course : Expert Course
33
2.3 Certification Training Programs

2.3.1
HCNA Huawei Certified Network Associate Training
Training Path
enterprise network routing solutions.

Establish solutions for enterprise network
HCNA-HNTD Entry
Huawei Networking Technology and Device
OARS1 Lecture, Hands-on exercise
administration and management through

application layer services including DHCP, FTP
5d
and Telnet.
Establish a fundamental network capable of
supporting basic communications.
HCNA-HNTD Intermediate
OARS2
Lecture, Hands-on exercise
Enhance link layer performance the through

implementation of features and services
5d
including link aggregation, VLAN technologies
Target Audience
and GVRP.
Manage and support Wide Area Network
Those who wish to become a network associate
communications over serial links for a range of
Those who hope to obtain HCNA certification
technologies including HDLC, PPP, PPPoE and
Prerequisites
Frame Relay.
Apply Network Address Translation (NAT)
A working knowledge of networks and IT
solutions for private networks.
technologies.
Provide Wireless WAN network backup
Objectives
solutions over 3G cellular networks.

On completion of this program, the participants will
Provide effective IP security solutions using
be able to:
various security architectures including Access
Explain the intricacies of data transmission
Control Lists (ACL), AAA, and IPsec with GRE
over IP networks, for competency in supporting,
support solutions.
maintaining and troubleshooting IP networks.
Describe and implement solutions for unified
Perform IP address planning for establishing
enterprise network management, including
well designed networks.
SNMP and Huawei eSight NMS technology
Navigate and manage Huawei products
solutions.
Establish truly business capable enterprise
through the virtual routing platform (VRP).

Build efficient data switching environments
networks for real-world industries.
through the management of switching products
Duration
and manipulation of related (STP/RSTP) link

10 working days
layer protocols.
Class Size
Explain the principles of routing and configure

(RIP/OSPF) routing protocols for
Max 12
implementation and support of effective
34
2.3.2
HCNA-Fast Huawei Certified Network Associate Training (Fast-Track 5 days)

Build efficient data switching environments
Training Path
through the management of switching products
HCNA-Fast
(Fast-Track 5 days)
OARSA Lecture, Hands-on exercise
5d
and manipulation of related (STP/RSTP) link

layer protocols.
Explain the principles of routing and configure
(OSPF) routing protocols for implementation
and support of effective enterprise network
Target Audience
routing solutions.
Those who wish to become a network associate
Manage and support Wide Area Network
Those who hope to obtain HCNA certification
communications over serial links for a range of

technologies including HDLC, PPP, PPPoE and
Prerequisites
Frame Relay. Provide Wireless WAN network

Those who have obtained the same level
backup solutions over 3G cellular networks.
technical certificate in the industry, and hope to
Describe and implement solutions for unified
obtain Huawei certificate
enterprise network management, including
Objectives
SNMP and Huawei eSight NMS technology

solutions.
Supporting IPv6 Networks.
be able to:
Duration
Navigate and manage Huawei products

through the virtual routing platform (VRP).
5 working days
Enhance link layer performance the through
Class Size
implementation of features and services

including link aggregation, VLAN technologies
Max 12
and GVRP.
35
2.3.3
HCNP-R&S Huawei Certified Network Professional - Routing and Switching
Training
Training Path
Objectives
HCNP-R&S-IERN
Implementing Enterprise Routing Network
OPRS1 Lecture, Hands-on exercise
be able to:
Configure OSPF
6d
Configure BGP
Describe the principle of IGMP,PIM-SM/DM
HCNP-R&S-IESN
Implementing Enterprise Switching Network
Describe the principle of VLAN, QinQ, STP,

RSTP and MSTP
4d
Configure VLAN, Mux VLAN, Super VLAN and

QinQ
Configure STP, RSTP and MSTP
HCNP-R&S-IENP
Improving Enterprise Network Performance
Describe the basic principle of network security

List the features of USG
5d
Describe IP QoS end-to-end process
Target Audience
List High Availability technology
Duration
Those who hope to become a network

professional
15 working days
Those who hope to obtain HCNP-R&S certificate
Class Size
Prerequisites
Max 12
HCNA certification or the similar knowledge
36
2.3.4
HCNP-R&S-IERN Implementing Enterprise Routing Network Training
Training Path
Objectives
HCNP-R&S-IERN
Implementing Enterprise Routing Network
be able to:
Configure OSPF
6d
Configure BGP
Target Audience
Describe the principle of IGMP,PIM-SM/DM

Duration
professional
6 working days
Prerequisites
Class Size
Max 12
37
2.3.5
HCNP-R&S-IESN Implementing Enterprise Switching Network Training
Training Path
Objectives
HCNP-R&S-IESN
Implementing Enterprise Switching Network

be able to:
Describe the principle of VLAN, QinQ, STP,
4d
RSTP and MSTP
Target Audience
Configure VLAN, Mux VLAN, Super VLAN and

QinQ
professional
Duration
Prerequisites
4 working days
Class Size
Max 12
38
2.3.6
HCNP-R&S-IENP Improving Enterprise Network Performance Training
Training Path
Objectives
HCNP-R&S-IENP
Improving Enterprise Network Performance
be able to:
5d
List the features of USG
Target Audience
Describe IP QoS end-to-end process

List High Availability technology
Duration
professional
5 working days
Prerequisites
Class Size
Max 12
39
2.3.7
HCNP-R&S Huawei Certified Network Professional - Routing and Switching
Training (Fast-Track 5 days)

Configure OSPF
Training Path
HCNP-R&S( Huawei Certified Network
Professional - Routing and Switching
Fast-Track 5 days
OPRSA LectureHands-on exercise
Configure BGP
Configure Route Selection Tools
Configure IGMP, PIM-SM/DM
5d
Describe the principle of VLAN
Target Audience
Configure VLAN, Mux VLAN and GVRP
professional
Configure the functions and features of USG

series firewall
Those who have obtained the same level technical

certificate in the industry, and hope to obtain
Describe HUAWEI IP QoS end-to-end process
Huawei certificate
Configure end-to-end IP QoS

Build and configure simulation of enterprise
Prerequisites
network
Obtained the same level technical certificate in
Duration
the industry
5 working days
Objectives
Class Size
Max 12
be able to:
40
2.3.8
HCNA-WLAN Huawei Certified Network Associate - WLAN Training
Training Path
HCNA-WLAN-ISMBW
Implementing Small to Medium-sized
Business WLAN
OAWL1 Lecture, Hands-on exercise
Outline the basic topology structure of WLAN

List Huawei WDS network mode
Describe mesh network mode
Describe the basic knowledge of 802.11
5d
List the advantages of 802.11n
Target Audience
Describe the basic concepts of 802.11 physical
Those who hope to become a network associate of
layer
WLAN
Describe spread spectrum technology of
Those who hope to obtain HCNA-WLAN certificate
802.11
Describe DSSS technology
Prerequisites
Describe OFDM technology
A general familiarity with PC operation system
Differentiate Fat AP and Fit AP technology
A basic understanding of computer technology
Describe CAPWAP tunnel protocol
HCNA certification or similar knowledge

Objectives
Outline the general network mode of WLAN

Differentiate the forwarding modes of WLAN
Differentiate different applications of VLAN in
be able to:
WLAN service
Describe what WLAN is
Describe WLAN business configuration
Describe the development process of WLAN
processes of Huawei AC6605
technology
Configure the basic attributes of AC
List typical application scenarios of WLAN
Describe the basic features of Huawei product
technology
List the key features of Huawei product
Describe the functions and roles of WLAN
Describe the basic concepts of roaming
standards organizations
Describe the related basic knowledge of RF
Outline the basic principles of roaming
List working principle and specific property of
List the application scenarios of roaming

Describe security threat of WLAN
RF
Describe the related concepts of WIDS and
Describe the working frequency band of WLAN
WIPS
and the basic concepts of channel
Describe the related concepts of AAA
Describe the rules of the working frequency
Outline the WLAN authenticated encryption
band and channel in each country
techniques
List other technologies related to WLAN

Describe the latest Huawei product information
Configure Huawei WLAN security-profile
List the application scenarios of Huawei
Describe the frame format of 802.11

Differentiate three frame types and functions of
product
802.11
Describe the power supply mode of Huawei
Describe 802.11 media access control
product
mechanism
Configure Huawei VRP basic command

Configure AC basic attributes
Analyze media access process of WLAN
Upgrade the software of AC and AP
Describe the concepts of QoS
Describe the basic concepts of 802.11
Configure WMM-profile
Configure Traffic-profile
41
Describe the definition and functions of
Configure AP online
Configure AP-profile
antenna
Describe the main performance indicates of
Configure radio-profile
antenna
Configure service-set
List some common passive device
Configure AP region
List the basic process of the WLAN network
Configure AP binding profile
planning
Perform daily maintenance operation tasks of
List basic interference factors of WLAN
WLAN service
Describe the basic load-balancing ways of
Describe WLAN commonly used fault
WLAN
troubleshooting
List the typical application scenarios of WLAN
Describe WLAN common diagnostic
Describe the network planning processes of
commands and tools
WLAN
Describe the cause of some common failures
Point out some typical scenarios of WLAN
of WLAN
network planning ways
Use troubleshooting tools and troubleshoot
Describe the functional features of Huawei
some common failures
WLAN planning tool
Duration
Use Huawei WLAN tool to plan basic WLAN

5 working days
network
Class Size
List some functions of eSight

Configure WLAN service
Min 6, Max 12
Configure the basic information of AC
42
2.3.9
HCNA-Security-CBSN Constructing Basic Security Network Training
Training Path
Understand key VPN technologies.

Understand the classification and application of
HCNA-Security CBSN Constructing Basic

Security Network Training
HC11031 Lecture, Hands-on exercise
VPN.
Understand the application scenarios of VPDN.
5d
Understand the principles of L2TP.
Target Audience
Understand the application scenarios of
Operators and Maintainers
client-initialized and NAS-initialized L2TP VPN.

Understand the configuration of L2TP.
Administrators
Understand the principles and implementation
Prerequisites
of GRE VPN.
Be familiar with TCP/IP elementary knowledge
Understand the security mechanism of GRE
Be familiar with Router&Switch elementary
VPN.
knowledge
Understand the typical application and
Objectives
configuration of GRE VPN.

Understand the principles of the IPSec
technology.
be able to:
Understand OSI model
Understand the AH and ESP technologies.
Understand TCP/IP principles
Understand the service process of IKE.
Understand TCP/IP security issues
Understand the application scenarios and

configuration of IPSec VPN.
Understand Common attack means
Understand the principles of the SSL VPN
Understand the definition and classification of
technology.
firewalls.
Understand the Basic functions and features of
Understand firewall Main features and
the SVN product.
technologies.
Understand the configuration of SSL VPN.
Understand the Data forwarding process and
Understand firewall UTM basic technology
basic configuration of firewalls.
Understand what terminal security is.
Understand the functions and classification of
Understand the components and deployment
ACLs.
Understand firewall Security Policy and
of the Policy Center system.

Understand the organizational management
configuration
Understand the principles of the NAT
and access control functions of the Policy

Center system.
technology.
Understand the security policy configuration of
Understand the application of NAT.
the Policy Center system.
Understand the NAT configuration of firewalls.

Duration
Understand firewall Dual-System Hot Backup

basic technology
5 working days
Understand firewall User Management
Class Size
Understand firewall
Min 6, Max 12
VLAN//SA/E1/ADSL/WLAN/3G technology
Understand the concept and functions of VPN.
43
2.3.10 HCNP-Security-CISN Constructing Infrastructure of Security Network

Training
Training Path
Master virtual firewall configuration methods.

Know virtual firewall technology applications.
HCNP-Security CISN Constructing

Infrastructure of Security Network
Understand advanced features and

5d
Understand advanced features and
Target Audience
configuration of L2TP over IPSec VPN.

Understand Scenarios of comprehensive SSL
VPN applications in HA.
Prerequisites
Understand Basic network attack.
Be familiar with data communications network
Understand Basic attack defense technologies
elementary knowledge
on firewalls.
Be familiar with network security elementary
Understand Application and configuration of
knowledge
basic attack defense technologies.
Be familiar with VPN elementary knowledge
Understand the damages and mechanisms of
Has network security equipment operation and
major DDoS attacks.
maintenance experience
Understand the principle of the anti-DDoS
Objectives
solution.
Learn about the networking of the anti-DDoS
solution.
be able to:
Learn about the installation and configuration
Understand firewall device management

Master firewall management by AAA
of the anti-DDoS solution.
Master password recovery
Master troubleshooting method.
Understand the implementation and
Master the troubleshooting of security policy.

Master the troubleshooting of NAT technology.
configuration of traffic limiting policies
Master the troubleshooting of attack defence.
Master the troubleshooting of traffic limiting
configuration of SLB
Understand Dual-system hot backup principle
policies.
Master the troubleshooting of HA technology.
and configuration.
Understand the principle and configuration of
Master the troubleshooting of L2TP VPN.
BFD
Master the troubleshooting of IPsec VPN.
Master the troubleshooting of SSL VPN.
configuration of Link-group
Duration
Understand IP-link principle and configuration

5 working days
Understand Bypass principle and configuration
Class Size
Understand Eth-Trunk principle and

configuration
Min 6, Max 12
Learn about the technology principles of virtual

firewall.
44
2.3.11 HCNP-Security-CTSS Constructing Terminal Security System Training

Training Path
Understand the implementation principles of

multiple access control devices.
HCNP-Security CTSS Constructing

Terminal Security System
Know the terminal security solution design

roadmap.
5d
Know how to complete the availability design of
Target Audience
a solution.
Know the current situation of document
security.
Prerequisites
Understand the functions of DSM
Master how to implement Policy Center
system.
Master how to configurue Policy Center
knowledge
system.
Be familiar with Firewall elementary knowledge
Master the operation and maintenance of
Be familiar with OS.
Policy Center system.
Be familiar with 802.1X access control
Master the operation and maintenance of DSM.
tecnology.
Describe the common fault in Policy Center
Objectives
system.
Master the troubleshooting method of Policy
Center system
be able to:
Master the troubleshooting method of DSM
Understand the current situation of terminal
system
security.
Master how to utilize diagnoses tools for
Understand the background of terminal
troubleshooting security implementations.
security.
Understand the multidimensional defense
Master the troubleshooting method of
system as a terminal security solution.
Hardware SACG implementations.

Duration
Understand the relationship among the five

elements.
5 working days
Understand the concepts and components of
Class Size
identity authentication.
Understand the implementation mechanism of
Min 6, Max 12
security policies during authentication
45
2.3.12 HCNP-Security-CSSN Constructing Service Security Network Training

Training Path
Understand major antivirus technologies for

gateways
HCNP-Security CSSN Constructing

Service Security Network
Understand the application of antivirus

technologies for gateways
5d
Describe the basic knowledge of Web filtering
Target Audience
technology
Describe common WEB risk
Understand the key technology of Web filtering
Prerequisites
Understand the Web filtering application
scenario
Understand the basic concept of spam
Understand the generation and harm of spam
knowledge
Understand the mechanism of spam filter
Learn about the anti-spam solution of Huawei
Has network security equipment operation and
Describe background of deep packet inspect.
maintenance experience
Understand the main DPI technology.
Objectives
Understand the DPI application scenario.
Master the troubleshooting of IPS
be able to:
Master the troubleshooting of AV
Understand the basic knowledge of information
Master the troubleshooting of URL filtering
security
Master the troubleshooting of RBL filtering
Understand the background of content security
Master the troubleshooting of deep packet
products
inspect
Understand the main technologies used for
Master the troubleshooting of Database
content security
updated.
Understand Intrusion detection and Intrusion
Duration
prevention technology
5 working days
Class Size
prevention application scenario

Understand the basic knowledge of viruses.
Min 6, Max 12
Learn about virus signatures and the common

tools for detecting viruses
46
2.3.13 HCS-Field-R&S Huawei Routing and Switching Field Engineer Training

Describe S12700 Agile Switches hardware
Training Path
architecture
Huawei Routing and Switching Field
Engineer Training
OSRS1 Lecture, Hands-on exercise
Describe S12700 Agile Switches boards and

modules
5d
Describe S12700 Agile Switches data
Target Audience
forwarding
List S12700 Agile Switches characteristics
List S12700 Agile Switches software features
Prerequisites
Describe S12700 Agile Switches application
scenarios
Describe the Positioning of Huawei AR G3
HCNP-R&S certification or similar knowledge
Routers
Describe the Hardware Architecture of Huawei
Objectives
AR G3 Routers
Describe Boards and Modules of Huawei AR
be able to:
G3 Routers
Describe the Positioning of Huawei Box
Describe Data Forwarding Procedure of
Switches
Huawei AR G3 Routers
Describe the Characteristics of Huawei AR G3
Box Switches
Routers
Describe Boards and Modules of Huawei Box
Describe the Application Scenarios of Huawei
Switches
AR G3 Routers
Describe the Positioning of Huawei NE Routers
Huawei Box Switches
Describe the Characteristics of Huawei Box
NE Routers
Switches
Describe Boards and Modules of Huawei NE
Routers
Box Switches
Describe the Positioning of Huawei Chassis
Huawei NE Routers
Switches
Describe the Characteristics of Huawei NE
Routers
Chassis Switches
Describe Boards and Modules of Huawei
NE Routers
Chassis Switches
Describe the concepts of routine maintenance
List items of routine maintenance
Huawei Chassis Switches
Use the commands in routine maintenance
Describe the Characteristics Huawei Chassis
Distinguish routine maintenance and
Switches
troubleshooting
List the steps of troubleshooting
Chassis Switches
Mater the methods of information collection
Describe S12700 Agile Switches positioning
Describe the technical support system of
47
Describe the iStack features on Huawei box
Huawei
List the Mostly Used Methods of Software
switches
Configure the iStack features on Huawei box
Upgrade
Assess the Feasibility of Software Upgrade
switches
Describe the CSS principles
Work Out a Practical Scheme of Software
Describe the CSS features on Huawei chassis
Upgrade
Describe the General Steps of Device Software
switches
Configure the CSS features on Huawei chassis
Upgrade
Describe the General Steps of Installing Patch
switches
Describe the NTP principles
Describe the General Steps of Software
Describe the NTP features on Huawei chassis
Upgrade Using the BootRom

Describe the principles of ISSU
switches
Configure the NTP features on Huawei chassis
Describe the application scenarios of ISSU
switches
Configure ISSU on Huawei S Switches
Describe the advantages and functions of NQA
List the security features of Huawei Datacom
Describe basic principles and implementation
Products
methods of NQA
List the different security features between
Describe NQA features
Huawei Datacom Products
Describe typical applications of NQA
Describe the application scenarios of the
Describe the principles of LLDP
security features of Huawei devices

Understand firewall security features on the AR
Configure LLDP on Huawei Products

Describe the application of LLDP in enterprise
G3 router
Configure firewall features on the AR G3 router
network
Describe the implementation of RADIUS and
Describe the SNMP principles

Configure SNMP features on Huawei Products
HWTACACS
Describe domain-based user management
Duration
modes
5 working days
Configure AAA on Huawei Datacom Product
Class Size
Understand AAA application scenarios on the

enterprise network
Min 6, Max 12
Describe the iStack principles
48
2.3.14 HCS-Field-WLAN Huawei WLAN Planning & Optimization Training

Clarify customer's basic requirements in network
Training Path
planning.
WLAN Planning & Optimization Training
OSWL1 Lecture, Hands-on exercise
Learn about customer's high-level requirements.

Describe main organizations and standards in
5d
the wireless field in industry and power
Target Audience
requirements of main countries.

Describe spectrum division of 2.4 GHz and 5
Those who hope to become a network associate of
GHz, channel requirements of main countries,
WLAN
and HT40.
Those who hope to become to a WLAN Planning &
Calculate the EIRP.
Optimization expert
Know typical WLAN planning scenarios.
Those who hope to obtain WLAN Planning &
Have a good grasp of the WLAN planning
Optimization certificate
procedure and focuses.
Prerequisites
Use tools to carry out simple WLAN planning.
Perform brief WLAN planning to meet customer
requirements.
Describe the process of the site survey for
planning the WLAN.
HCNA-WLAN certification or similar knowledge
Use WLAN planning tools for the site survey.
Objectives
Describe precautions for the site survey in

different scenarios.
be able to:
Know how to design a hierarchical network.
List the differences between wired and wireless
Plan VLANs on a medium- to large-sized WLAN.
networks.
Plan IP addresses on the WLAN.
Know commonly used Huawei WLAN devices.
Plan routes on the WLAN.
List usage scenarios and characteristics of
Describe basic WLAN architectures and
WLAN on industry networks.
components.
List usage scenarios of WLAN on carrier
Differentiate application scenarios of different AC
networks.
forwarding and deployment modes.
Describe the lifecycle and processes of the
Differentiate application scenarios of different AC
WLAN project.
networking modes and layers.
Describe necessities of WLAN planning and
Design WLAN architectures for different
optimization.
scenarios.
Describe methods of WLAN planning and
Describe other WLAN architectures.
optimization.
Learn about PoE components.
Describe the necessity of pre-sales network
Understand PoE power budget.
planning in the WLAN project.
Configure PoE.
Describe usage of pre-sales network planning in
Describe how the high availability (HA) of WLAN
the WLAN project.
is implemented.
List the procedure of pre-sales network planning
Distinguish different hot-standby (HSB) methods
in the WLAN project.
and understand their components and
49
Know how to clarify requirements.
implementations.
Plan and configure an HSB WLAN network.
List site survey contents.
Design an indoor settled WLAN.
Know how to select APs and antennas.
Use the AP calculator.
Plan network bandwidth.
Select suitable devices for indoor network
Describe basic principles for deploying APs.

List typical WDS and Mesh network planning
planning.
Use product specification quick search and
scenarios.
Learn about WLAN solution characteristics in
comparison functions.
Operate the WLAN Planner.
typical scenarios.
Learn about common components of indoor
Perform WLAN network planning in typical
distributed WLAN.
scenarios.
Learn about the bandwidth, frequency band, and
Describe different stages of Huawei enterprise
signal calculation method of indoor distributed
service lifecycle model.

Describe basic principles for WLAN network
WLAN network planning.

Learn about three common WLAN scenarios.
planning.
Describe outdoor coverage requirements and
Describe advantages and disadvantages of each
site survey contents.
WLAN networking mode.
Know how to select APs and antennas.
Describe features of small- and medium-scale
Plan the bandwidth and capacity of outdoor
enterprise WLANs.
Describe common networking modes of small-
WLANs.
Describe the basic AP deployment principles.
and medium-scale enterprise WLANs.

Describe planning methods of small- and
List typical scenarios of outdoor coverage.
medium-scale enterprise WLANs.
Select suitable devices for outdoor network
Describe design methods of small- and
planning.
medium-scale enterprise WLANs.
Select suitable antennas for outdoor network
Understand basic BYOD concepts.
planning.
Describe key WLAN technologies applicable in
Master the basic outdoor network planning
large-scale enterprises.
process.
Describe WLAN optimization concept
Select suitable devices for outdoor network
Describe WLAN optimization process
planning.
Select suitable antennas for outdoor network
List WLAN data optimization methods

Describe basic WLAN parameter calibration
planning.
Master the basic outdoor network planning
methods
List WLAN optimization benefits
process.
Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design.
Understand basic interference sources
Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor
Understand WLAN interference types
network planning.
Know basic WLAN interference optimization
Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design.
methods
Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor
Know how to improve WLAN coverage
network planning.
Understand WLAN coverage methods in high
Describe basic concepts of roaming.
density scenarios
Summarize basic principles of roaming.
Describe functions of WLAN Tester
Plan roaming.
Describe the usage procedure of WLAN Tester
50
Duration
Describe basic WLAN application scenarios

List WLAN optimization methods in different
5 working days
scenarios
Class Size
Optimize WLAN networks
Min 6, Max 12
51
2.4 IP Technology Fundamental Principle Training Programs

2.4.1
IP Network Technology Fundamental Training
Training Path
Describe basic structure of IP network

Describe TCP/IP basis
IP Network Technology Fundamental

ORS11
Describe IP addressing and routing

Describe network layer protocols
1d
Describe transit layer protocols
Target Audience
Describe application layer protocols

Duration
Prerequisites
1 working day
Class Size

Objectives
Min 6, Max 12

be able to:
52
2.4.2
Huawei VRP System Training
Training Path
be able to:
Describe the VRP architecture
Huawei VRP System

ORS21
Use basic operation commands

Describe the function of VRP information center
1d
Perform VRP operate files
Target Audience
Operate VRP upgrade software

Duration
Prerequisites
1 working day
Class Size

Min 6, Max 12
Objectives
53
2.4.3
Enterprise LAN Technology Training
Training Path
Describe the background of VLAN technology

Ethernet Basic Principle

ORS31
Configure the basic functions of VLAN

Describe the inter-VLAN communication principle
1d
Configure the inter-VLAN communication

Describe the principle of MUX-VLAN
Configure the MUX-VLAN
VLAN Principle and Configuration
Describe the principle of Super-VLAN

ORS32
1d
Configure the Super-VLAN

Describe the GARP principle
Describe the GVRP principle
GVRP Principle and Configuration

ORS33
Configure GVRP
Describe the Ethernet link aggregation principle
0.5d
Describe the LACP basic principle

List the methods of link aggregation
Ethernet Link Aggregation Principle
and Configuration
ORS34 Lecture, Hands-on exercise
Configure the Ethernet link aggregation

0.5d

STP Principle and Configuration
Describe calculation process of spanning tree

ORS35
2d
Describe the function of configuration BPDU
Target Audience
Describe the flood process of topology change

information
Configure the STP function
Prerequisites
Describe RSTP basic calculation process

Describe RSTP port status transition
Describe the function of RST BPDU
A basic understanding of IP technology
Describe the flooding process of topology
Objectives
change notification
Configure the RSTP function

be able to:
Describe the basic concept of MSTP
Describe the development of Ethernet
Describe the calculation process of inter-zone of

MST
technology
List the standards of Ethernet
Describe the MSTP advanced configuration
Describe the working principle of HUB
Configure the MSTP function

Duration
Describe the working principle of L2 switch

Describe the working principle of L3 switch
5 working days
List the Ethernet port features
Class Size
Configure the Ethernet interface
Min 6, Max 12
54
2.4.4
Enterprise WAN Technology Training
Training Path
Describe PPP principles

Describe LCP principles
WAN Interfaces Introduction and

PPP/MP Principle and Configuration
ORS41
Describe NCP principles

Describe MP principles
1d
Configure PPP and MP

Configure PPP authentication
FR/POS/HDLC Principles and
Configuration
Describe FR principles
Configure FR
1d
Describe POS principles
Target Audience
Describe SDH frame structure and multiplexing

methods
Identify common optical interfaces
Prerequisites
Configure POS interface

Describe HDLC principles
Configure HDLC
Duration
Objectives
2 working days
Class Size
be able to:
Min 6, Max 12
List common WAN protocols

List common WAN interfaces
55
2.4.5
Enterprise IP Routing Technology Training
Training Path
route backup
Configure static route
IP Routing Basis
ORS51
Configure static default route

Describe the principles of distance-vector
0.5d
routing protocols
Describe the routing loop issues and apply loop
RIP Protocol Feature and
Configuration
avoidance solutions
Describe the principles of RIP protocols
0.5d
Identify the similarities and differences between

RIPv1 and RIPv2
Configure RIP in the network
OSPF Feature and Configuration

ORS53
Describe the feature of OSPF routing protocol

Describe the route calculation process of link
1d
state algorithm
Describe basic concepts of OSPF
Describe OSPF routing protocol packet types
IS-IS Feature and Configuration
Describe OSPF routing protocol neighbor

ORS54
1d
relationship
Describe the route calculation process of
OSPF
BGP Feature and Configuration

ORS55
Configure OSPF routing protocol

Describe the origin of IS-IS protocol
1d
Describe the principles of IS-IS protocol

Compare IS-IS and OSPF protocols
Route Selection and Control
Feature
Configure IS-IS protocol

Describe BGP basic concepts
1d
Describe BGP working principles
Target Audience
Describe the route selection process of BGP

Configure BGP protocol
Describe route selection tools
Prerequisites
Describe routing policy
Describe policy-based route selection
Compare routing policy and policy-based route
Configure routing policy
Objectives
Duration
5 working days
be able to:
Class Size
Describe the IP routing process

Describe fields in the routing table
Min 6, Max 12
Describe the concepts of load balance and
56
2.4.6
IP Technology Fundamentals(Fast-Track)
Training Path
Describe network layer protocols

Describe transit layer protocols
IP Network Technology Fundamental

ORS11
Describe application layer protocols

1d

Describe the function of VRP info- center
Huawei VRP System

ORS21
1d

Describe the inter-VLAN communication
VLAN Principle and Configuration

ORS32
principle
1d

Ethernet Link Aggregation Principle and

Configuration
ORS34

0.5d

IP Routing Basics
ORS51

0.5d

OSPF Feature and Configuration

ORS53
Describe the concepts of load balance and

route backup
1d
Target Audience

Describe the feature of OSPF routing protocol
Planners and Designers
Administrators
state algorithm
Prerequisites
Describe basic concepts of OSPF
Describe OSPF routing protocol packet types
Describe OSPF neighbor relationship

Describe route calculation process of OSPF
Objectives
Configure OSPF routing protocol

Duration
be able to:
Describe basic structure of IP network
5 working days
Describe TCP/IP basis
Class Size
Describe IP addressing and routing
Min 6, Max 12
57
2.5 Advanced Technology Training Programs

2.5.1
Enterprise IP Multicast Technologies Training
Training Path
Configure the IGMP protocol

Differentiate the classification of multicast
IP Multicast Technologies Basis

ORSA1 Lecture, Hands-on exercise
routing protocol
List the features of common multicast routing
1d
protocols
Describe the basic principle of PIM-SM
Describe the join procedure of RPT and
IP Multicast Routing Technologies
multicast source registration

2d
Describe the procedure of switchover from RPT

to SPT
Configure PIM-SM
List the key technologies of PIM SSM
Inter-domain Multicast Technologies

Describe the working principle of PIM SSM
2d
Configure PIM SSM
Target Audience
Describe the PIM-DM protocol basic principle
Configure PIM-DM
Administrators
Describe the basic principles of MSDP.
Describe the RPF detection of MSDP.
Prerequisites
Describe the application of MSDP

Configure the MSDP
Describe the problems solved by the MBGP.
Describe the extensions of the MBGP.

Objectives
Describe the process that the MBGP transmit

the IPv4 multicast routing table.
Configure the MBGP
be able to:
Duration
Describe the IP multicast concept

Describe the IP multicast address architecture
5 working days
Describe the data forwarding procedure of IP
Class Size
multicast
Min 6, Max 12
Describe the SPT and RPT concept

Describe the IGMP protocol principle
Differentiate the difference from IGMP versions
58
2.5.2
Enterprise IP VPN Technology Training
Training Path
Describe IPSec principles

Describe IPSec application scenarios
IP VPN Technology Fundamentals

ORSB1 Lecture, Hands-on exercise
Configure IPSec VPN

Describe SSL principles
1.5d
Describe SSL application scenarios

Configure SSL VPN
Describe problems when deploy IPSec VPN
IP VPN Applications
Describe Huawei Efficient VPN solution
2d
Configure Efficient VPN on Huawei AR G3

routers
List Problems When Deploy VPNs
Designing IP VPN
Describe how NAT affects VPN deployment

0.5d
and the solution

Describe how PMTU affects VPN deployment
and the solution
Describe how VPN affects QoS deployment
Maintaining IP VPN
and the solution
1d
Describe GRE over IPSec applications
Target Audience
Describe IPSec over GRE applications

Compare GRE over IPSec and IPSec over
GRE
Configure GRE over IPSec on Huawei AR G3
Administrators
routers
Prerequisites
Configure IPSec over GRE on Huawei AR G3
routers
Describe security risks of VPDN

Objectives
Describe common VPDN solutions

Compare IPSec over L2TP and L2TP over
IPSec
be able to:
Configure IPSec over L2TP on Huawei AR G3
Describe concepts of IP VPN
routers
List common VPN technologies
Configure L2TP over IPSec on Huawei AR G3
Describe GRE principles
routers
Describe GRE application scenarios
Describe requirements when deploy VPN on
Configure GRE VPN
Hub-Spoke network
Describe concepts of LAC and LNS
Describe Huawei DSVPN solution
Describe L2TP principles
Describe DSVPN principles
Describe L2TP application scenarios
Configure DSVPN on Huawei AR G3 routers
Configure L2TP VPN
List Huawei IP VPN products
Describe IPSec technical architecture
Describe IP VPN features supported by Huawei
Describe IKE principles
routers
59
enterprise VPN
Describe eSight VPN management features
switches
Use eSight basic functions
firewalls
Use eSight VPN management functions
Describe Huawei eSight VPN management
Describe ideas when troubleshooting IP VPN
features
List common reasons of IP VPN failure
Describe Huawei VPN client features
List common commands when troubleshooting
Distinguish differences of IP VPN features of
IP VPN
different products
Analyze IP VPN Troubleshooting cases
Describe applications of different products in IP
Duration
VPN
5 working days
Describe methodology of network designing
Class Size
Analyze enterprise VPN requirements

Describe typical VPN application
Min 6, Max 12
Choose appropriate devices and technology for
60
2.5.3
Enterprise MPLS VPN Technologies Training
Training Path
Describe the process of LDP session

establishment
Describe LDP label space
MPLS Technology and Configuration

ORSC1 Lecture, Hands-on Exercise
Describe LDP label distribution mode
1d
Describe LDP label control mode

Describe LDP label retention mode
Describe the PHP
MPLS L3VPN Technologies and Configuration
List the methods of MPLS loop detection

ORSD1 Lecture, Hands-on Exercise
1d
Analyze the method of MPLS TTL processing

Describe LDP path vector and maximum hop
count
MPLS L2VPN Technologies and Configuration
Configure MPLS
ORSD2 Lecture, Hands-on exercise
Configure LDP
2d
Describe the model of BGP MPLS VPN

Describe the basic concepts referred to BGP
MPLS VPN
MPLS L3VPN Extended Application

ORSD3 Lecture, Hands-on Exercise
Describe the mechanisms of the route and

1d
label distribution in BGP MPLS VPN
Target Audience
Describe the process of data forwarding of

BGP MPLS VPN
Describe the basic MPLS BGP VPN
configuration
Administrators
Describe the extended BGP attributes used by
Prerequisites
MPLS BGP VPN

Describe the troubleshooting on control plane
of MPLS BGP VPN
Describe the troubleshooting on data plane of

MPLS BGP VPN
Objectives
Describe VPN Characteristics
Describe the difference between MPLS L2 VPN
be able to:
and L3 VPN
Analyze the process of IP forwarding
Describe MPLS L2 VPN architect and data
Analyze the disadvantage of IP forwarding
encapsulation
Describe the basic principle of MPLS
Describe VPWS and VPLS Features
forwarding
List VPWS and VPLS solutions for specific
List the applications of MPLS
scenario
Describe MPLS structure feature that contains
Describe CCC VLL Topology
two planes
Describe how to establish tunnel in CCC mode
Describe MPLS label structure
Describe how the data is forwarded in CCC
Describe the process of MPLS data forwarding
mode
Describe LDP neighbor discovery mechanism
Configure CCC in a simple network topology
61
Describe Martini VLL Topology
MPLS VPN backbone
Describe how public tunnel and VC connection
Describe how to access the Internet via
are established in Martini VLL
different interfaces between CE and PE
Describe how the data is forwarded in Martini
Describe the three levels of hierarchy of OSPF
VLL
VPN
Describe the difference between Martini VLL
Analyze how MP-BGP advertises OSPF
and SVC VLL
routing information
Configure Martini VLL and SVC VLL in a simple
Describe the basic configuration of OSPF VPN

Analyze the application and configuration of
networking topology
Describe the features of VPLS
Sham-link
Describe how does VPLS get Tunnel Label and
Describe the background in MPLS BGP VPN
VC Label
Inter-AS solutions
Compare the three solutions processing in
Describe how does VPLS forward data and

avoid loop
control plane and data plane
Configure VPLS in a simple networking
Duration
topology
5 working days
Configure VPLS
Class Size
Describe how to access the Internet via the ISP

Describe how to access the Internet via the
Min 6, Max 12
62
2.5.4
Enterprise MPLS TE Technologies Training
Training Path
Describe the basic and extension principle of

RSVP protocol
Analyze the path setup process of MPLS TE
MPLS TE Technologies and Configuration

ORSE
Describe the forwarding mode for MPLS TE
3d
using static routes
Target 1Audience
Describe the forwarding mode for MPLS TE

using automatic route
Describe the forwarding mode for MPLS using
policy routing
Administrators
Describe the mode of traffic protection
Prerequisites
Describe the principle of path protection
Describe the principle of fast reroute
Describe DS-TE functions
Describe DS-TE applicable environment
A general familiarity with MPLS
Describe the rationale of Tunnel Preemption
Objectives
Describe the rationale of Tunnel

Re-optimization

be able to:
Describe the rationale of
Describe detailed TE concepts and models
Describe the rationale of Automatic Bandwidth
Load Sharing
Adjustment
Describe MPLS TE background and functional
Describe the combining of MPLS TE with
modules
MPLS VPN
Describe the content of MPLS TE information
Configure MPLS TE in VRP system
distribution
List MPLS TE application
Describe the way of MPLS TE information
Design MPLS TE according to the requirement
flooding
Describe the process of MPLS TE information
Duration
distribution
3 working days
Analyze the process of CSPF algorithm
Class Size
Describe the other constrained conditions

which influence the process of path calculation
Min 6, Max 12
Describe the signaling protocol of MPLS TE
63
2.5.5
Enterprise QoS Technology Training
Training Path
be able to:
Describe basic concepts of IP QoS
IP QoS Technology
ORSF1
Describe Diff-Serv model

Describe the principle of IP QoS
1d
Describe the classed-based QoS
Target Audience
Configure QoS
Duration
Prerequisites
1 working day
Class Size

Min 6, Max 12

Objectives
64
2.5.6
Enterprise HA Technology Training
Training Path
Describe the basic concept of HA

List common HA technologies in network
HA Technology
ORSG1 Lecture, Hands-on exercise
Describe VRRP basic concept and principles

Configure VRRP on VRP platform
1d
Describe BFD basic concept and principles
Target Audience
Describe application scenarios of BFD
Configure BFD on VRP platform
Prerequisites
Duration
1 working day
Class Size

Objectives
Min 6, Max 12

be able to:
65
2.5.7
Enterprise IPv6 Technology Training
Training Path
Compare protocol packet and LSA changes of

OSPFv3 with OSPFv2
Describe OSPFv3 protocol operation
IPv6 Technology
ORSH1 Lecture, Hands-on exercise
Configure OSPFv3
5d
Describe IS-IS extensions for IPv6
Target Audience
Describe IS-IS extensions for Multi-Topology
Configure IS-ISv6
Monitoring Staffs
Describe MP-BGP attributes
Administrators
Describe how the MP-BGP implements the IPv6
Prerequisites
inter-domain routing
Configure BGP+
Describe the function and basic principle of MLD
Differentiate between MLDv1 and MLDv2
Describe the function of SSM Mapping
Objectives
Configure MLD
Describe the basic principle of IPv6 PIM-SM
be able to:
Describe the address structure and working
Describe the reason for upgrading IPv4 to IPv6
principle of Embedded-RP
Describe the IPv6 address structure and IPv6
Describe the working principle of PIM-SSM
packet format
Describe the typical application of IPv6 multicast
Describe the packet types of ICMPv6
Configure PIMv6
Describe the packet types of ICMPv6
List classification of the ACL6
Describe the IPv6 neighbor discovery process
Describe the application scenarios of ACL6
Describe the working principle of IPv6 address
Configure ACL6
auto configuration
List roles of the transitional technologies of IPv6
Describe the working principle of IPv6 PMTU
Describe application situations of the transitional
Describe the working principle of IPv6 DNS
technologies of IPv6
Configure IPv6 address
Describe basic principles of the common
Configure IPv6 NDP
transitional technologies of IPv6
Configure IPv6 PMTU
Configure common transitional technologies of
Configure IPv6 application
IPv6
Describe the forwarding mechanism of IPv6
Describe the concept of the 6PE over MPLS
unicast packets
Describe the principle of 6PE over MPLS
Describe the principle of RIPng
Configure 6PE over MPLS
Differentiate between RIPng and RIPv2
Duration
Describe the format and processing of RIPng

5 working days
packets
Class Size
Configure RIPng
Differentiate between OSPFv3 and OSPFv2
Min 6, Max 12
66
2.6 Campus Routers(NE/AR) Training Programs

2.6.1
NE Routers Installation and Commissioning Training
Training Path
Objectives
NE Series Routers Hardware Installation

ORT22
Lecture, Demonstration
be able to:
Describe NE series routers installation process
0.5d
List precautions when install NE series routers

Install NE series routers
Huawei VRP System
ORS21

0.5d
Target Audience
Installers and Commissioning Staffs
Duration
Prerequisites
1 working day
Class Size

Min 6, Max 12
67
2.6.2
NE Routers Basic Operation and Maintenance Training
Training Path
Describe NE series routers hardware structure

Describe NE series routers board types and
NE Series Routers Introduction

ORT21
Lecture
functions
Identify NE series routers board
0.5d
Judge NE series routers board indicators and

functions
Describe NE series routers positioning and
Huawei VRP System

ORS21
application scenarios
1d
Describe NE series routers features Overview

NE20E-S Series Routers Routine

Maintenance
Lecture
ORT23

0.5d
Target Audience
List precautions for NE series routers routine

maintenance
Perform NE series routers routine maintenance
Prerequisites
Duration
2 working days
Class Size
Objectives
Min 6, Max 12
be able to:
68
2.6.3
NE Routers Operation and Maintenance Training (Including the Basic O/M
Training)
Training Path
Objectives

Lecture
ORT21
be able to:
0.5d

functions
Huawei VRP System

ORS21
1d
functions
IP Routing Technologies
ORS5A Lecture, Hands-on exercise

3d

MPLS VPN Technologies

ORSDA Lecture, Hands-on exercise

3d
Describe the basic feature of OSPF protocol

state algorithm
HA Technology
Describe the basic concept of OSPF

1d
Describe OSPF protocol packets

Configure OSPF protocol
IP QoS Technology
ORSF1
Describe the principle of BGP protocol
Describe the common attributes of BGP protocol
1d
Describe BGP protocol route selection process

Distinguish the differentia of BGP protocol and
NE Series Routers Routine Maintenance
ORT23
Lecture
IGP protocol
0.5d
Distinguish routing policy and policy-based route
Target Audience
Describe route selection tools and routing policy

Analyze the process of IP forwarding
Prerequisites
Analyze the disadvantage of IP forwarding
Describe the basic principle of MPLS forwarding
List the applications of MPLS

Describe MPLS structure feature that contains
69
Describe how to establish tunnel in CCC mode
two planes
Describe MPLS label structure
Describe how the data is forwarded in CCC
Describe the process of MPLS data forwarding
mode
Describe LDP neighbor discovery mechanism
Configure CCC in a simple network topology
Describe the process of LDP session
Describe Martini VLL Topology

Describe how public tunnel and VC connection
establishment
Describe LDP label space
are established in Martini VLL

Describe how the data is forwarded in Martini
Describe LDP label distribution mode
VLL
Describe LDP label control mode
Describe the difference between Martini VLL and
Describe LDP label retention mode
SVC VLL
Describe the PHP
Configure Martini VLL and SVC VLL in a simple
List the methods of MPLS loop detection
networking topology
Analyze the method of MPLS TTL processing
Describe the features of VPLS
Describe LDP path vector and maximum hop
Describe how does VPLS get Tunnel Label and
count
VC Label
Configure MPLS
Describe how does VPLS forward data and avoid
Configure LDP
loop
Describe the model of BGP MPLS VPN
Configure VPLS in a simple networking topology
Describe the basic concepts referred to BGP
Configure VPLS
MPLS VPN
Describe the mechanisms of the route and label
distribution in BGP MPLS VPN
Describe the process of data forwarding of BGP
MPLS VPN
Describe the basic MPLS BGP VPN
configuration
Describe the extended BGP attributes used by
MPLS BGP VPN

Describe the troubleshooting on control plane of

MPLS BGP VPN

Describe the troubleshooting on data plane of
MPLS BGP VPN
Configure QoS
Describe VPN Characteristics
Describe the difference between MPLS L2 VPN
maintenance
and L3 VPN
Describe MPLS L2 VPN architect and data
Duration
encapsulation
10 working days
Describe VPWS and VPLS Features
Class Size
List VPWS and VPLS solutions for specific

scenario
Min 6, Max 12
Describe CCC VLL Topology
70
2.6.4
NE Routers Operation and Maintenance Training (Fast-Track)
Training Path


Lecture
ORT21
0.5d

Huawei VRP System

ORS21
1d

state algorithm

3d


ORT23
Lecture
0.5d
Target Audience

IGP protocol
Prerequisites
Objectives

maintenance
be able to:
Duration
5 working days
functions
Class Size

Min 6, Max 12
functions
71
2.6.5
NE20E-S Series Multi-Service Routers Operation and Maintenance Training
Training Path
Describe VRP8 platform new features

Describe VRP8 platform basic operation
NE20E-S Series Routers Introduction

ORT41
List the VRP8 platform basic commands
1d

Describe the concepts of load balance and route
backup
3.5d

state algorithm
ORT43
Lecture
0.5d

Target Audience
Prerequisites
Objectives
IGP protocol
be able to:
Describe NE20E-S series routers hardware
structure
Describe NE20E-S series routers board types
List precautions for NE20E-S series routers
and functions
routine maintenance
Identify NE20E-S series routers board
Perform NE20E-S series routers routine
Judge NE20E-S series routers board indicators
maintenance
and functions
Duration
Describe NE20E-S series routers positioning and

5 working days
Describe NE20E-S series routers features
Class Size
Overview
Min 6, Max 12
Describe the VRP development and history

Describe VRP platform features
72
2.6.6
AR G3 Routers Installation and Commissioning Training
Training Path
Objectives
AR G3 Routers Hardware Installation

ORT12
be able to:
Describe AR G3 router installation process
0.5d
List precautions when install AR G3 routers

Install AR G3 routers
Huawei VRP System
ORS21

0.5d
Target Audience
Duration
Prerequisites
1 working day
Class Size

Min 6, Max 12
73
2.6.7
AR G3 Routers Basic Operation and Maintenance Training
Training Path
be able to:
Describe AR G3 product positioning
AR G3 Product Introduction
Lecture
ORT11
Describe AR G3 hardware architecture

Describe AR G3 data forwarding flows
0.5d
List AR G3 cards and modules

List AR G3 software features
Describe AR G3 application scenarios
Huawei VRP System

ORS21
1d

AR G3 Routers Routine Maintenance

ORT13
Lecture

Describe the procedure and method for AR G3
0.5d
router routine maintenance
Target Audience
List precautions for AR G3 router routine

Monitoring Staffs
maintenance
Perform AR G3 router routine maintenance
Administrators
Duration
Prerequisites
2 working days
Class Size

Min 6, Max 12

Objectives
74
2.6.8
AR G3 Routers Operation and Maintenance Training (Including the Basic O/M
Training)
Training Path
Target Audience
Monitoring Staffs

ORT11
Lecture
0.5d
Administrators
Prerequisites
Huawei VRP System

ORS21
0.5d

Objectives
LAN Technologies
ORS3B Lecture, Hands-on exercise
be able to:
1.5d

WAN Interfaces Introduction and PPP/MP
Principle and Configuration
ORS41

1d


3d

HA Technology

1d

IP QoS Technology
ORSF1 Lecture, Hands-on exercise
1d

AR G3 Security Features
ORT14
information
1d
List common WAN protocols

List common WAN interfaces
Describe PPP principles

ORT13
Lecture
Describe LCP principles
0.5d
Describe NCP principles
75
Describe MP principles
Configure PPP and MP
Configure PPP authentication

state algorithm
Configure QoS
Describe NAT principles
List NAT features on AR G3 routers
Configure NAT on AR G3 routers
Describe NAT applications
Describe concepts of firewall
List common firewalls
List firewall features on AR G3 routers
IGP protocol
Configure firewall on AR G3 routers
maintenance
Duration
10 working days
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
76
2.6.9
AR G3 Routers Operation and Maintenance Training (Fast-Track)
Training Path

ORT11
Lecture

0.5d

Huawei VRP System

ORS21
0.5d

state algorithm
1.5d

HA Technology
1d

AR G3 Security Features
ORT14

IGP protocol
1d

ORT13
Lecture

0.5d
Target Audience
Monitoring Staffs
Administrators
Describe NAT principles
Prerequisites
List NAT features on AR G3 routers

Configure NAT on AR G3 routers
Describe NAT applications
Describe concepts of firewall
List common firewalls
Objectives
List firewall features on AR G3 routers

Configure firewall on AR G3 routers
be able to:
77
Class Size
maintenance
Min 6, Max 12
Duration
5 working days
78
2.6.10 Campus Routers(NE/AR) Operation and Maintenance Training(Fast-Track)

Training Path

functions

Lecture
ORT21
0.5d
functions
Lecture
ORT11

0.5d

Huawei VRP System

ORS21

0.5d


2d

HA Technology

1d
state algorithm

ORT23
Lecture

0.25d


ORT23
Lecture
0.25d
IGP protocol
Target Audience

Prerequisites
Objectives
be able to:
79
maintenance
Duration
5 working days
Class Size

maintenance
Min 6, Max 12
80
2.7 AR Series Industrial Routers Training Programs

2.7.1
AR Series Industrial Routers Operation and Maintenance Training
Training Path
Describe AR Series Industrial Router Product

Architecture
List AR Series Industrial Router Modules and
Huawei Industrial Switching Router Solution

ORT31
Lecture
Cards
1d
Outline AR Series Industrial Router Application

Scenarios
Describe AR DCP Product Positioning
Huawei VRP System
Describe AR DCP Product Functions

ORS21
0.5d
Outline AR DCP Product Application Scenarios

AR Industrial Router Routing & Switching

Features

ORT32
2d

HA Technology

1d

AR Series Industrial Routers Routine

Maintenance
Lecture
ORT33

0.5d
Target Audience


Prerequisites
Describe the concepts of load balance and route

backup
A basic understanding of IP network

Objectives

be able to:
state algorithm
Describe the Trend of IOT
Describe Huawei Industrial Switching Router
Solution Scenarios
Describe Huawei Industrial Switching Router
Solution Highlights
Describe AR Series Industrial Router Product
Positioning
81
routine maintenance
Perform AR Series Industrial router routine
maintenance
Duration
5 working days
Class Size
Describe the procedure and method for AR

Series Industrial router routine maintenance
Min 6, Max 12
List precautions for Series Industrial router
82
2.8 Campus Switches (S Series) Training Programs

2.8.1
Chassis Switches (S97/S93/S77) Installation and Commissioning Training
Training Path
Objectives

Hardware Installation
OSW12

be able to:
0.5d
Describe Huawei chassis switch installation

process
List precautions when install chassis switch
Huawei VRP System

ORS21
Install Huawei chassis switch

0.5d
Target Audience

Prerequisites
Duration
1 working day
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
83
2.8.2
Chassis Switches (S97/S93/S77) Basic Operation and Maintenance Training
Training Path
and modules
Describe Huawei chassis switch product data

Product Introduction
Lecture
OSW11
forwarding flows
Describe Huawei chassis switch product
0.5d
characteristic function
software features
Huawei VRP System

ORS21

1d

Routine Maintenance
OSW13
Lecture

0.5d
Target Audience
Describe the procedure and method for Huawei
Monitoring Staffs
chassis switch routine maintenance

List precautions for Huawei chassis switch

Administrators
routine maintenance
Perform Huawei chassis switch routine
Prerequisites
maintenance
chassis switch parts replacement
Objectives
component replacement
Perform Huawei chassis switch component
replacement
be able to:
Duration

positioning
2 working days
Class Size
hardware architecture
Describe Huawei chassis switch product cards
Min 6, Max 12
84
2.8.3
Chassis Switches (S97/S93/S77) Operation and Maintenance Training

Training Path
Target Audience
Monitoring Staffs

OSW11 Lecture, Hands-on exercise

0.5d
Administrators
Prerequisites
Huawei VRP System

ORS21
0.5d

Objectives
LAN Technologies
ORS3C Lecture, Hands-on exercise
2.5d
be able to:
positioning

3d
and modules
HA Technology

forwarding flows
1d

IP QoS Technology
software features
1d

Chassis Switch (S97/S93/S77) ISSU

Features

0.5d

Chassis Switches (S97/S93/S77) CSS
Features

0.5d

Chassis Switches (S97/S93/S77) Routine

Maintenance
Lecture
OSW13
0.5d

85

Configure QoS
information
Describe ISSU principles
List ISSU features on Huawei chassis switch
List ISSU features use restriction on Huawei
chassis switch
Use ISSU features upgrade chassis switch
Describe CSS principles
List CSS features on Huawei chassis switch

Differentiate mainborad CSS and linecard-direct
state algorithm
CSS
Configure Huawei chassis switch CSS features

routine maintenance
maintenance
IGP protocol
replacement

Duration

10 working days
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12

86
2.8.4
Chassis Switches (S97/S93/S77) Operation and Maintenance Training
(Fast-Track)
Training Path

and modules


forwarding flows
0.5d

Huawei VRP System

ORS21
software features
0.5d
LAN Technologies
1.5d


2d

Chassis Switches (S97/S93/S77) Routine

Maintenance
OSW13
Lecture

0.5d
Target Audience
information
Monitoring Staffs
Administrators
state algorithm
Prerequisites
Objectives

be able to:
IGP protocol
positioning
87
routine maintenance
replacement
Duration
maintenance
5 working days
Class Size

Min 6, Max 12
88
2.8.5
S12700 Series Agile Switches Operation and Maintenance Training
Training Path
modules
Describe S12700 Agile Switches data forwarding
S12700 Series Agile Switches Product

Introduction
Lecture, Demo
OSW51

0.5d

scenarios
Describe VRP architecture
Huawei VRP Quickstart

ORS22
Use VRP basic commands
0.5d
Describe VRP info-center

Operate VRP files
S Switches New Technologies

Describe LNP principles

Configure LNP
1d
Describe VCMP principles

Configure VCMP
Outline EasyOperation principles
S Switches EasyOperation Solution
Understand related technologies of

0.5d
EasyOperation
Use EasyOperation features to deploy and
S12700 Series Agile Switches Routine

Maintenance
Lecture
OSW54
maintain network
Describe S12700 Agile Switches routine
maintenance
0.5d
Describe the procedure and method for S12700
Target Audience
Agile Switch routine maintenance

Monitoring Staffs
List precautions for S12700 Agile Switch routine
maintenance
Perform S12700 Agile Switch routine
Administrators
maintenance
Describe the procedure and method for S12700
Prerequisites
Agile Switch parts replacement

List precautions for S12700 Agile Switch
Perform S12700 Agile Switch component
Objectives
replacement
Duration

be able to:
3 working day
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
architecture
89
2.8.6
Box Switches (S67/S57/S37/S27) Installation and Commissioning Training
Training Path
Objectives
Box Switches (S67/S57/S37/S27) Hardware

Installation
OSW22
be able to:
0.5d
Describe Huawei box switch installation process

List precautions when install Huawei box switch
Install Huawei box switch
Huawei VRP System

ORS21

0.5d
Target Audience

Duration
Prerequisites
1 working day
Class Size

Min 6, Max 12
90
2.8.7
Box Switches (S67/S57/S37/S27) Basic Operation and Maintenance Training
Training Path
Describe Huawei box switch cards and modules

Describe Huawei box switch data forwarding
Box Switches (S67/S57/S37/S27)

Lecture
OSW21
flows
List Huawei box switch characteristic function
0.5d
List Huawei box switch software features

Describe Huawei box switch application
scenarios
Huawei VRP System

ORS21
1d

Box Switches (S67/S57/S37/S27) Routine

Maintenance
OSW23
Lecture

Describe the contents and methods of routine
0.5d
maintenance to Huawei box switches
Target Audience
List the notices of routine maintenance to box

Monitoring Staffs
switches
Perform the routine maintenance of Huawei box
Administrators
switches
Prerequisites
Describe the methods and procedures of

replacing Huawei box switches components
Lists the matters needing attention of replacing
Huawei box switches components
Perform the replacing of Huawei box switches
Objectives
components
Duration
be able to:
2 working days
Describe Huawei box switch product positioning
Class Size
Describe Huawei box switch hardware

architecture
Min 6, Max 12
91
2.8.8
Box Switches (S67/S57/S37/S27) Operation and Maintenance Training

Training Path
be able to:
Describe Huawei box switch product positioning
Box Switches (S67/S57/S37/S27) Product

Introduction
0.5d
Lecture
OSW21
Describe Huawei box switch hardware

architecture
Describe Huawei box switch cards and modules
Describe Huawei box switch data forwarding
flows
Huawei VRP System
List Huawei box switch characteristic function

ORS21
0.5d
List Huawei box switch software features

Describe Huawei box switch application
scenarios
LAN Technologies

2d

VRRP Feature and Configuration

ORSGA Lecture, Hands-on exercise
0.5d

Box Switches (S67/S57/S37/S27) Security

Feature
1d

Box Switches (S67/S57/S37/S27) Routine

Maintenance
Lecture
0.5d
OSW23

Target Audience

information
Monitoring Staffs
Administrators
Describe VRRP protocol concept and principle
Configure VRRP protocol

List the security risks of network access layer
Prerequisites
List ACL types
List the application of ACL
Describe the principle of ARP attack and defense
Describe DHCP-Snooping principle
Objectives
Describe ARP security feature of Huawei
switches
92
Describe MFF feature of Huawei switches
Describe the methods and procedures of
List the defense of ARP attack
replacing Huawei box switches components

Lists the matters needing attention of replacing
List the security features of Huawei switches
Huawei box switches components
Configure the prevention of ARP attack
Perform the replacing of Huawei box switches
Configure MFF feature
components
Describe the contents and methods of routine

Duration
maintenance to Huawei box switches

List the notices of routine maintenance to box
5 working days
switches
Class Size
Perform the routine maintenance of Huawei box

Min 6, Max 12
switches
93
2.8.9
Campus Switches(S series) Operation and Maintenance Training
Training Path
Objectives
S Series Switches Products Introduction

Lecture
OSW01

0.5d
be able to:
Describe the Positioning of Huawei Box Switches
Huawei VRP Quick Start

ORS22
Box Switches
0.5d
Switches
Describe Data Forwarding Procedure of Huawei
LAN Technologies (A)
Box Switches
2d
Switches
Box Switches
IP Routing Technologies (A)


3d
Switches
Chassis Switches
HA Technology
Chassis Switches
1d

Chassis Switches
Box Switches (S67/S57/S37/S27) Security
Feature

Switches
1d

Chassis Switches
S Series Switches CSS and iStack Features

architecture
1d

modules
Huawei Datacom Products Routine

Maintenance
OSW03
Lecture

1d
Target Audience

scenarios
Prerequisites

94
Describe the principle of ARP attack and defense
Describe DHCP-Snooping principle
Describe ARP security feature of Huawei
switches
List the defense of ARP attack
List the security features of Huawei switches
Configure the prevention of ARP attack

switches
information
switches


switches
switches
state algorithm

troubleshooting
Describe the technical support system of Huawei
Upgrade
IGP protocol
Upgrade
Upgrade
Describe the General Steps of Software Upgrade
Using the BootRom
Duration

List the security risks of network access layer
10 working days
List ACL types

List the application of ACL
95
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
96
2.8.10 Campus Switches(S series) Operation and Maintenance Training (Fast-Track)

Training Path
Switches
S Series Switches Products Introduction

Lecture
OSW01
Box Switches
0.5d
Switches
Chassis Switches
Huawei VRP Quick Start

ORS22
0.5d
Chassis Switches
Chassis Switches
LAN Technologies (A)


Switches
2d

Chassis Switches
S Series Switches CSS and iStack Features

1d
architecture
Huawei Datacom Products Routine

Maintenance
modules
OSW03
Lecture
1d

Target Audience

scenarios
Prerequisites

Objectives
be able to:
Describe the Positioning of Huawei Box Switches

Box Switches
Switches
information
Box Switches
97
Describe the technical support system of Huawei
Upgrade

Upgrade
switches
Upgrade
switches
Describe the General Steps of Software Upgrade

Using the BootRom
switches
switches
Duration

5 working days
Class Size
troubleshooting
Min 6, Max 12
98
2.9 Data Center Switches (CE Series) Training Programs

2.9.1
Data Center Switches (CE128/CE78/CE68/CE58) Installation and
Training Path
switch
List the precaution of hardware installation of CE
Data Center Switches (CE128/CE68/CE58)

Hardware Installation
OSW34
series switch
Install CE series switch
0.5d

VRP8 Platform Introduction

0.5d
Target Audience
Configure the remote management function on

CE switch
Mange the configuration file on CE switch
Use the FTP function on CE switch
Prerequisites
Duration
1 working day
Class Size
Objectives
Min 6, Max 12

be able to:
Describe the installation procedure of CE series
99
2.9.2
Data Center Switches (CE128/CE78/CE68/CE58) Basic Operation and
Training Path


OSW31
Lecture

0.5d

CE switch

1d
Describe the contents of maintenance of CE

series switch
Describe the precaution of maintenance of CE

Maintenance
OSW3A Lecture, Hands-on exercise
series switch
Describe the parts replacement of TOR switch
0.5d
Describe the parts replacement of CE12800

Target Audience
series switch
Describe the procedure of system software
upgrade by FTP on TOR Switch
Prerequisites
upgrade by Bootrom menu on TOR switch

upgrade by FTP on CE12800 series switch
Objectives

upgrade by Bootrom menu on CE12800 switch
Describe the ISSU software upgrade on
be able to:
CE12800 switch
Describe the hardware architecture of CE series

Duration
data center switch

Describe the data forwarding procedure of CE
2 working days
series data center switch
Class Size
List the features of CE series data center switch

Min 6, Max 12
Describe the application of CE series data center

switch
100
2.9.3
Data Center Switches (CE128/CE78/CE68/CE58) Operation and Maintenance

Training Path
Prerequisites

OSW31
Lecture
0.5d

Objectives
be able to:
0.5d

data center switch
Huawei Data Center Network Solution

OSW33
Lecture

0.5d

switch
Data Center Network Key technologies


3.5d

LAN Technologies
ORS3D Lecture, Hands-on exercise

CE switch
1.5d

Describe the architecture of data center
IP Multicast Routing Technologies
Describe the data center development

2d
Describe Huawei data center network solution

Describe FC SAN network basic architecture
Describe FCOE network basic architecture
IP QoS Technology
Describe the FCOE implementation of related
1d
technologies
Describe DCB function technical principle
Describe the application in data center network

Maintenance
of FCOE
Describe the background of TRILL
0.5d
Describe the basic concept of TRILL
Target Audience
Describe the protocol mechanism of TRILL

Describe the data forwarding of TRILL network
101
Describe the application of TRILL in modern
Describe the basic principle of PIM-SM

Describe the join procedure of RPT and multicast
network
Configure TRILL protocol
source registration
Describe the principle of stack technology
Describe the procedure of switchover from RPT
Describe the stack technology realization on CE
to SPT
Configure PIM-SM
switch
Differentiate the difference of stack on TOR and
List the key technologies of PIM SSM

Describe the working principle of PIM SSM
CE12800 switch
List the procedure of configuration of stack on
Configure PIM SSM
TOR switch
Describe the PIM-DM protocol basic principle
Configure PIM-DM
CE12800 switch
Describe background of VS technology
Describe the realization of VS technology
Describe the principle of VS technology
Describe the basic configuration of VS on CE
Configure QoS
switch
Describe the background of VM virtual migration
series switch
Describe the technologies for VM virtual
migration
series switch
Describe the procedure of realization of VM
virtual migration
Describe the solution of Huawei data Center
series switch
network implementation
Describe STP functions
Describe STP implementation
Describe RSTP improvement compared with
STP
Describe MSTP calculation
Configure STP, RSTP, MSTP
CE12800 switch
Duration
Differentiate the classification of multicast routing
10 working days
protocol
Class Size
List the features of common multicast routing

protocols
Min 6, Max 12
102
2.9.4
Data Center Switches (CE128/CE78/CE68/CE58) Operation and Maintenance
Training Path


OSW31
Lecture
switch
0.5d


0.5d

CE switch
Huawei Data Center Network Solution

OSW33
Lecture

Describe the architecture of data center
0.5d
Describe the data center development

Describe Huawei data center network solution
Describe FC SAN network basic architecture
Data Center Network Key technologies

Describe FCOE network basic architecture
3d
Describe the FCOE implementation of related

technologies
Describe DCB function technical principle

Maintenance
Describe the application in data center network
0.5d
of FCOE
Describe the background of TRILL
Target Audience
Describe the basic concept of TRILL
Describe the protocol mechanism of TRILL
Describe the data forwarding of TRILL network
Prerequisites
Describe the application of TRILL in modern

network
Configure TRILL protocol
Describe the principle of stack technology
Describe the stack technology realization on CE
Objectives
switch
Differentiate the difference of stack on TOR and
be able to:
CE12800 switch
data center switch
TOR switch
CE12800 switch
103
Describe background of VS technology
Describe the realization of VS technology
series switch
Describe the principle of VS technology
Describe the basic configuration of VS on CE
switch
Describe the background of VM virtual migration
Describe the technologies for VM virtual
migration
Describe the procedure of realization of VM
virtual migration
Describe the solution of Huawei data center
CE12800 switch
network implementation
Duration

series switch
5 working days
Class Size
series switch
Min 6, Max 12
104
2.10
WLAN(AC/ACU/AP) Training Programs
2.10.1 WLAN Technology Basics Training

Training Path
communication between VLANs

Describe what WLAN is
WLAN Technology Basics

OWL0A Lecture, Hands-on exercise
Describe the development process of WLAN

technology
2d
List typical application scenarios of WLAN
Target Audience
technology
Describe the working frequency band of WLAN
and the basic concepts of channel
Prerequisites
Describe the rules of the working frequency
band and channel in each country

Objectives
List other technologies related to WLAN

Describe the basic concepts of 802.11
Outline the basic topology structure of WLAN
be able to:
List Huawei WDS network mode
Describe IP route process
Describe mesh network mode
Describe the means of routing table
Describe the basic knowledge of 802.11
Differentiate the route load balance and route
List the advantages of 802.11n
backup
Duration

Configure default route
2 working days
Know what VLAN is
Class Size
Know concepts about VLAN
Min 6, Max 12
Configure VLAN basic function

Know the mechanism and configuration of
105
2.10.2 WLAN Installation and Commissioning Training

Training Path
Describe Huawei AC6605 Logical Architecture

Install AC6605
WLAN Installation and Basic

OWL1A Lecture, Hands-on exercise
Describe the models and usage scenarios of

Huawei APs
1d
Describe the basic installation of different types
Target Audience
APs
List the note during installation
Complete different types APs installation
Prerequisites
Describe the WLAN basic component
Use Huawei VRP basic command
Configure Basic Attributes of AC

Objectives
Upgrade AC and AP
Duration

be able to:
1 working day
Describe Huawei WLAN solution
Class Size
Describe Huawei AC basic performance

Min 6, Max 12
List Huawei wireless AP

Describe Huawei AC hardware features
106
2.10.3 WLAN Basic Operation and Maintenance Training

Training Path
Outline the typical Application of WLAN

Describe the theory of operations when AC as
WLAN Basic Operation and

OWL1B Lecture, Hands-on exercise
a L2 switch or gateway
Describe the methods of AP management
3d
Describe the AP boot sequence
Target Audience
Describe the CAPWAP tunnel forward mode

Prerequisites
Upgrade AC and AP
List the PoE components
Describe PoE budget

Objectives
Configure the equipment interface of POE

Describe the WLAN Features Supported by the
AC
be able to:
Outline the WLAN Configuration Roadmap of
Huawei WLAN network
Configure the basic attribute of AC
List the encryption suites of WLAN
List the authentication methods of WLAN
Configure security-profile
Install AC6605
Describe the WLAN basic functions of eSight
Configure WLAN business by wizard
Huawei APs
Use eSight manage and maintain WLAN
Duration
Aps
3 working days
Class Size

Min 6, Max 12
Differentiate the different between Fat AP and

Fit AP
Describe the theory of CAPWAP tunnel
107
2.10.4 WLAN Operation and Maintenance Training (Including the Basic O/M
Training)
Training Path

Describe PoE budget
WLAN Operation and Maintenance

Training
OWL11 Lecture, Hands-on exercise

5d
AC
Target Audience

Huawei WLAN network
Prerequisites

Objectives

be able to:
Describe the basic function of AC6605 LSW side
Configure the AC LSW's common functions
Describe the importance of WLAN reliability
List the method of WLAN reliability
Configure WLAN dual-link backup
Describe the basic concept of WLAN roaming
Install AC6605
Describe the basic principle of WLAN roaming
Configure WLAN roaming
Huawei APs
Describe the contents of user
authority
management
Aps
Configure user isolation, ACL, STA blacklist and
White list
Configure user group authorization
Describe the Huawei outdoor WLAN deployment
Differentiate the different between Fat AP and Fit
scenarios
AP
Describe the Fresnel Zone
Understand Radio Frequency Mathematics
Describe Huawei outdoor AP
Describe the theory of operations when AC as a
List antennas characteristic
L2 switch or gateway
Describe how to select antennas
Describe WDS basic concept
List WDS application scenarios
Describe WDS setup
Configure WDS
Upgrade AC and AP
Configure 802.11n basic
108
Describe the principle of WLAN user load
Describe the basic Characteristics of the WLAN
balance
planner
Configure Huawei WLAN load balance
Use the WLAN planner tool to do a WLAN plan
Describe WLAN QoS features supported by the
List the common fault of WLAN

Describe common fault troubleshooting of WLAN
AC6605
Configure of wmm-profile and traffic-profile
Duration
Describe eSight WLAN management advance
5 working days
features
Class Size
Use eSight batch operate AP

Use eSight to do wireless hot map analysis
Min 6, Max 12
109
2.10.5 Chassis Switches WLAN Features (ACU) Operation and Maintenance Training
Training Path
Upgrade AC and AP
ACU Operation and Maintenance

Training
OWL21 Lecture, Hands-on exercise
Describe PoE budget

5d
Target Audience
AC
Prerequisites
Huawei WLAN network
Objectives

be able to:
Describe the basic function of ACU LSW side
Configure the AC LSW's common functions
Describe the ACU Concept and Function
Describe the importance of WLAN reliability
Describe the ACU and S9300&S7700&S9700
List the method of WLAN reliability

Configure WLAN dual-link backup
Relationship
Describe the ACU Hardware Structure
Describe the basic concept of WLAN roaming
Installing/Replacing ACU
Describe the basic principle of WLAN roaming
Configure WLAN roaming

Describe the contents of user
Huawei APs
authority
management
Configure user isolation, ACL, STA blacklist
Aps
and White list

Configure user group authorization
Describe the Huawei outdoor WLAN

deployment scenarios
Differentiate the different between Fat AP and
Describe the Fresnel Zone
Fit AP
Understand Radio Frequency Mathematics
Describe Huawei outdoor AP
Describe the theory of operations when AC as
List antennas characteristic

Describe how to select antennas
a L2 switch or gateway
Describe WDS basic concept
List WDS application scenarios
Describe WDS setup
Configure WDS
Configure 802.11n basic
110
Describe the principle of WLAN user load
WLAN planner
Use the WLAN planner tool to do a WLAN plan
balance
Configure Huawei WLAN load balance
List the common fault of WLAN
Describe WLAN QoS features supported by the
Describe common fault troubleshooting of
ACU
WLAN
Configure of wmm-profile and traffic-profile
Duration
Describe eSight WLAN management advance
5 working days
Class Size
features
Use eSight batch operate AP
Min 6, Max 12
Use eSight to do wireless hot map analysis

Describe the basic Characteristics of the
111
2.11
MSCG(ME60) Training Programs
2.11.1 ME60 Products 1st Line Maintenance Training

Training Path
Objectives
VRP System Operation
be able to:
Describe ME60 product hardware structure
ODA02 Lecture, Hands-on exercise 0.5d
Describe ME60-X series products hardware

structure
Describe ME60 product feature
ME60 Product Introduction
Describe the VRP system structure

ODB01
Lecture, LVC
0.5d
Describe the basic configuration and

commands
Upgrade VRP system
ME60 Product Routine Maintenance

ODB04 Lecture, Hands-on exercise
Configure the VRP user logging authentication

Configure FTP service
1d
Describe basic troubleshooting process of VRP

system
Target Audience
Describe basic BRAS technologies
ME60 product 1st line maintenance engineer
Describe ME60 product routine maintenance
Prerequisites
Duration
A basic understanding of data communication
2 working days
A general understanding of telecom network
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
112
2.11.2 ME60 Products 2nd Line Maintenance Training

Training Path
A general understanding of routing basics

Objectives
ME60 Product Introduction

ODB01
Lecture, LVC
0.5d
be able to:
Describe ME60 product hardware structure
Describe ME60-X series products hardware
structure
ME60 Routing Features Operation and

Troubleshooting
ODB05
Describe ME60 product feature

1.5d
Describe BRAS OSPF routing protocol features

Describe BRAS ISIS routing protocol features
Configure BRAS OSPF routing protocol
ME60 BRAS Features Operation and

Troubleshooting
ODB06
features
Configure BRAS ISIS routing protocol features
4d
Describe RADIUS protocol principle

Describe DHCP protocol principle
Describe PPP and PPPoE protocol principle
ME60 L2TP Features Operation and

Troubleshooting
ODB07
Describe ME60 PPP service features and

1d
realization
Describe ME60 IP service features and
realization
ME60 Multicast Features Operation and

Troubleshooting
ODB08
Describe ME60 leased line service feature and

realization
1d
Describe ME60 BRAS service features

troubleshooting
Configure ME60 PPP service features
ME60 QoS Features Operation and

Troubleshooting
ODB09
Configure ME60 IP service features

Configure ME60 leased line service feature
1d
Describe ME60 L2TP features and realization

Configure ME60 L2TP feature
Describe ME60 QoS feature and realization
ME60 Multi-Device Backup Features

Operation and Troubleshooting
ODB17
Configure ME60 QoS feature
1d
Describe ME60 RUI feature and realization

Configure ME60 RUI feature
Target Audience
Duration
ME60 product 2nd line maintenance engineer
10 working days
Prerequisites
Class Size
At least one year of experiences in the operation or
Min 6, Max 12
maintenance of data communication equipment

A general understanding of TCP/IP
113
2.11.3 ME60 Products IPTV Service Features Training

Training Path
be able to:
Describe ME60 BAS-Side multicast feature and
ME60 IPTV Service Features

realization
Describe ME60 multicast hot-backup feature
4d
and realization
Describe ME60 MQE feature and realization
Target Audience
Describe ME60 IPTV solution features

Describe IPTV bear network multicast
ME60 product IPTV service maintenance engineer
deployment solutions
Prerequisites
Configure ME60 BAS-Side multicast feature
Attended ME60 Products 2nd Line Maintenance
Configure ME60 multicast hot-backup feature
Training
Duration
A good understanding of datacom network

protocols
4 working days
Objectives
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
114
2.11.4 ME60 Products Troubleshooting Training

Training Path
Objectives
ME60 Products Troubleshooting

be able to:
Perform ME60 PPPoE features troubleshooting
5d
Perform ME60 IPoE features troubleshooting

Perform ME60 leased line features
Target Audience
troubleshooting
ME60 product 3rd line maintenance engineer or
Perform ME60 multicast features
expert from technical supporting team
troubleshooting
Prerequisites
Perform ME60 QoS troubleshooting
Attended ME60 Products 2nd Line Maintenance
Duration
Training
5 working days
A good understanding of datacom network
Class Size
protocols
Min 6, Max 12
115
2.11.5 iManager U2000 ME60 Product Operation Training

Training Path
Objectives
iManager U2000 ME60 Configuration

ODM06
be able to:
Describe the architecture and main features of
1d
U2000
Describe the directory structure of U2000
List the main functions of U2000
U2000 System Introduction
Describe the basic concepts in alarm and

ONU01
0.5d
performance management of U2000

Perform the browse and setting operation for
alarm
U2000 Alarm and Performance

Management
ONU02
Lecture, Hands-on Exercise
Perform the basic response operation for

common alarm events
0.5d

performance events
Target Audience
Manage ME60 by using U2000

Deploy services on ME60 by using U2000
U2000 operator and maintainer

IP network routine monitor and maintainer
Duration
Prerequisites
2 working days
Having the basic Knowledge of Huawei ME60
Class Size
product
Min 6, Max 12
116
2.12
PTN Products Training Programs
2.12.1 PTN Products Installation and Commissioning Training

Training Path
Objectives
PTN Products Hardware Description

ODP03
be able to:
1d
ODP05
Describe PTN 950&910 hardware structure
Describe PTN 3900&1900 Installation and the
1d
Describe PTN 950&910 Installation and the

precautions
Duration
2 working days
PTN series installation and commissioning engineer
Class Size
Prerequisites
Min 6, Max 12
Having an overview of PTN products

applications
Target Audience
precautions
PTN Products Installation and

Commissioning
Having an overview of telecommunications
117
2.12.2 PTN Products 1st Line Maintenance Training

Training Path
Objectives

Lecture, Demo
ODP03
be able to:
1d
Describe PTN 3900&1900 On-Site

maintenance
PTN Products Field Maintenance

ODP06
Lecture, Hands-on exercise 0.5d
PTN Products Routine Maintenance in

NOC
Describe PTN 950&910 On-Site maintenance
Describe 3900&1900 troubleshooting
Describe 950&910 troubleshooting
Describe PTN Products routine maintenance
Describe the tools and method of routine

maintenance in NOC
ODP07 Lecture, Hands-on exercise 0.5d

Duration
Target Audience
2 working days
Class Size
PTN series 1st line /field maintenance engineer

Prerequisites
Min 6, Max 12

applications
118
2.12.3 PTN Products 2nd Line Maintenance Training

Training Path
Prerequisites

ODP03
Lecture, Demo

applications
1d
Objectives
PTN Products Features Description
ODP04
Lecture
be able to:
1d
PTN Products Routine Maintenance in

NOC
PTN Products Public Principle

ODP08
Lecture
2d
PTN Products Public Features

ODP09
Lecture, Demo
2d
PTN Products Basic Configuration

ODP10 Hands-on exercise, Demo
1d
PTN Products Service Configuration

2d
Describe TCP&IP basic concepts
Describe Ethernet basic principle
Describe basic IP routing protocol works
Describe MPLS basic concepts
Describe PTN 3900&1900 software feature
Describe PTN 950&910 software feature
Describe PTN products PWE3 technology
Describe PTN products control plane
Describe PTN products QoS technology
Describe PTN products protection technology
Describe PTN products packet clock technology
Configure PTN products basic parameters
Configure PTN products interfaces
Configure PTN products control plane
Configure PTN products MPLS tunnel
Configure PTN products CES service
Configure PTN products ATM service
Configure PTN products E-Line service
Configure PTN products E-LAN service
Configure PTN products E-AGGR service
Describe PTN Products routine maintenance
Describe the tools and method of routine

maintenance in NOC
PTN Products Basic Troubleshooting
Describe PTN products basic troubleshooting

process
Duration

Target Audience
10 working days
Class Size
PTN series 2nd Line maintenance engineer
Min 6, Max 12
119
2.12.4 PTN Products 3rd Line Maintenance Training

Training Path
Objectives
PTN Products Advanced Configuration

be able to:
2d
PTN Products Basic Troubleshooting
Configure PTN products QoS features
Configure PTN products protection
Deploy PTN products integrated services
Describe PTN products basic troubleshooting

process
Describe PTN products alarm and performance

analysis
PTN Products Advanced Troubleshooting

ODP14
Lecture, Case-study
troubleshooting sase
2.5d
Locate and eliminate PTN products faults
Duration
Target Audience
5 working days
Class Size
PTN series 3rd Line maintenance engineer

Prerequisites
Describe PTN products common
Min 4, Max 12
Completion of PTN 2nd Line Maintenance

Training
120
2.12.5 PTN Network Planning and Design Training

Training Path
Plan the PTN network management and DCN
Plan the equipment types according to the

network requirement
PTN Network Planning and Design
Plan the PTN equipment boards
Plan the PTN network protections
Plan the PTN network synchronization
Plan the PTN network QoS
Design the PTN network layers
Design the PTN network slots allocation
Completion of PTN 2nd Line Maintenance
Design the PTN equipment parameters
training
Design the MPLS tunnel parameters
Design CES /ATM /Ethernet services
ODP15
Lecture, Case-study
3d
Target Audience
PTN series network planning and design engineer
Prerequisites
Objectives
parameters
Duration
be able to:
Describe the PTN network planning process
Collect the network requirements information
Plan the PTN network layers
Plan the PTN network services
3 working days
Class Size
Min 4, Max 12
121
2.13
Enterprise Network Management System eSight Training
Programs
2.13.1 eSight Enterprise Junior Operation and Maintenance Training
Training Path
Describe the steps of accessing a resource

Describe about physical resource management
eSight Enterprise NM Junior Operation and

Maintenance
ONM1A Lecture, Hands-on exercise
functions
Use link resource management functions
1d
Use electronic label management features
Target Audience
Use about NE Explorer Describe
Describes the monitoring network alarm steps
Monitoring Staffs
Use Monitoring Alarms/Alarm Analysis features
Administrators
Describes the setting alarm mask steps

Describes the remote alarm notification
Prerequisites
procedure
Describe the flow of backing up NE configuration
files
Describe common operations for managing NE
Objectives
configuration files
Describe the flow of restoring NE configuration
files
be able to:
Describe the steps of setting FTP and backing up
Describe the basic concepts of network
parameters
management
Describe the network management functions
Duration
Describe the network management component
1 working day
Describe the enterprise network overview
Class Size
Describe the basic functions of eSight
Min 6, Max 12
Describe the networking mode of eSight system

Describe eSight related indicators Describe
topology management
122
2.13.2 eSight Enterprise NM Operation and Maintenance Training (Including the

Basic O/M Training)
Training Path
Describes the monitoring network alarm steps

Use Monitoring Alarms/Alarm Analysis features
eSight Enterprise NM Operation and

Maintenance
ONM11 Lecture, Hands-on exercise
Describes the setting alarm mask steps

Describes the remote alarm notification
2d
procedure
Target Audience
Describes the basic concepts of performance
management
Monitoring Staffs
Describes the performance monitoring process
Administrators
Describes the ways to browsing performance

monitoring data
Prerequisites
Describe the flow of backing up NE configuration
files
Describe common operations for managing NE
configuration files
Objectives
Describe the flow of restoring NE configuration

files
Describe the steps of setting FTP and backing up
be able to:
parameters
Describe the basic concepts of network
Describe an overview of the functions provided
management
by the smart configuration tool
Describe the network management functions
Describe operation steps of the Deployment by
Describe the network management component
template
Describe the enterprise network overview
Describe operation steps of the Deployment by
Describe the basic functions of eSight
plan sheet
Describe the networking mode of eSight system
Describe the functions of Deployment record
Describe eSight related indicators
management
Describe the installation profile
Describe Setting eSight Data Overflow Dump
Master the eSight installation and uninstall steps
Describe querying logs
Master eSight license function and application
Describe Lower-Layer NMS
Describe the user authority control and managed
Describe licenses management
domain management of eSight
Describe backing up and restoring the database
Describe topology management
Describe NE packages management
Describe the steps of accessing a resource
Duration
Describe about physical resource management

functions
2 working days
Use link resource management functions
Class Size
Use electronic label management features

Min 6, Max 12
Use about NE Explorer
123
2.13.3 eSight WLAN Management Training

Training Path
Objectives
eSight WLAN Management

ONM1B Lecture, Hands-on exercise
be able to:
Describe the basic functions of eSight WLAN
0.5d
Describe configuration task of eSight WLAN
Target Audience
management
Describe maintenance routine task of eSight
Monitoring Staffs
WLAN
Administrators
Use eSight WLAN serve management to
Prerequisites
manage WLAN equipment

Duration

0.5 working days
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
124
2.13.4 eSight MPLS VPN Management Training

Training Path
Objectives
eSight MPLS VPN Management

ONM1C Lecture, Hands-on exercise
be able to:
Describe the basic concepts of BGP/MPLS VPN
0.5d
Describe the process of BGP/MPLS VPN
Target Audience
Automatic Discovery of eSight

Use the functions of BGP/MPLS VPN Monitoring
Monitoring Staffs
Services of eSight
Administrators
Use the functions of BGP/MPLS VPN
Prerequisites
Duration
0.5 working days
Class Size

Min 6, Max 12
125
2.13.5 eSight MPLS Tunnel Management Training

Training Path
Objectives
eSight MPLS Tunnel Management
be able to:
ONM1J Lecture, Hands-on exercise
0.5d
Describe the basic concepts of MPLS tunnels
Target Audience
Configure automatic discovery of MPLS tunnels

Monitor functions of MPLS tunnels
Duration
Monitoring Staffs
Administrators
0.5 working days
Prerequisites
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12

126
2.13.6 eSight SLA Management Training

Training Path
Objectives
eSight SLA Management
be able to:
ONM1D Lecture, Hands-on exercise
0.5d
Describe the functions and basic concepts of
Target Audience
SLA of eSight
Use the service management of SLA of eSight
Use the task management of SLA of eSight
Monitoring Staffs
Use the quick diagnosis of SLA of eSight
Administrators
Use the report of SLA of eSight
Prerequisites
Duration
0.5 working days
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
127
2.13.7 eSight IPSec VPN Management Training

Training Path
Objectives
eSight IPSec VPN Management
be able to:
ONM1E Lecture, Hands-on exercise
0.5d
Describe the application scenarios of IPSec VPN
Target Audience
Describe eSight IPSec VPN management

features
Use eSight IPSec VPN management features
Monitoring Staffs
Duration
Administrators
Prerequisites
0.5 working days

Class Size

Min 6, Max 12
128
2.13.8 eSight Smart Report Management Training

Training Path

Objectives
eSight Smart Report Management

ONM1F Lecture, Hands-on exercise
0.5d
be able to:
Target Audience
Describe the basic functions of eSight Report

Use eSight Report features
Duration
Monitoring Staffs
Administrators
0.5 working days
Prerequisites
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
129
2.13.9 eSight NTA (Network Traffic Analyzer) Management Training

Training Path
Objectives
eSight NTA (Network Traffic Analyzer)

Management Training
ONM1G Lecture, Hands-on exercise

be able to:
Describe the basic concepts of NTA
0.5d
management
Target Audience
Use eSight NTA management features

Describe the application scenarios of eSight NTA
Monitoring Staffs
management
Administrators
Duration
Prerequisites
0.5 working days
Class Size

Min 6, Max 12
130
2.13.10 eSight Access Management Training

Training Path
Objectives
eSight Access Management

ONM1H Lecture, Hands-on exercise
be able to:
Describe eSight access service management
0.5d
features
Target Audience
Use eSight access service management features

Describe the application scenarios of eSight
Monitoring Staffs
access service management
Administrators
Duration
Prerequisites
0.5 working days
Class Size

Min 6, Max 12
131
2.13.11 eSight Data Center Management Training

Training Path
Objectives
eSight Data Center Management

ONM1I
be able to:
Describe the needs of data center service
0.5d
management
Target Audience
Use eSight data center service management

features
Monitoring Staffs
Describe the application scenarios of eSight data
Administrators
center service management
Prerequisites
Duration
0.5 working days
Class Size

Min 6, Max 12
132
2.13.12 eSight SecureCenter (VSM) Management Training

Training Path
Objectives
VSM Product Overview
be able to:
Lecture,
OSS31
Describe the background of VSM system
0.5d
Describe VSM system function

Describe VSM system structure
VSM Product Basic Installation and
Configuration
OSS32
Describe Typical Scenarios of VSM System

Application
0.5d
Describe VSM System Performance index

Understand VSM Installation flow and
VSM Product Operation and Maintenance
OSS33
Preparations
Be familiar with VSM Installation Process
1d
Be familiar with VSM system Basic Operation

Understand Functional modules of VSM
Target Audience
Understand VSM System Technology and

Application
Installers and Commissioning Staff
Be familiar with Operation and Maintenance of
Administrators
VSM
Prerequisites
Duration
2 working days, including Hands-on exercise 0.5
working day
Class Size
knowledge
Min 6, Max 12
133
2.13.13 eSight LogCenter (eLog) Management Training

Training Path
Objectives
eLog Product Overview
be able to:
Lecture,
OSS41
Describe the background of eLog system
0.5d
Describe eLog system function

Describe eLog system structure
eLog Product Basic Installation and

Configuration
OSS42
Describe Typical Scenarios of eLog System

Application
0.5d
Describe eLog System Performance

Understand eLog Installation flow and
eLog Product Operation and Maintenance
OSS43
Preparations
Be familiar with eLog Installation Process
1d
Be familiar with eLog system Basic Operation

Understand Functional modules of eLog
Target Audience
Understand eLog System Technology and

Application
Installers and Commissioning Staff
Administrators
eLog
Prerequisites
Duration
working day
Class Size
knowledge
Min 6, Max 12
134
2.14
Enterprise Network Design Training Programs
2.14.1 Enterprise Network Design Outlines Training

Training Path
be able to:
Describe enterprise network design principles
Enterprise Network Design Outlines

ORS91
Lecture, Case-study
Describe enterprise network design basic

process
1d
Analyze general enterprise requirements for
Target Audience
network design
Describe best practices of enterprise network
design
Administrators
Describe Huawei enterprise network products
Design general enterprise network
Prerequisites
Duration

1 working day
Class Size
Objectives
Min 6, Max 12
135
2.14.2 Enterprise Campus Network Design Training

Training Path
be able to:
Describe concepts of campus network
Describe Huawei OneNet campus network
Designing Enterprise Campus Network

ORS92
Lecture, Case-study
solution
1d
List common technologies in campus network
Target Audience
Describe Huawei OneNet campus business
solution
Choose appropriate products for campus
Administrators
network

Duration
Prerequisites
1 working day
Class Size
A general experience in network design
Min 6, Max 12
Objectives
136
2.14.3 Enterprise MPLS VPN Design Training

Training Path
be able to:
Analyze of the general needs of enterprise
network construction
Designing MPLS VPN for Enterprise

ORS93
Lecture, Case-study
Describe the architecture of the MPLS L3VPN
1d
Analyze of the key technologies in the MPLS
Target Audience
L3VPN architecture
Select the appropriate technology and solutions
for enterprise networking
Administrators
Choose the appropriate product for enterprise
networking
Prerequisites
Duration
1 working day
Class Size
A general familiarity with MPLS VPN technology

Objectives
Min 6, Max 12
137
2.14.4 Data Center Network Design Training

Training Path
List Principles of Data Center Network Design

Design Data Center Network Architecture
Designing Data Center Network

ORS94
Lecture
Design Data Center Network Areas

Design Data Center Network Panels
2d
Design Data Center Network Services
Target Audience
Design Data Center Network Interconnection
Describe Data Center Load-balancing Solution
Administrators
Describe Data Center WAN Optimization
Solution
Describe Data Center NetStream Solution
Prerequisites
List Challenges of Cloud Computing Data Center
Network
Describe Huawei Cloud Fabric Data Center
A basic understanding of data center applications
Network Solution
Objectives
List Huawei CloudEngine Products
Duration
be able to:
2 working days
Outline Data Center Network Overview
Class Size
Outline Trend of Data Center Network

Outline Data Center Network Solution
Min 6, Max 12
138
2.15
Security Technology Fundamentals Training Programs
2.15.1 Firewall Technology Fundamentals Training

Training Path
Understand firewall functions and technologies.

Understand the service process and basic
Firewall Elementary Technology

FW01
configuration of firewalls.
1d
ACLs.
Target Audience
Understand Interface-based packet filtering

scenario and configuration
Understand Interzone packet filtering scenario
Administrators
and configuration
Prerequisites
technology.
Understand the application of NAT.
Understand the NAT configuration of firewalls.
knowledge
Duration
Objectives
1 working days
Class Size
be able to:
Min 6, Max 12
firewalls.
139
2.16
Security Technology Topic Training Programs
2.16.1 Firewall VPN Technical Topic Training

Training Path
Understand key VPN technologies.

Understand the classification and application of
Basic VPN Technology

FW03
VPN.
Understand the principles of L2TP.
1.5d
Understand the principles of the IPSec

technology.
Firewall VPN Technical Topic

FW0B
technology.
Understand Advanced features and
1.5d
Target Audience
Understand Advanced features and

configuration of L2TP over IPSec VPN.
Understand Scenarios of comprehensive VPN
Prerequisites
applications.
Troubleshooting of L2TP VPN.
Troubleshooting of IPsec VPN.
Duration
Be familiar with VPN elementary knowledge

3 working days
Objectives
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
be able to:
Understand the concept and functions of VPN.
140
2.16.2 Firewall UTM Technical Topic Training

Training Path
Understand major antivirus technologies for

gateways
Understand the key technology of Web filtering.
Firewall UTM Technical Topic

FW0C
Understand the mechanism of anti-spam
3d
Understand the main DPI technology.
Target Audience
Troubleshooting of IPS
Troubleshooting of AV
Troubleshooting of URL filtering
Prerequisites
Troubleshooting of RBL filtering
Troubleshooting of Internet behavior
management.
Duration
Objectives
3 working days
Class Size
be able to:
Describe the basic knowledge of UTM
Min 6, Max 12

prevention technology.
141
2.16.3 Firewall Advanced Technology Training

Training Path
Describe Advanced Firewall Security Features

Understand Firewall Reliability Technology
Advanced Firewall Security Features

FW0D
Understand Virtual Firewall Technology

Understand Basic Attack Defense
2d
Technologies on Firewall
Troubleshooting of attack defense.
Troubleshooting of IP-Car.
Firewall Dual-system hot backup Technology

FW0A
Describe Firewall Dual-system hot backup

principle
1d
Understand Firewall Dual-System Hot Backup

Target Audience
Basic Networking and Configuration

Be familiar with Firewall Dual-System Hot
Backup Typical Networking.
Prerequisites
Troubleshooting of HA technology.
Duration
3 working days
Class Size
Objectives
Min 6, Max 12

be able to:
142
2.17
Firewall Training Programs
2.17.1 USG2000/5000 Low-and-middle Firewall Installation and Commissioning

Training
Training Path
Objectives
USG2000/5000 Series Firewall Product

Overview
Lecture
FW11

be able to:
Describe the basic knowledge of USG2000/5000
0.5d
firewall
Describe the function and features of
USG2000/5000 Series Firewall Basic
Installation and Configuration
FW12
USG2000/5000 firewall
Describe the application scenario of
0.5d
Target Audience
Describe the hardware Installation and

maintenance of USG2000/5000 firewall
Describe the basic configuration of
Prerequisites
Describe the basic WEB management of
Be familiar with PC operation system
Duration
1 working days
Class Size
knowledge
Min 6, Max 12
143
2.17.2 USG2000/5000 Low-and-middle Firewall Operation and Maintenance

Training(include USG2000/5000 Low-and-middle Firewall Installation and
Training Path
ACLs.

FW01
1d
and configuration
technology.
USG2000/5000 Series Firewall Product

Overview
Lecture
FW11
Understand the application of NAT

0.5d
Understand the NAT configuration of firewalls

Describe the basic knowledge of
USG2000/5000 Series Firewall Basic

FW12

0.5d
USG2000/5000 Series Firewall Operation

and Maintenance
FW13

maintenance of USG2000/5000 firewall
3d
Describe the basic configuration of
Target Audience
Prerequisites
Describe the upgrade method of
Understand the routine maintenance of
Describe the typical network configuration of
knowledge
Describe the networking and configuration of
Objectives
USG2000/5000/UTM firewall
Describe the troubleshooting method of
be able to:
Duration
firewalls.
5 working days
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
144
2.17.3 USG6000 Next Generation Firewall Installation and Commissioning Training

Training Path
Objectives
USG6000 Series Product Overview

FW19
Lecture
be able to:
Describe the basic knowledge of USG6000
0.5d
firewall
Describe the function and features of USG6000
USG6000 Series Product Basic Installation and
Configuration
0.5d
FW20
firewall
Describe the application scenario of USG6000
firewall
Target Audience

maintenance of USG6000 firewall
Describe the basic configuration of USG6000
Prerequisites
firewall
USG6000 firewall
Duration
1 working days
Class Size
knowledge
Min 6, Max 12
145
2.17.4 USG6000 Next Generation Firewall Operation and Maintenance

Training(include USG6000 Next Generation Firewall Installation and Commissioning
Training)
Training Path

ACLs.
FW01

1d

and configuration
Understand the principles of the NAT technology.
USG6000 Series Product Overview

FW19
Lecture
0.5d

Describe the basic knowledge of USG6000
firewall
USG6000 Series Product Basic Installation and

Configuration
0.5d
FW20
Describe the function and features of USG6000

firewall
Describe the application scenario of USG6000
firewall
USG6000 Series Product Operation and

Maintenance
FW21

maintenance of USG6000 firewall
3d
Describe the basic configuration of USG6000
Target Audience
firewall
Prerequisites
USG6000 firewall
Describe the upgrade method of USG6000
firewall
Understand the routine maintenance of
USG6000 firewall
Describe the typical network configuration of
knowledge
USG6000 firewall
Describe the networking and configuration of
Objectives
USG6000 firewall
be able to:
USG6000 firewall
Duration
firewalls.
5 working days
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
146
2.17.5 USG9500 High-end Firewall Installation and Commissioning Training

Training Path

Objectives
USG9500 Series Firewall Product

Overview
Lecture,
FW14

0.5d
be able to:
Describe the hardware structure of Huawei's
high-end series firewall
USG9500 Series Firewall Basic Installation

and Configuration
FW15
Describe the software function of Huawei's

0.5d
Describe the performance parameter of
Target Audience
Huawei's high-end series firewall system
Master USG9500 Hardware Installation
Master USG9500 Basic Configuration
Prerequisites
Duration
1 working days
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12

knowledge
147
2.17.6 USG9500 High-end Firewall Operation and Maintenance Training(include

High-end Firewall Installation and Commissioning Training)
Training Path

FW01

ACLs.
1d

USG9500 Series Firewall Product

Overview
Lecture,
FW14
and configuration
0.5d

technology.
USG/9500 Series Firewall Basic

FW15

Describe the hardware structure of Huawei's
0.5d

Describe the software function of Huawei's
USG9500 Series Firewall Operation and
Maintenance
FW16

Describe the performance parameter of
3d
Huawei's high-end series firewall system
Target Audience
Master USG9500 Hardware Installation

Master USG9500 Basic Configuration
Master USG9500 Basic Function Features and
Prerequisites
Configurations
Master USG9500 Routine Maintenance
Master Basic Principles of USG9500
Maintenance
Master USG9500 Information Collection
knowledge
Master USG9500 Troubleshooting Ability
Duration
Objectives
5 working days
Class Size
be able to:
Min 6, Max 12
firewalls.
148
2.17.7 USG2000/5000 Low-and-middle Firewall Operation and Maintenance

Training Path
Understand ASPF technology

Master firewall Security Policy and
Firewall Series Product Overview

Lecture,
FW17
configuration
Understand Packet Filtering technology
1d
Understand NAT technology

Master the application scenarios configuration
of
Firewall Series Product Operation and

Maintenance
FW18
NAT
Understand IP-linkLink-groupIP-CAR
2d
technology
Target Audience
Master IP-CAR configuration

Understand the principles of the IPSec VPN
technology.
Prerequisites

technology.
Master VPN basic configuration
Understand firewall Dual-System Hot Backup
basic technology and configuration
knowledge
Master principles and configuration of the
IPSec Dual-System Hot Backup
Objectives
Understand firewall UTM technology

Understand firewall UTM basic configuration
Understand Application and configuration of
be able to:
basic attack defense technologies.
Describe the basic knowledge of
Duration
3 working days
Class Size

Min 6, Max 12
Understand firewall security zone
149
2.17.8 SVN Installation and Commissioning Training

Training Path
be able to:
Understand the hardware architecture and
SVN Product Overview

Lecture,
FW31
Specifications of SVN2000/SVN5000 Device

Understand the main hardware component of
0.5d
SVN2000/SVN5000 Device
Understand the software architecture of
SVN Product Basic Installation and

Configuration
FW32
Understand the application environment of
0.5d
Understand the application scenario of
Target Audience
Describe the hardware installation of
Administrators
Understand the physical environment
Prerequisites
requirement of SVN2000/SVN5000 Device

Describe the basics configuration of

Duration
1 working days
knowledge
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
Objectives
150
2.17.9 SVN Operation and Maintenance Training(include SVN Installation and

Training Path

Specifications of SVN2000/SVN5000 Device
SVN Product Overview

Lecture,
FW31

0.5d

SVN Product Basic Installation and

Configuration
FW32
0.5d

Describe the hardware installation of
SSL VPN Technology

FW05
Understand the physical environment
1d
requirement of SVN2000/SVN5000 Device

Describe the basics configuration of
SVN Product Operation and Maintenance
FW33
Understand the Solution deployment
1d
Target Audience
Describe the high-level function configuration

of
Understand the System Status of
Prerequisites
Describe the SVN2000/SVN5000 login
Manage page
Understand the Common faults and positioning
method of SVN2000/SVN5000 Device
knowledge
Understand the troubleshooting method of
Objectives
Duration
3 working days
be able to:
Class Size

Min 6, Max 12
technology
Understand the configuration of SSL VPN
151
2.17.10 ASG Installation and Commissioning Training

Training Path
be able to:
Describe Network Orientation of ASG
ASG Product Overview

Lecture,
FW41
Understand Hardware Structure of ASG

Understand Function Feature of ASG
0.5d
Know the Typical Application of ASG

Describe ASG login method
ASG Product Basic Installation and
Configuration
FW42
Describe ASG Initialization configuration

Describe ASG Installation Procedure
0.5d
Describe the Installation Procedure of ASG
Target Audience
Manager
Understand Overview of Updating the
signature database on ASG
Understand ASG Online Updating for the
Administrators
signature database
Prerequisites
Understand ASG Local Updating for the

signature database
Duration
1 working days
Class Size
knowledge
Min 6, Max 12
Objectives
152
2.17.11 ASG Operation and Maintenance Training(include ASG Installation and

Training Path
Understand Overview of Updating the

signature database on ASG
ASG Product Overview

Lecture,
FW41
Understand ASG Online Updating for the

signature database
0.5d
Understand ASG Local Updating for the

signature database
ASG Product Basic Installation and

Configuration
FW42
Describe the ASG product feature Introduction

and Implementation of ASG
0.5d
Describe the management module function of

ASG
Understand ASG Manager Function
ASG Product Operation and Maintenance

FW43
Configuration
Describe the Alarm Management function of
2d
ASG Manager
Target Audience
Describe the configuration of Alarm

Management function in ASG Manager
Prerequisites
Describe ASG Maintenance tool
Describe ASG Hardware Maintenance
Describe ASG Software Maintenance

Describe ASG Software Upgrade
Understand ASG Manager Routine
Maintenance and Main method
knowledge
Understand ASG Manager Software Upgrade
Understand ASG Manager fault
Objectives
finding in routine maintenance

Understand the basic troubleshooting
be able to:
knowledge
Describe Network Orientation of ASG
Describe ASG Manager Troubleshooting
Understand Hardware Structure of ASG
method
Understand Function Feature of ASG
Duration
Know the Typical Application of ASG

3 working days
Describe ASG login method
Class Size
Describe ASG Initialization configuration

Describe ASG Installation Procedure
Min 6, Max 12
Describe the Installation Procedure of ASG

Manager
153
2.18
Security Management Software Training Programs
2.18.1 Policy Center(TSM) Installation and Commissioning Training

Training Path
Objectives
Policy Center Product Overview
be able to:
Lecture,
SS11
Describe the background of Policy Center
0.5d
system
Describe Policy Center system function and
Policy Center Product Basic Installation and
Configuration
SS12
system structure.
Describe the function of each component.
0.5d
Understand Typical Scenarios of Policy Center
Target Audience
System Application
Describe Policy Center System Performance
index
Understand Policy Center Installation Planning
Administrators
and Preparations
Prerequisites
Be familiar with Policy Center Installation
Process
Be familiar with Policy Center system Basic
Operation
knowledge
Duration
1 working days
Be familiar with Terminal security elementary
Class Size
knowledge
Min 6, Max 12
154
2.18.2 Policy Center(TSM) Operation and Maintenance Training(include TSM

Training Path
Understand the background of terminal security.

Understand Policy Center System Architecture
Basic Terminal Security Technology

SS01
Lecture,
Understand Policy Center System Functions

Be familiar with the Typical Scenarios of Policy
1d
Center System Application

Describe the background of Policy Center
system
Policy Center Product Overview
Describe Policy Center system function and

SS11
Lecture,
0.5d
system structure.
Describe the function of each component.
Policy Center Product Basic Installation

and Configuration
SS12
Understand Typical Scenarios of Policy Center

System Application
Describe Policy Center System Performance
0.5d
index
Understand Policy Center Installation Planning
Policy Center Product Operation and
Maintenance
SS13
and Preparations
Be familiar with Policy Center Installation
1d
Process
Be familiar with Policy Center system Basic
Target Audience
Operation
Understand Functional modules of Policy Center
Prerequisites
Understand Policy Center System Technology
and Application
Policy Center
knowledge
Duration
3 working days
Class Size
knowledge
Min 6, Max 12
Objectives
be able to:
155
2.18.3 DSM Operation and Maintenance Training

Training Path
Objectives
DSM Product Overview
be able to:
Lecture,
SS21
Describe the background of DSM system
0.5d
Describe DSM system function and system

structure.
DSM Product Basic Installation and
Configuration
SS22
Describe Typical Scenarios of DSM System

Application
0.5d
Describe DSM System Performance index

Understand DSM Installation Planning and
Preparations
DSM Product Operation and Maintenance

SS23
Be familiar with DSM Installation Process
1d
Be familiar with DSM system Basic Operation

Understand Functional modules of DSM
Target Audience
Understand DSM System Technology and

Application
Administrators
DSM
Prerequisites
Duration
2 working days
Class Size
knowledge
Min 6, Max 12

Be familiar with document security elementary
knowledge
156
2.19
Intrusion Detection and Prevention Training Programs
2.19.1 NIP Installation and Commissioning Training

Training Path
Understand the hardware of NIP IPS/IDS Device

Understand the software Function of IPS/IDS
NIP Product Overview

Lecture,
NI11
Device
Understand the hardware architecture of NIP
0.5d
Device
Understand the hardware specifications of NIP
Device
NIP Product Basic Installation and

Configuration
NI12
Understand the hardware main component of

0.5d
NIP Device
Understand the software architecture of NIP
Target Audience
Understand the software application scenario of
NIP Device
Understand the hardware installation of NIP
Administrators
Device
Prerequisites
Understand the physical environment of NIP
Device
Understand the basic configuration of NIP Device

knowledge
Duration
1 working days
Objectives
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
be able to:
Understand the NIP IPS/IDS Device
157
2.19.2 NIP Operation and Maintenance Training(include NIP Installation and

Training Path
Understand the hardware specifications of NIP

Device
NIP Product Overview

Lecture,
NI11
Understand the hardware main component of

NIP Device
0.5d
Understand the software architecture of NIP

Understand the software application scenario of
NIP Device
NIP Product Basic Installation and

Configuration
NI12
Understand the hardware installation of NIP

0.5d
Device
Understand the physical environment of NIP
Device
NIP Product Operation and Maintenance

NI13
Understand the basic configuration of NIP Device

Understand Application control of IPS Device
2d
Understand Application control of IDS Device

Target Audience
Understand Threat Prevention of IPS Device

Understand Threat Prevention of IDS Device
Understand Typical Application scene of IPS
Prerequisites
Device
Understand Typical Application scene of IDS
Device
knowledge
Understand the maintenance operations of NIP
Device
Objectives
Understand the software patches of NIP Device

Understand the Troubleshooting of NIP Device
Duration
be able to:
Understand the NIP IPS/IDS Device
3 working days
Understand the hardware of NIP IPS/IDS Device
Class Size
Understand the software Function of IPS/IDS

Min 6, Max 12
Device
Understand the hardware architecture of NIP
Device
158
2.20
Security Solution Operation and Maintenance Training Programs
2.20.1 DDoS Solution Operation and Maintenance Training

Describe Principle of DDoS attack and DDoS
Training Path
defense technology
DDoS Solution Operation and Maintenance
Training
SU11
Understand network Design of management

Center
3d
Understand network Design of Detecting Center
Target Audience
Understand network Design of Cleaning Center

Understand mirroring traffic, monitor network
traffic and redirection traffic in DDoS Solution
Prerequisites
Master basic configuration and system
management
Master DDoS Product Management and
Customer Management
Master DDoS Solution Report management and
knowledge
System maintenance
Duration
Objectives
3 working days
Class Size
be able to:
Min 6, Max 12
Describe Huawei DDos Product Component

Describe DDos Network Orientation and Typical
Application
159
2.20.2 iSOC Solution Operation and Maintenance Training

Master iSOC System architecture and system
Training Path
component
iSOC Solution Operation and Maintenance
Training
SU31
Master iSOC main function feature

Know the iSOC Application Network
3d
Know the iSOC installation process
Target Audience
Master iSOC initial deployment

Master iSOC basic Function configuration
Know the Routine Maintenance task
Prerequisites
Master quick solve issue in iSoc system fault
Know the information collection in basic fault
Master Troubleshooting Process
Know Common fault in iSoc
Duration
knowledge
3 working days
Class Size
Objectives
Min 6, Max 12

be able to:
Describe iSOC Orientation and product value
160
2.20.3 UMA Solution Operation and Maintenance Training

Training Path
Objectives
UMA Solution Operation and Maintenance

Training
SU41
be able to:
Describe UMA orientation and product value
2d
Master UMA system architecture and system
Target Audience
component
Master UMA main function feature
Prerequisites
Know the UMA application network

Master UMA initial configuration
Master UMA basic function configuration
Know Common fault finding in UMA
Duration

knowledge
2 working days
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
161
2.20.4 Anyoffice Solution Operation and Maintenance Training

Training Path

Anyoffice Device
Anyoffice Solution Operation and Maintenance

Training
SU42

Anyoffice Device
2d
Target Audience
Anyoffice Device
Describe the basics configuration of Anyoffice
Device
Prerequisites
Understand the Solution deployment Anyoffice
Device
Describe the high-level function configuration
of Anyoffice Device
Describe the Anyoffice Deployment and Mobile
knowledge
Configuration of Anyoffice Device
Understand the Common faults and positioning
Objectives
method of Anyoffice Device

Understand the troubleshooting method of
Anyoffice Device
be able to:
Duration

technology
2 working days
Understand the configuration of SSL VPN
Class Size

Min 6, Max 12
Specifications of Anyoffice Device

Anyoffice Device
162
2.21
Security Planning and Design Training Programs
2.21.1 Firewall Planning and Design Training

Training Path
Firewall Planning and Design

FW04
Lecture,
1d
Target Audience
Prerequisites
knowledge
Objectives
be able to:
Understand Huawei Security Concept
Understand Huawei Security Competence
Center
Be familiar with Huawei Security Products
Describe Scenarios of Huawei Security
Products Application and Solution
Duration
1 working days
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
163
3 Enterprise IT Training Courses

3.1 Enterprise IT Training Path
3.1.1
Storage Certification Training Path
Expert
Professional
HCNP-Storage-CUSN
Constructing Unified
Storage Network
5d
HCNA-Storage-BSSN
Building the Structure of
Storage Network
5d
Associate
Elective Guide
HCNP-Storage-CBDS
Constructing Big Data
Solution
5d
Follow the path to learn.
164
HCNP-Storage-CDPS
Constructing Data
Protection System
5d
3.1.2
Cloud Computing Certification Training Path
Expert
Professional
HCNA-Cloud-BCCP
Building Cloud
Computing Platform
Associate
Elective Guide
Follow the path to learn
165
5d
3.1.3
Unified Storage Training Path
Plan & Design

Enterprise Storage Area
Network(SAN) Design Training
1d
Implement & Operate
Improve
Training
T SeriesV1 (22T/26T/55T/56T/58T/
68T)Storage Array Deployment and
Management Training
5d

Storage Area Network(SAN)
1d
T SeriesV1 (22T/26T/55T/56T/58T/
68T)Storage Array Deployment and
Management Training (Fast-Track)
2d
T SeriesV2 (26T/55T/56T/58T/68T)
Storage System Deployment and
Management Training
5d
OceanStor 18500/18800 High-end
Storage System Deployment and
Management Training
5d
SNS Series (SNS2124/SNS2224/
SNS2248) FC Switch Product
Deployment and Management Training
1d
Dorado2100 G2/5100 SSD Storage
System Deployment and
2d
Management Training
VIS6000T Series Virtual Storage
Gateway System Deployment and
Management Training
3d
Storage Technology
Foundation Training
Storage Technology Foundation

Training
1d
Elective Guide
The training programs in the path include T series storage array OceanStor 18500/18800, SNS, Dorado, VIS6000T
products and technologies trainings.
The training programs cover the following scenarios: centralized storage, backup, storage virtualization, disaster
recovery, cloud computing storage infrastructure and data center storage infrastructure.
Operators and Maintainers, Managers, Designers are proposed to learn the technology foundation, operation and
maintenance, planning and design training programs respectively.
166
3.1.4
NAS and Data Protection Training Path
Plan & Design

Enterprise Network Attached
Network (NAS) Design
Training
1d
Implement & Operate
Improve
Training
OceanStor 9000 Storage System

Deployment and Management
Training
3d
N8500V2 Clustered NAS
Management Training
Enterprise Backup system

and Network Design Training
1d
Network Attached Storage(NAS)

1d
3d
VTL6900 Virtual Tape Library

Management Training
3d
Backup Advanced Technology

Training
1d
HDP3500E Backup System

Training
3d
Technology Foundation
Training
Storage Technology
Foundation Training
1d
Elective Guide
The training programs in the path include OceanStor 9000, N8500, VTL6900 and HDP3500E products and
technologies trainings.
The training programs cover the following scenarios: file sharing, file-level data centralized storage and management,
unstructured data backup and management, file-level DST, file system backup and disaster recovery.
167
3.1.5
Server Products Training Path
Plan & Design

Implement & Operate

Improve
Training
RH Series Rack Server

Training
1d
X6000 Series Server

Training
1d
E6000 Series Blade Server

Training
1d
E9000 Series Blade Server

Training
1d
E Huawei Server Deployment
and Management Training
3d
Elective Guide
The training programs in the path include RH series, X6000,X8000,E6000 and E9000 products trainings.
The training programs cover the following scenarios: the infrastructure of the data center, the cloud computing
infrastructure and IT infrastructure.
168
3.1.6
Cloud Computing Training Path
Plan & Design

Implement & Operate
Improve
Training
Desktop Cloud Solution(R5)

3d
FusionCube Solution
Training
2d
FusionShpere Solution
Training
2d
Technology Foundation
Training
Elective Guide
The training programs in the path include, Desktop Cloud Solution, FusionCube and FusionShpere Solution
trainings.
The training programs cover the following scenarios: large-scale integrated desktop cloud solution.
Operators and Maintainers, Managers are proposed to learn the technology foundation, operation and maintenance
training programs respectively.
169
3.1.7
Data Center Training Path
Plan & Design

Implement & Operate
Improve
Training
Micro DC Deployment and
Management Training
1d
Technology
Foundation
Training
IP Technology Foundation
(In 13 IP Programs)
3d
Firewall Technology Foundation

Training (In13 Security
Programs)
2d
Storage Technology
Foundation Training
1d
Elective Guide
The training programs in the path include Data Center Solution products trainings.
The training programs cover the following scenarios: Micro DC solution and large-scale data center solutions.
170
3.1.8
Specialist Certification Training Path
Plan & Design

Implement & Operate

Improve
Training
Server Specialist
Certification Training
3d
Elective Guide
The training programs in the path include RH series, X6000, E6000 and E9000 products trainings.
The training programs cover the following scenarios: the infrastructure of the data center, the cloud computing
infrastructure and IT infrastructure.
171
3.2 List of Enterprise IT Training Programs

Duration
Training
(working
Location
days)
(Proposed)
Chengdu/China
6~12
HCNP-Storage-CUSN Constructing Unified Storage Network
Chengdu/China
6~12
HCNP-Storage-CBDS Constructing Big Data Solution Training
Chengdu/China
6~12
HCNP-Storage-CDPS Constructing Data Protection System
Chengdu/China
6~12
Chengdu/China
6~12
Chengdu/China
6~12
Storage Area Network(SAN)Advanced Technology Training
Chengdu/China
6~12
Network Attached Storage(NAS) Advanced Technology Training
Chengdu/China
6~12
Backup Advanced Technology Training
Chengdu/China
6~12
Chengdu/China
6~12
Chengdu/China
6~12
Chengdu/China
6~12
Chengdu/China
6~12
Chengdu/China
6~12
Chengdu/China
6~12
Training Programs
Level
Class
Size
Storage Certification Training Programs

HCNA-Storage-BSSN Building the Structure of Storage Network
Training
Training
Cloud Computing Certification Training Programs
HCNA-Cloud-BCCP Building Cloud Computing Platform Training
IT Technology Foundation Training Programs
Storage Technology Foundation Training
IT Advanced Technology Training Programs
Unified Storage Training Programs

T SeriesV1 (22T/26T/55T/56T/58T/68T) Storage Array
T SeriesV1 (22T/26T/55T/56T/58T/68T) Storage Array
Deployment and Management Training (Fast-Track)
T SeriesV2 (26T/55T/56T/58T/68T) Storage System Deployment
OceanStor 18500/18800 High-end Storage System Deployment
SNS Series (SNS2124/SNS2224/SNS2248) FC Switch Product
Dorado2100 G2/5100 SSD Storage System Deployment and
Management Training
172
VIS6000T Series Virtual Storage Gateway System Deployment
Chengdu/China
6~12
Chengdu/China
6~12
Chengdu/China
6~12
Chengdu/China
6~12
Chengdu/China
6~12
Chengdu/China
6~12
Chengdu/China
6~12
Chengdu/China
6~12
Chengdu/China
6~12
Chengdu/China
6~12
Chengdu/China
6~12
FusionCube Solution Deployment and Management Training
Chengdu/China
6~12
FusionSphere Solution Deployment and Management Training
Chengdu/China
6~12
Chengdu/China
6~12
Enterprise Storage Area Network(SAN) Design Training
Chengdu/China
6~12
Enterprise Network Attached Network (NAS) Design Training
Chengdu/China
6~12
Enterprise Backup system and Network Design Training
Chengdu/China
6~12
RH Series Rack Server Deployment and Management Training
X6000 Series Server Deployment and Management Training

NAS and Data Protection Training Programs
OceanStor 9000 Storage System Deployment and Management
Training
N8500 V2 Clustered NAS System Deployment and Management
Training
VTL6900 Virtual Tape Library System Deployment and
Management Training
HDP3500E Backup System Deployment and Management
Training
Server Training Programs
E6000 Series Blade Server Deployment and Management

Training
E9000 Series Blade Server Deployment and Management
Training
Huawei Server Deployment and Management Training
Cloud Computing Training Programs
Desktop Cloud Solution(R5) Deployment and Management
Training
Data Center Training Programs

Micro DC Deployment and Management Training
IT Design Training Programs
Specialist Certification Training Programs
173
Server Specialist Certification Training
Chengdu/China
6~12
Proposed Training Location: If the training delivery will be In China and only contain IT trainings, its highly
recommended to be held in Chengdu city as IT instructor team and the best IT lab locate there.
174
3.3 Storage Certification Training Programs

3.3.1
HCNA-Storage-BSSN Building the Structure of Storage Network Training
Training Path
Know FC-SAN and IP-SAN basal knowledge

and key technology
HCNA-BSSN Huawei Certified Network Associate-
Know NAS system basal structure and concept
Building the Structure of Storage Network)
Master multipath technology and host
OHC11091 Lecture, Hands-on exercise, Demo 5d
connection basal technology and application
Target Audience
Master SAN storage array product function,
Those who want to be storage engineer
hardware, interface, network and typical
Those who want to achieve HCNA-Storage
application
certification
Master storage array and mapping configuration
Master SAN storage product routine

maintenance and troubleshooting
Managers
Know big data storage technology
Master backup and recovery concept,topology
Prerequisites
and backup policy

Know basal network knowledge
Master basic cloud compute technology
Know computer basal knowledge
Be able to build FC-SAN or IP-SAN storage
Know OS basal knowledge
network, and be able to manage and maintain
Objectives
SAN storage system and network

Duration

be able to:
5 working days
Know storage application environment, storage
Class Size
media and Host and applications

Min 6, Max 12
Know RAID basal concept, data construction

way, common RAID principle, feature and
different RAID application scenario
175
3.3.2
HCNP-Storage-CUSN Constructing Unified Storage Network Training
Training Path
Master unified storage structure, component
HCNP-CUSN Huawei Certified Network Professional

- Constructing Unified Storage Network
Target Audience
Know storage data process and communication

protocol, principle and application
Know storage system advanced technology and
application
Know connection and application between storage
and mainstream OS platforms
Enterprise ICT technology management
Master storage system fault diagnosis and disposal
personal and IT technology personal
method
Those who hope to systemically learn and
Master storage system and network (SAN)
master storage technology and application,

build information storage and data protection
common technology and application; master

information storage system and SAN storage
solution ability Maintainers
solution plan, deployment, management and
Managers
maintenance ability
Duration
Prerequisites
5 working days
Know server basal knowledge and application
Class Size
Know SAN,NAS,DR concept and technology

Understand storage system basal operation and
Min 6, Max 12
technology
Objectives
On completion of this program, the
participants will be able to:
176
3.3.3
HCNP-Storage-CBDS Constructing Big Data Solution Training
Training Path
be able to:
HCNP-CBDS Huawei Certified Network ProfessionalConstructing Big Data Solution

OHC12092 Lecture, Hands-on exercise, Demo
Be familiar with Big Data concept, development

and key technology
Be familiar with Big Data Storage solution
5d
architecture and technology: distributed
Target Audience
Storage, clustered NAS,DST, load balancing ,
Enterprise ICT technology management personal
quota, connection, file system snapshot,mirro
and IT technology personal
and replication technology

Command Clustered NAS N8500 architecture,
Those who hope to systemically learn and master
network planning, deployment, operation and
storage technology and application, build
management
information storage and data protection solution
Command Big Data Storage OceanStor9000
ability Maintainers
architecture, network planning, deployment,
Managers
operation and management
Command Big Data Storage troubleshooting
Prerequisites
Command Big Data Storage solution planning

programming

Duration
Understand main OS and DB operation and
5 working days
technology
Class Size
Objectives
Min 6, Max 12
177
3.3.4
HCNP-Storage-CDPS Constructing Data Protection System Training
Training Path
Be familiar with backup and recovery system

architecture, backup component, backup media,
HCNP-CDPS Huawei Certified Network
Backup mode and strategy
Professional- Constructing Data Protection System
Be familiar with backup network, backup and
recovery technology and application
Target Audience
Command HDP, VTL backup system plan,

deployment and management
Enterprise ICT technology management personal
Be familiar with Data deduplication, CDP
and IT technology personal
technology principle
Those who hope to systemically learn and master
Know DR solution,especially the cloud disaster
storage technology and application, build information
technology and application scenario
storage and data protection solution ability
Command backup system troubleshooting
Maintainers
Command backup DR technology and
Managers
application, master backup and recovery system
and data protection solution plan, deployment
Prerequisites
and management.
Duration

Know SAN,NAS concept and technology
5 working days
Understand mainstream database system basal
Class Size
operation and technology

Min 6, Max 12
Objectives
be able to:
178
3.4 Cloud Computing Certification Training Programs

3.4.1
HCNA-Cloud-BCCP Building Cloud Computing Platform Training
Training Path
Describe AD technology
Describe DNS technology
HCNA-BCCP Huawei Certified Network

Associate-Building Cloud Computing Platform
OHC1108
Lecture, hands-on exercise
Describe DHCP technology

Describe the features and concept of virtual
5d
machine
1
Target Audience

network
Those who hope to become Cloud Computing
engineers
storage
Those who hope to obtain HCNA-Cloud certificate

Describe the basic concept of storage
Administrators
Describe the RAID function of storage
Planners and designers
Describe the muti-path technology of storage

Describe Huawei Cloud Computing solution
Prerequisites
Describe the hardware structure of Huawei Cloud
Be familiar with datacom basic knowledge and
Computing solution
applications
Describe the software structure of Huawei Cloud
Be familiar with server basic knowledge and
Computing solution
applications
Describe the structure and configuration of
Be familiar with network security basic
servers
knowledge and applications
Be familiar with storage basic knowledge and
storage equipments
applications
Objectives
switches
Describe the configuration of TC
be able to:
Describe the structure and functions of
Describe the evolution of Cloud Computing
FusionCompute
Describe the basic concept and features of Cloud
FusionManager
Computing
Describe the values of Cloud Computing
FusionAccess
Describe the advantages of Cloud Computing
Master the creation of VM image
technology
Master the creation and assignment of VM
Describe the deployment mode of Cloud
Duration
Computing
Describe the business mode of Cloud Computing
5 working days
Describe switching and routing technology
Class Size
Describe VLAN technology
Min 6, max 12
Describe QoS technology

Describe cluster technology
179
3.5 IT Technology Foundation Training Programs

3.5.1
Storage Technology Foundation Training
Training Path
and component
Know RAID basal concept, data constructing,
Storage Technology Foundation
common RAID principle, feature and different

OST01
Lecture
RAID application scenario
1d
Know FC-SAN and IP-SAN basal knowledge and
Target Audience
key technology
Know NAS system basal structure and concept
Master multipath technology and host connection
Prerequisites
basal technology and application

Know computer basal knowledge
Duration
Know OS basal knowledge

1 working day
Objectives
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
be able to:
Know storage system and network basal concept
180
3.6 IT Advanced Technology Training Programs

3.6.1
Storage Area Network(SAN) Advanced Technology Training
Training Path
Objectives
Storage Area Network (SAN) Advanced

Technology
OST0A
Lecture

be able to:
Master unified storage structure, component
1d
Know storage data process and communication
Target Audience
protocol, principle and application

Know storage system advanced technology and
Managers
application
Duration
Prerequisites
1 working day
Class Size

Min 6, Max 12

technology
181
3.6.2
Network Attached Storage(NAS) Advanced Technology Training
Training Path
Objectives
Network Attached Storage(NAS) Advanced
Technology
be able to:
OST0B
Lecture
1d
Be familiar with NAS and Clustered architecture,

component, technology and principle
Target Audience
Be familiar with CIFS,NFS network file sharing

protocol
Managers
Command N8000 DST, file replication, file
backup principle
Prerequisites
Duration
1 working day
Class Size

Min 6, Max 12
technology
182
3.6.3
Backup Advanced Technology Training
Training Path
Objectives
Backup Advanced Technology
be able to:
OST0C
Lecture
1d
Be familiar with backup and recovery system

architecture, backup component, backup media,
Target Audience
Backup mode and strategy

Be familiar with backup network, backup and
Managers
recovery technology and application
Duration
Prerequisites
1 working day
Class Size

Min 6, Max 12

technology
183
3.7 Unified Storage Training Programs

3.7.1
T seriesV1 (22T/26T/55T/56T/58T/68T) Storage Array Deployment and
Management Training
Training Path
Target Audience
S22T/S26T/S55T/S56T/S58T/S68T Storage
Array Product Introduction

Managers
OST11
Lecture
0.25d

Prerequisites
Array Plan and Design
Know PC OS
Know basal computer knowledge
OST12
Lecture
0.25d
Know basal storage technology

Objectives
Array Installation and Configuration

be able to:
OST13
1d
Describe T series product position

Describe T series product structure
Describe T series product hardware configuration
SNS series (SNS2124/SNS2224/SNS2248)

FC Switch Product Introduction
OST1J
Lecture
and component
Describe T series product software structure and
0.5d
component
Describe T series product main features and
typical application scenario

FC Switch Configuration
OST1K
Lecture, demo
Understand T series storage plan and design

target
0.5d
Understand T series storage plan rule

Understand T series storage plan method
Array Routine Maintenance
OST14
Master storage system hardware installation

Master storage system device cabling
0.25d
Master storage system power on sequence

Master device configuration
Array Troubleshooting
OST15
Master basal operation configuration

Master SNS2124/SNS2224/SNS2248 structure
Master SNS2124/SNS2224/SNS2248
0.25d
configuration
Master T series product management
Array Advanced Function
Master T series product license using

Master T series product basal application
OST16
2d
configuration
Master T series product performance stat.
184
Describe Split Mirror definition, principle,
function using
Master T series product upgrade
configuration process
Describe Thin Provisioning configuration feature
Know T series product common fault disposal
request
Master T series product fault disposal process
Know Thin Provisioning configuration feature and
Describe UltraPath product request and product
using
position
Know Thin Provisioning configuration feature
Know UltraPath product main function feature
application scenario
Know UltraPath product application scenario and
Describe Dynamic RAID Group Expansion
deployment scheme
principle, configuration
Know Snapshot definition, principle and

Duration
Know LUN Copy definition, principle,
5 working days
Class Size
Know Remote replication definition, principle,

Min 6, Max 12
Know Smart Cache definition, principle,
185
3.7.2
T seriesV1 (22T/26T/55T/56T/58T/68T) Storage Array Deployment and
Management Training (Fast-Track)

Training Path
Objectives
Array Product Introduction
Lecture
OST11

be able to:
Describe T series product position
0.25d
Describe T series product structure

Describe T series product hardware configuration
Lecture
OST12
and component
Describe T series product software structure and
0.25d
component
Describe T series product main features and
OST13
typical application scenario

Master storage system hardware installation
Master storage system device cabling
1d
Master storage system power on sequence

Master device configuration
OST14
Master basal operation configuration

Master T series product management
0.25d
Master T series product license using

Master T series product basal application
OST15
configuration
Master T series product performance stat.
function using
0.25d
Master T series product upgrade
Target Audience
Know T series product common fault disposal
Duration
Managers
2 working days
Prerequisites
Class Size
Know PC OS
Min 6, Max 12

186
3.7.3
T seriesV2 (26T/55T/56T/58T/68T) Storage System Deployment and
Management Training
Training Path

Prerequisites
S26T/S55T/S56T/S58T/S68TV2 Storage Array

OST17
Lecture
Know PC OS
0.25 d

Objectives
S26T /S55T/S56T/S58T/S68TV2 Storage


OST18
Lecture
0.25 d
be able to:
Describe T series V2 product position
Describe T series V2 product structure

OST19
Describe T seriesV2 product hardware

configuration and component
1 d
Describe T series V2 product software structure

and component

OST1J
Lecture
Know T series V2 product hardware installation

plan
Know T series V2 product deployment and
0.5d
configuration plan
Master T series V2 product hardware installation
Master T series V2 product basal operation

configuration
OST1K
Lecture, demo
0.5d
Describe storage pool basal principle

Describe Disk reconstruction, Partial

OST1A
reconstruction, Recovery reconstruction

Describe Pre-copy and Equalization
Reconstruction performance analysis
0.25 d
Storage pool configuration

configuration
OST1B
0.25 d
Know T series V2 product maintenance tool

using
Master T series V2 product routine maintenance

Array Advanced Function
OST1C Lecture, Hands-on exercise
method
Know T series V2 product upgrade process and
2 d
precaution
Target Audience
Know T series V2 product common fault disposal
Master T series V2 product fault disposal process
Managers
Describe SmartTier principle, key technology,

187
deployment and configuration
Describe SmartThin principle, key technology,
Describe Split Mirror definition, principle and
plan, deployment and configuration
Describe SmartQoS principle, key technology,
Describe clone principle, technology and
Know Virtual snapshot definition, principle and
Duration
5 working days
Know LUN Copy definition, principle and
Class Size
Know Remote replication definition, principle and
Min 6, Max 12
188
3.7.4
OceanStor 18500/18800 High-end Storage System Deployment and
Management Training
Training Path

Prerequisites
OceanStor 18500/18800 High-end Storage

OST1D
Lecture
Know PC OS
0.25 d

Objectives

Plan and Design

OST1E
Lecture
0.25 d
be able to:
Describe OceanStor 18500/18800 product
position

OST1F

structure
1 d

hardware configuration and component

OST1J
Lecture
software structure and component

Know OceanStor 18500/18800 product hardware
0.5d
installation plan
Know OceanStor 18500/18800 product
OST1K
Lecture, demo
deployment and configuration plan

Master OceanStor 18500/18800 product
0.5d
hardware installation
Master OceanStor 18500/18800 product basal
operation configuration

Routine Maintenance
OST1G
Lecture

0.25 d
configuration
Know OceanStor 18500/18800 product
Troubleshooting
OST1H
Lecture
maintenance tool using

Master OceanStor 18500/18800 product routine
maintenance method
0.25 d
Know OceanStor 18500/18800 product upgrade

process and precaution

Advanced Function
Know OceanStor 18500/18800 product common

fault disposal
OST1I
Lecture
2 d
Master OceanStor 18500/18800 product fault
Target Audience
disposal process
Describe storage pool basal principle
Describe Disk reconstruction, Partial
Managers
189
reconstruction, Recovery reconstruction
Describe Pre-copy and Equalization
Know Remote replication definition, principle and
Reconstruction performance analysis
Describe Split Mirror definition, principle and
Storage pool configuration
Describe SmartTier principle, key technology,
Describe clone principle, technology and
deployment and configuration
Describe SmartThin principle, key technology,

Duration

Describe SmartQoS principle, key technology,
5 working days
Class Size
Know Virtual snapshot definition, principle and
Min 6, Max 12
Know LUN Copy definition, principle and
190
3.7.5
SNS series (SNS2124/SNS2224/SNS2248) FC Switch Product Deployment and
Management Training
Training Path

Objectives


OST1J
Lecture
0.5d
be able to:

OST1K
Lecture, demo
configuration
Duration
0.5d
1 working day
Target Audience
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
Prerequisites
Know PC OS
191
3.7.6
Dorado2100 G2/5100 SSD Storage System Deployment and Management
Training
Training Path
Objectives
Dorado2100 G2/5100 SSD Storage Product

Introduction
OST1L
Lecture

be able to:
Describe Dorado2100 G2/5000 product position
0.25d
Know Dorado2100 G2/5000 product

hardware/software structure component
Dorado2100 G2/5100 SSD Storage Installation

and Configuration
OST1M Lecture, Hands-on exercise
KnowDorado2100 G2/5000 product main

function feature
1.5d
Understand Dorado2100 G2/5000 product typical

application case
Know Dorado2100 G2/5100 product
Dorado2100 G2/5100 SSD Storage

Maintenance and Troubleshooting
OST1N
Lecture, Demo
hardware/software installation process

Know Dorado2100 G2/5100 product basal
0.25d
configuration method
Know Dorado2100 G2 product routine
Target Audience
maintenance operation process

Know Dorado2100 G2 product upgrade process
Managers
Know Dorado2100 G2 product fault disposal
Prerequisites
operation
Know PC OS
Duration
2 working days
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
192
3.7.7
VIS6000T Series Virtual Storage Gateway System Deployment and
Management Training
Training Path
Describe VIS6000T product position

Know VIS6000T product software/hardware
VIS6000T Virtual Storage Gateway Product

Introduction
Lecture
OST1O
structure component
Know VIS6000Tproduct main function feature
0.25d
Understand VIS6000Tproduct typical application

case
VIS6000T Virtual Storage Gateway Plan and

Design
Know VIS6000T product hardware

installation/network plan
Lecture
OST1P
0.5d
Master VIS6000T product hardware/software

installation and deployment
Master VIS6000T product basal function
VIS6000T Virtual Storage Gateway Installation

and Configuration
OST1Q Lecture, Hands-on exercise
configuration
Know VIS6000Tproduct maintenance tool
0.75d
Know VIS6000Tproduct routine maintenance

method
Master VIS6000T product common fault disposal
VIS6000T Virtual Storage Gateway Routine

Maintenance
Lecture
OST1R
process
Know VIS6000T product fault disposal basal
0.25d
principle and method

Know VIS6000T product replication function
VIS6000T Virtual Storage Gateway
Troubleshooting
principle, key technology, application plan,

network and connection
Lecture
OST1S
Master VIS6000T product replication function
0.25d
application deployment and configuration,

troubleshooting
VIS6000T Virtual Storage Gateway Advanced

Function
Know VIS6000T product mirror function principle ,

key technology, application plan, network and
OST1T
1d
connection
Master VIS6000T product mirror function
Target Audience
troubleshooting
Managers
Know VIS6000T product snapshot function
principle, key technology, application plan,
Prerequisites
network and connection

Master VIS6000T product snapshot function
Know PC OS
troubleshooting
Duration
Objectives
3 working days

be able to:
193

Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
194
3.8 NAS and Data Protection Training Programs

3.8.1
OceanStor 9000 Storage System Deployment and Management Training
Training Path
Know Windows, Linux OS operation

Know NAS system knowledge
OceanStor 9000 product Introduction
Know cluster system foundation

OST25
Lecture
Objectives
0.25d

be able to:
OceanStor 9000 Storage System Technology

OST26
Lecture
Describe OceanStor 9000 product, position,

main function, application scenario
0.5d
Describe OceanStor 9000 user management,

AD/LDAP/NIS,NFS,CIFS, Dynamic storage tier
OceanStor 9000 Storage System Installation
and Configuration Planning
OST27
Lecture
principle
Be familiar with OceanStor 9000 product
0.25d
hardware installation Planning

Be familiar with OceanStor 9000 product
deployment and configuration Planning process
OceanStor 9000 Storage System Installation

and Configuration
OST28
and tools
Command OceanStor 9000 product hardware
0.5d
installation
Command OceanStor 9000 typical networking
Command OceanStor 9000 product file sharing
OceanStor 9000 Storage System Advanced

Function Principle and Deployment
OST29
configuration
1d
Command OceanStor 9000 wise link

configuration and application
Command OceanStor 9000 wise tier
OceanStor 9000 Storage System Routine

Maintenance
OST2A

Command OceanStor 9000 wise qouta
0.25d

Be familiar with OceanStor 9000 maintenance
tool
OceanStor 9000 Storage System

Troubleshooting
OST2B
Command OceanStor 9000 routine maintenance

method
0.25d
Be familiar with OceanStor 9000 upgrade

Target Audience
process and notice

Be familiar with OceanStor 9000 troubleshooting
method
Managers
Command OceanStor 9000 troubleshooting case
Duration
Prerequisites
3 working days
Know storage foundation
195

Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
196
3.8.2
N8500V2 Clustered NAS System Deployment and Management Training
Training Path
Know NAS system knowledge

Know cluster system foundation
N8500V2 Clustered NAS System

Introduction
OST2C
Lecture
Objectives
0.25d

be able to:
Describe N8500V2R1Clustered NAS product
N8500V2 Clustered NAS Technology

OST2D
Lecture
type, position, main function, application scenario

Describe N8500V2R1 clustered NAS NFS,CIFS,
0.25d
DST, replication technology principle

Be familiar with N8500 product hardware
N8500V2Clustered NAS System Installation
and Configuration Planning
OST2E
Lecture
installation planning
Be familiar with N8500 product deployment and
0.25d
configuration planning
Be familiar with network and bond mode
Command N8500V2R1 product hardware
N8500V2 Clustered NAS System Installation

and Configuration
OST2F
installation
Command N8500V2R1 typical networking
0.5d
Command N8500V2R1 deployment tool

Command N8500V2R1 product file sharing basic
N8500V2 Clustered NAS System Advanced

Function Principle and Deployment
OST2G Lecture, Hands-on exercise
operation configuration
Command N8500V2R1 Backup, DST
1d

Command N8500V2R1 file system snapshot ,
mirror image, replication principle, configuration
N8500V2 Clustered NAS System Routine

Maintenance
OST2H Lecture, Hands-on exercise
and application
Be familiar with N8500V2R1 maintenance tool
0.25d
method
Command N8500V2R1 routine maintenance
method
N8500V2 Clustered NAS System

Troubleshooting
OST2I
Be familiar with N8500V2R1 upgrade method

Be familiar with N8500V2R1 product
0.5d
troubleshooting method
Target Audience
Command N8500V2R1 typical fault case

Duration

Managers
3 working days
Class Size
Prerequisites
Min 6, Max 12

197
3.8.3
VTL6900 Virtual Tape Library System Deployment and Management Training
Training Path
Know virtual tape library knowledge

Know cluster knowledge
VTL6900 Virtual Tape Library System

Introduction
OST35
Lecture
Objectives
0.25d
25.2
50.2
5
Installation and Configuration Planning
OST36
Lecture
be able to:
Describe VTL6900 positioning , architecture ,
features, application scenarios
Be
0.25d
familiar
with
VTL6900
Approaches
to
deploying and to planning VTL6900 deployment

and using configuration tools
OST37
Be familiar approaches and procedure for

installing the VTL6900 hardware
1d
Be familiar with Approaches to installing and

deploying the VTL6900
Be familiar with Approaches to using ISM
VTL6900 Virtual Tape Library System Routine

Maintenance
OST38
ServiceTool to finish Daily maintenance tasks

Be familiar with Approaches to upgrading the
0.25d
VTL6900
Be familiar with Approaches to locating and

Troubleshooting
OST39
handling the VTL6900 faults

Command VTL6900 clustered mechanism
0.25d
Command VTL6900 data deduplication principle

and application
Command VTL6900 Tape Out principle and
VTL6900 Virtual Tape Library System Advance

Function Principle and Application
OST3A
application
Command VTL6900 replication principle and
1d
application
Target Audience
Duration
3 working days
Managers
Class Size

Min 6, Max 12
Prerequisites
198
3.8.4
HDP3500E Backup System Deployment and Management Training
Training Path
Know database knowledge and operation

Objectives
HDP3500E Backup System Introduction

OST3G
Lecture
0.25d
2
5
.
HDP3500E Backup System Installation
2 and
Configuration Planning
5
0 0.25d
Lecture
OST3H
.
2
5
and
HDP3500E Backup System Installation
Configuration
OST3I
be able to:
Describe HDP3500E the product requirement,
positioning ,software and hardware structure,
main functional characteristics
Be familiar with HDP3500E product hardware
installation planning
Be familiar with HDP3500E product network,
deployment and configuration planning
Command HDP3500E product hardware
1d
installation
Command HDP3500E basic configuration
Command HDP3500E Typical cases
HDP3500E Backup System Routine

Maintenance
OST3J
Be familiar with HDP3500E maintenance tool

method
0.25d
Command HDP3500E routine maintenance

method
HDP3500E Backup System Troubleshooting
Be familiar with HDP3500E upgrade process and

notice
OST3K
0.25d
Be familiar with HDP3500E product

troubleshooting method
Know HDP3500E product fault case
HDP3500E Backup System Common

Application Backup and Recovery
OST3L Lecture, Hands-on exercise
Know BMR backup and recovery

Command Database backup and recovery
1d
Command Database backup and recovery

Know Database backup and recovery
Target Audience
Duration
3 working days
Managers
Class Size

Prerequisites
Min 6, Max 12

199
3.9 Server Products Training Programs

3.9.1
RH Series Rack Server Deployment and Management Training
Training Path
Objectives
RH Series Rack Server Introduction
be able to:
Lecture
OSV11
0.4 d
Describe the models, position, main functions

and application scenarios of RH series servers
Master the hardware structure, views, interfaces
RH Series Rack Server OS Installation

Lecture, demo
OSV12
and hardware installation of RH series servers

Master BMC configuration of RH series servers
0.3 d
Master RAID plan and configuration of RH series

servers
Master OS installation method of RH series
RH Series Rack Server Routine Maintenance

and Troubleshooting
OSV13
servers
Master the steps, methods and cautions of parts
0.3 d
replacement of RH series servers
Target Audience
Master the methods of log collection of RH series

servers
Administrators
Be familiar with basic troubleshooting methods of
Prerequisites
RH series servers
Duration
Be familiar with Windows and Linux

Know basic knowledge of TCP/IP
1 working day
Know basic knowledge of server
Class Size
Min 6, max 12
200
3.9.2
X6000 Series Server Deployment and Management Training
Training Path

and application scenarios of X6000 series
X6000 Series Server Introduction

Lecture
OSV21
servers
Master the hardware structure, components,
0.4 d
views, modules, blade types and hardware

installation of X6000 series servers
Master BMC configuration of X6000 series
X6000 Series Server OS Installation
servers
Lecture, demo
OSV22
Master RAID plan and configuration of X6000
0.3 d
series servers
Master OS installation method of X6000 series
X6000 Series Server Routine Maintenance
and Troubleshooting
OSV23
servers
0.3 d
replacement of X6000 series servers
Target Audience
Master the methods of log collection of X6000

series servers
Administrators
X6000 series servers
Prerequisites
Duration
1 working day
Class Size

Objectives
Min 6, max 12

be able to:
201
3.9.3
E6000 Series Blade Server Deployment and Management Training
Training Path

and application scenarios of E6000 series
E6000 Blade Server Introduction

Lecture
OSV31
servers
0.4 d
and hardware installation of E6000 series

servers
Master iMana function, management and
E6000 Blade Server OS Installation
maintenance of E6000 blade server

Lecture, demo
OSV32
Master RAID plan and configuration of E6000
0.3 d
series servers
Master OS installation method of E6000 series
E6000 Blade Server Routine Maintenance and
Troubleshooting
OSV33
servers
0.3 d
replacement of E6000 series servers
Target Audience
Master the methods of log collection of E6000

series servers
Administrators
E6000 series servers
Prerequisites
Duration
1 working day
Class Size

Objectives
Min 6, max 12

be able to:
202
3.9.4
E9000 Series Blade Server Deployment and Management Training
Training Path
and application scenarios of E9000 Converged

Infrastructure Blade Server
E9000 Converged Infrastructure Blade Server

Introduction
Lecture
OSV51

and hardware installation of E9000 Converged
0.4 d
Infrastructure Blade Server

Master BMC function, management and
maintenance of E9000 Converged Infrastructure
E9000 Converged Infrastructure Blade

Server OS Installation
Lecture, demo
OSV52
Blade Server
Master RAID plan and configuration of E9000
0.3 d
Converged Infrastructure Blade Server

Master OS installation method of E9000
Routine Maintenance and Troubleshooting
OSV53

0.3 d
replacement of E9000 Converged Infrastructure
Target Audience
Blade Server
Master the methods of log collection of E9000
Administrators
Prerequisites

Duration

1 working days
Class Size
Objectives
Min 6, max 12

be able to:
203
3.9.5
Huawei Server Deployment and Management Training
Training Path
Objectives
Huawei Server Introduction
be able to:
OSV61
Lecture
0.2 d
and application scenarios of RH series rack

servers, X6000 high density server, E6000 blade
server and E9000 Converged Infrastructure

Blade Server
OSV62
Lecture
0.2 d

and hardware installation of RH series rack

OSV63
Lecture

Blade Server.
0.3d

maintenance of RH series rack servers, X6000
high density server, E6000 blade server and
E9000 Converged Infrastructure Blade Server.

OSV64
Lecture
0.3 d
rack servers, X6000 high density server, E6000

blade server and E9000 Converged
Introduction
OSV65
Lecture
Infrastructure Blade Server.

Master OS installation method of RH series rack
0.4 d

Blade Server.
Huawei Server Basic Operation

OSV66
Lecture
Master management and operation of MM

module of E6000 and E9000 server.
1d
Master management and operation of switch

Huawei Server Routine Maintenance and

Troubleshooting
OSV67
Lecture
replacement of RH series rack servers, X6000

0.6 d
Target Audience
Administrators

Prerequisites
RH series rack servers, X6000 high density
server, E6000 blade server and E9000
Converged Infrastructure Blade Server.
204
Duration
Class Size
3 working days
Min 6, max 12
205
3.10
Cloud Computing Training Programs
3.10.1 Desktop Cloud Solution(R5) Deployment and Management Training

Training Path

server
Desktop Cloud Solution(R5) Deployment and
Management
OCL16
storage
3d
Describe the structure of FusionSphere
Target Audience
Describe the components and functions of

FusionSphere
Operators and maintainers

Administrators
Describe the installation of FusionSphere
Describe the routine operations and

maintenance of FusionSphere
Prerequisites
Describe the structure of FusionAccess

Be familiar with PC operating system
Describe the components and functions of
Know basic knowledge of datacom
FusionAccess
Describe the installation of FusionAccess
Know basic knowledge of storage
Describe the routine operations and
Objectives
maintenance of FusionAccess
Describe the creation and assignment of VM
Duration
be able to:
Describe the application scenario of Cloud
3 working days
Computing
Class Size
Describe the key features of Cloud Computing

Min 6, max 12
Describe the basic concept of storage

Describe the RAID function of storage
206
3.10.2 FusionCube Solution Deployment and Management Training

Training Path
be able to:
Describe FusionCube solution
FusionCube Solution Deployment and

Management
OCL13

FusionCube
2d
Describe the hardware structure of FusionCube
Target Audience
Describe FusionCompute structure and functions

Describe FusionCompute routine operations and
maintenance
Administrators
Describe FusionManager structure and functions
Describe FusionManager routine operations and
Prerequisites
maintenance
Duration

2 working days
Class Size

Objectives
Min 6, max 12
207
3.10.3 FusionSphere Solution Deployment and Management Training

Training Path
be able to:
Describe FusionSphere solution
FusionSphere Solution Deployment and

Management
OCL14
Describe FusionSphere installation procedure

Describe FusionCompute structure and
2d
functions
Target Audience
Describe FusionCompute routine operations
and maintenance
Describe FusionManager structure and
Administrators
functions
Describe FusionManager routine operations
Prerequisites
and maintenance
Duration
2 working days
Class Size

Objectives
Min 6, max 12
208
3.11
Data Center Training Programs
3.11.1 Micro DC Deployment and Management Training

Training Path
Objectives
Micro DC Deployment and Management
be able to:
ODC11
Describe the software and hardware of the Micro
1d
DC
Target Audience
Master the installation and configuration of the

Micro DC
Administrators
Master the basic operations and functions of the
Micro DC
Prerequisites
Duration
Know basic computer knowledge
1 working days
Know basic IP technology and knowledge
Class Size
Know server knowledge

Min 6, Max 12
209
3.12
IT Design Training Programs
3.12.1 Enterprise Storage Area Network(SAN) Design Training

Training Path
Objectives
Enterprise Storage Area Network(SAN) Design

be able to:
OST61
Lecture
Be familiar with SAN system
1d
Be familiar with SAN system plan process
Target Audience
Manager
Be familiar with SAN system plan methods

Duration
1 working day
Prerequisites
Know PC OS
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
210
3.12.2 Enterprise Network Attached Network (NAS) Design Training

Training Path
Objectives
Enterprise Network Attached Network (NAS)

Design
OST62
Lecture

be able to:
Be familiar with NAS system
1d
Be familiar with NAS system plan process
Target Audience
Manager
Be familiar with NAS system plan methods

Duration
1 working day
Prerequisites
Know PC OS
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
211
3.12.3 Enterprise Backup system and Network Design Training

Training Path
Objectives
Enterprise Backup system and Network Design

be able to:
OST63
Lecture
Be familiar with backup network and system
1d
Be familiar with backup solution plan process
Target Audience
Manager
Be familiar with backup solution plan methods

Duration
1 working day
Prerequisites
Know PC OS
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
212
3.13
Specialist Certification Training Programs
3.13.1 Server Specialist Certification Training

Training Path
Objectives
Huawei Server Introduction
OSV61
Lecture
0.2 d
be able to:
and application scenarios of RH series rack

OSV62
Lecture

0.2 d
Blade Server
and hardware installation of RH series rack

OSV63
Lecture
0.3d
Blade Server.
maintenance of RH series rack servers, X6000

OSV64
Lecture
0.3 d


Introduction
OSV65
Lecture

0.4 d
Master OS installation method of RH series rack

Huawei Server Basic Operation

OSV66
Lecture
Blade Server.
Master management and operation of MM
1d

Master management and operation of switch
Huawei Server Routine Maintenance and

Troubleshooting
OSV67
Lecture

0.6 d
replacement of RH series rack servers, X6000

Target Audience

Administrators
Prerequisites

RH series rack servers, X6000 high density
213
server, E6000 blade server and E9000

Converged Infrastructure Blade Server.
Duration
3 working days
Class Size
Min 6, max 12
214
4 Enterprise UC&C Training Courses

4.1 Enterprise UC&C Training Path
4.1.1
Huawei Unified Communication Certification Training Path
Expert
Professional
Associate
HCNP-UC-Hvoice Protocol &

Principle on Huawei Voice
Solution
3d
HCNP-UC-HIPT
Implementing Huawei IP
Telephony Solutions
5d
HCNA-UC-IHUCA Introducing
Huawei Unified Communication
Administration
5d
Elective Guide:
Projects in Associate/ Professional corresponding to HCNA/HCNP courses
Customers without related voice technology background are recommended to elect HCNA-UC at first
215
4.1.2
Huawei eSpace U1900/SoftCo Voice System Training Path
Plan & Design

Implement & Operate

Huawei eSpace U1900/SoftCo Voice
System Basic Configuration and
Operation
5d
Improve
Solution
3d
HCNP-UC-HIPT Implementing
Huawei IP Telephony Solutions
5d
Elective Guide:
Programs in this path are prepared for training projects using U1900/SoftCo voice system.
Electing by customer: System Designer/System Maintainer/Installation engineer are corresponding to System

Design/Configuration and Operation/Installation and Commissioning.
216
4.1.3
Huawei eSpace UC2.2(U1900&ECS) System Training Path
Plan & Design
Implement & Operate
Improve
Solution
Huawei eSpace UC2.2 System

Basic Configuration and Operation
5d
3d
HCNP-UC-HIPT Implementing
Huawei IP Telephony Solutions
5d
Elective Guide:
Programs in this path are prepared for training projects using UC2.2 system.
Electing by customer: System Designer/System Maintainer/Installation engineer are corresponding to System

Design/Configuration and Operation/Installation and Commissioning.
217
4.1.4
Contact Center Certification Training Path
Expert
Professional
Associate
HCNP-CC-HUAP Implement
Huawei Contact Center
Universal Access Platform
3d
HCNP-CC-HCTI Implement
Huawei Contact Center CTI
Solution
5d
HCNA-CC-IHCCA Introducing
Administration
5d
Elective Guide:
Projects in Associate/ Professional corresponding to HCNA/HCNP courses.
218
4.1.5
Contact Center Training Path
Plan & Design

Implement & Operate

Contact Center Management
and Monitoring
3d
Voice Contact Center Service
Introduction, Configuration and
Operation
5d
Improve
HCNP-CC-HUAP Implement
Universal Access Platform
3d
HCNP-CC-HCTI Implement
Huawei Contact Center CTI
Solution
5d
Multimedia Contact Center

Service Introduction,
Configuration and Operation
(Including Voice Contact Center
Service Introduction,
Configuration and Operation)
7d
Contact Center Agent Operation
1d
eSpace VTM Basic Operationd
and Maintenance
7d
Elective-Guide:
Programs in this path are prepared for training projects using U2900 access gateway.
Electing by Scenario: The main scenarios are Voice Contact Center//Multimedia Contact Center.
Electing by customer: Manager/System Maintainer/Installation engineer are corresponding to Management and

Monitoring/Service introduction, configuration and operation/Installation and Commissioning.
219
4.1.6
Video Conference Certification Training Path
Expert
Professional
HCNP-VC-IHVCP
Huawei Video
Conference Protocol
HCNP-VC-IHVP
Implementing Huawei
Advanced ViewPoint
System
5d
3d
Associate
HCNA-VC-IHVCA
Introducing Huawei
Video Conference
Administration
Elective Guide:
Follow the paths to learn.
220
5d
4.2 List of Enterprise UC&C Training Programs

Enterprise UC&C Training Programs are designed as follows:
Duration
Training Programs
Level
(working
days)
Training
Class
Location
Size
Certification Training Programs

HCNA-UC-IHUCA Introducing Huawei Unified Communication
Administration
6 ~ 12
HCNP-UC-HIPT Implementing Huawei IP Telephony Solutions
6 ~ 12
HCNP-UC-Hvoice Protocol & Principle on Huawei Voice Solution
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
HCNP-CC-HCTI Implement Huawei Contact Center CTI Solution
6 ~ 12
HCNA-VC Huawei Certified Network Associate-Video Conference
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
Contact Center Management and Monitoring
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
HCNA-CC-IHCCA Introducing Huawei Contact Center

Administration
HCNP-CC-HUAP Implement Huawei Contact Center Universal
Access Platform
HCNP-VC Huawei Certified Network Professional-Video

Conference
HCS-Field-IVS training
Huawei eSpace U1900/SoftCo Voice System Training Programs
Huawei eSpace U1900/SoftCo Voice System Basic Configuration
and Operation
Huawei eSpace UC2.2(U1900&ECS) System Training Programs
Huawei eSpace UC2.2 System Basic Configuration and Operation
Huawei eSpace U2900 System Training Programs
Huawei eSpace U2900 System Basic Configuration and Operation
CC general Training Programs
CC Contact Center Operation and Maintenance Training

Voice Contact Center Service Introduction, Configuration and
Operation
Multimedia Contact Center Service Introduction, Configuration and
Operation (Including Contact Center Service Introduction,
221
Configuration and Operation)

CC eSpace VTM Training
eSpace VTM basic operation and maintenance
6 ~ 12
VC Operation and Maintenance Training Programs

Video Conference System(Terminal/MCU/SMC) Operation and
Maintenance
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
Video Conference System(Terminal/MCU/SMC) Advanced

Features Operation and Maintenance
TP/RP Series Product Operation and Maintenance
Huawei eSpace IVS system operation and maintenance training programs
Huawei IVS System Operation and Maintenance Training
Description: : Basic Course : Intermediate Course : Advanced Course : Expert Course
222
4.3 Certification Training Programs

4.3.1
HCNA-UC-IHUCA Introducing Huawei Unified Communication
Administration
Describe Huawei eSpace UC solution
Training Path
Describe Huawei eSpace UC Architecture

HCNA-UC-IHUCA Introducing Huawei Unified
Communication Administration
OUCE1
Describe Huawei eSpace UC devices portfolio

and single products
5d
Operate Huawei eSpace UC basic application
Target Audience
Describe Huawei eSpace UC installation and

commissioning
Those who hope to become a UC engineer
Perform eSpace U1900 series gateway
Those who hope to obtain HCNA-UC
operation
Prerequisites
Describe call flows in eSpace U1900 system

Perform the primary configuration in EMS

A general familiarity with network knowledge
system
Perform the primary configuration in IAD
A general familiarity with communication theory
Perform the primary configuration in IP phone
Objectives
Duration
be able to:
5 working days, including hands-on exercise 2
Describe UC concept and development history
working days
Describe VoIP concept
Class Size
Distinguish VoIP and PSTN
Min 6, max 12
Describe VoIP key technology and protocol

Describe UC basic application
223
4.3.2
HCNP-UC-HIPT Implementing Huawei IP Telephony Solutions

Describe the boards and modules functions in
Training Path
eSpace U1900/U2900 system

HCNP-UC-HIPT Implementing Huawei IP
Telephony Solutions
OUCE3
Perform the system data configuration in

5d
Perform the user data configuration in eSpace

U1900/U2900 system
Target Audience
Perform the office data configuration in eSpace

Those who hope to become an advanced Unified
U1900/U2900 system
Communication engineer
Perform the application data configuration in
Those who hope to obtain HCNP-UC
Prerequisites
Design the call route in eSpace U1900/U2900

system
Describe user registration flow in eSpace
U1900/U2900 system
Describe call flow in eSpace U1900/U2900
HCNA-UC Certification or similar knowledge
system
Objectives
Describe call restriction in eSpace

U1900/U2900 system
Describe the Voicemail application in eSpace
be able to:
Describe VoIP protocol used in eSpace
U1910/U1930
Perform the redundant application
U1900/U2900 system
Describe eSpace U1900/U2900 system
configuration in eSpace U1910/U1930

Perform routine maintenance in eSpace
features
U1900/U2900 system
Perform troubleshooting in eSpace
function
U1900/U2900 system
Perform the fault location in eSpace
parameters
Distinguish the products in eSpace
U1900/U2900 system
U1900/U2900 system
Duration
Describe the typical networks in eSpace

U1900/U2900 system
working days
Describe the network design in eSpace

U1900/U2900 system
Class Size
Describe the boards and modules in eSpace
Min 6, max 12
U1900/U2900 system
224
4.3.3
HCNP-UC-Hvoice Protocol & Principle on Huawei Voice Solution

Describe PSTN concept and network
Training Path
Describe the devices used in PSTN and

HCNP-UC-Hvoice Protocol & Principle on
Huawei Voice Solution
OUCE4
network
Describe VoIP concept
3d
Distinguish VoIP and PSTN
Target Audience
Describe VoIP key technology and protocol

Describe the codec used in VoIP network
Those who hope to become an advanced Unified
Understand SIP protocol
Communication engineer
Understand H.248 protocol
Those who hope to obtain HCNP-UC
Understand H.323 protocol
Prerequisites
Describe the application of protocols on

Huawei voice solution
Duration

3 working days
HCNA-UC Certification or similar knowledge
Objectives
Class Size
Min 6, max 12

be able to:
Describe development history of phone
225
4.3.4
HCNA-CC-IHCCA Introducing Huawei Contact Center Administration

Analyze Contact Center network architecture
Training Path
Implement UAP series gateway operation and

HCNA-CC-IHCCA Introducing Huawei Contact
Center Administration
OCCX1 Lecture, Hands-on exercise
configuration
Analyze Contact Center fundamental routing
5d
policy
Describe Huawei CTI principle
Target Audience
Implement agent service commissioning
Those who hope to become a Contact Center
Describe Huawei AEP principle
engineer
Implement automatic service commissioning
Those who hope to obtain HCNA-CC
Describe Huawei Contact Center report system
Prerequisites
architecture
Describe flow of original data to database
Operate Huawei Contact Center report
Objectives
Use Huawei WEB QC console

Use Huawei WEB monitoring console
be able to:
Implement Huawei Contact Center daily
Describe enterprise communication concepts
operation
Describe contact center concepts and
Implement Huawei Contact Center daily
development history
maintenance
Describe Multimedia Contact Center services

Describe Huawei eSpace Contact Center
Solution
Duration
5 working day, including hands-on exercise 2
architecture
working day
Class Size
devices portfolio and single products

Min 6, max 12
Operation Huawei eSpace Contact Center

monitoring and QC
226
4.3.5
HCNP-CC-HUAP Implement Huawei Contact Center Universal Access
Platform
Describe UAP Software System
Training Path
Use UAP operation and maintenance tool
HCNP-CC-HUAP
Implement Huawei Contact Center Universal
Access Platform
3d
Describe UAP access function

Describe UAP resource function
Describe UAP agent function
Analyze UAP networking
Target Audience
Implement UAP capacity design
Conclude PBX Fundamental knowledge
advanced engineer
Analyze differences between U2900 and

UAP3300
Those who hope to obtain HCNP-CC
Describe UAP installation flow
Prerequisites
Describe UAP device data plan content

Implement U2900 device data configuration
HCNA Contact Center knowledge
Implement U2900 office data configuration
Objectives
Implement U2900 service data Configuration
Use UAP playing voice
be able to:
Describe routine maintenance content of UAP
Describe Enterprise PBX Communication
Implement routine maintenance operation

Use UAP maintenance and monitoring tool
Principle
Use capturing tool to do troubleshooting
Describe the collaboration of UAP and
Use ICDDebug to do troubleshooting
application layer
Describe UAP interfaces
Describe signaling and protocols supported by
Duration
UAP
Describe UAP stacking and cascading

Describe UAP technology indicators
Describe UAP2900 frame and boards
working day
Class Size
Describe U2900 frame and boards
Min 6, max 12
Analyze U2900 boards Configuration cases
227
4.3.6
HCNP-CC-HCTI Implement Huawei Contact Center CTI Solution

Implement CTI system monitoring
Training Path
Analyze CTI fundamental routing policy

HCNP-CC-HCTI Implement Huawei Contact
Center CTI Solution
Analyze CTI layered services policy

Analyze CTI network routing policy
5d
Analyze CTI outbound policy

Implement CTI agent service commissioning
Target Audience
Implement CTI automatic agent service

Commissioning
Implement CTI multimedia contact Center
advanced engineer
service commissioning
Those who hope to obtain HCNP-CC
Describe CTI mail, SMS, Fax call flow
Prerequisites
Describe CTI network call flow
Implement NIRC configuration
HCNA Contact Center knowledge
Describe CTI outbound flow

Implement outbound system configuration
Objectives
Describe CTI QC flow
Implement platform control policy configuration
be able to:
Describe CTI platform service monitoring
Describe the CRS system composition
function
Describe the meaning of CTI technology
Implement CTI platform Service monitoring
Analyze the position of CTI in different contact
configuration
center solutions
Describe eSpace CC report solution
Describe CTI function
Implement data station installation
Describe technology indicators Huawei CTI
configuration
Describe CTI 4 layers logical structure
Implement BIR installation configuration
Describe CTI 4 layers and functions of each
Describe Huawei social media access solution
layer
Use CT Communication matrix
Describe CTI network elements Monitoring and
Duration
the method
Describe CTI common networking

Describe CTI platform safety maintenance
working day
Class Size
content
Min 6, max 12
Describe CTI platform safety reinforcing

solution
Describe CTI anti-virus solution
228
4.3.7
HCNA-VC Huawei Certified Network Associate-Video Conference

Master SD terminal software basic function
Training Path
Master HD series terminal hardware interface

HCNA-VC-IHVCA Introducing Huawei Video
Conference Administration
OVCC1 Lecture, Hands-on exercise
Master HD series terminal hardware installation

Master HD series terminal software basic
5d
operations
Target Audience
Know MCU structure, function and feature

Master MCU installation
Those who hope to become a video conference

associate
Master MCU basic data configuration
Those who hope to obtain HCNA-VC certificate
Know vSwitch System basic function

Master vSwitch System installation and
Prerequisites
configuration
Master vSwitch System basic concept
Understand RM function
Understand RM structure
Understand RM important concepts
Objectives
Master TP conference room deployment
requirements
be able to:
Master TP system hardware structure
Know video conference concept
Master TP system conference control function
Know video conference development history and

tend
Duration
Master video conference system structure
5 working days, including Hands-on exercise 2
Master video conference pivotal information
working days
compression technology
Class Size
Know video conference related framework

Min 6, Max 12
protocol
Master SD terminal hardware interface
Master SD terminal hardware installation
229
230
4.3.8
HCNP-VC Huawei Certified Network Professional-Video Conference

Master RTP/RTCP applications
Training Path
Understand the basic audio technology

HCNP-VC-IHVCP Huawei Video Conference
Protocol
Master the common voice coding algorithms and

comparison
3d
Understand audio related technologies
Understand video image processing technology

Master the basic concepts and comparison
HCNP-VC IHVP Implementing Huawei

Advanced ViewPoint System
Master the common stream video codec, RTP

5d
packet format, SDP description

Understand the basics of optics
Understand the basics of acoustics
Target Audience
Description videoconferencing renovation

Those who hope to become a video conference
requirements
professional
Anti-loss characteristics described SEC2.0ARQ
Those who hope to obtain HCNP-VC
Cascade master multi-channel and multi-group
Prerequisites
multi-screen
Understanding Video IVR features
Master MCU backup mode
Master the video firewall mode of MCU

Master logging the MCU through commands
Objectives
Master the common commands of MCU

Describe multicast features
be able to:
Understand the basis of the firewall
Understand Wireshark interface
Understand the problem firewall under the video
Know about Wireshark basic operations
business
Describe H.323 protocol structure
Master video firewall traversal solution
Describe H.323 protocol registration flow
Describe the common case of the firewall
Master video conference schedule signaling flow
Master the basic ideas ofvideo system fault
Master routine signaling fault localization analysis
location
methods
Master video systems commonly used tool for
fault location
Master video systems commonly used
Master video conference schedule signaling flow
commands
Master routine signaling fault localization analysis
Know terminal network monitoring tool
methods
Know Nlog network statistics
Describe SIP protocol definition
Know record concept
Describe SIP message concept and structure
Master record principle
Master SIP protocol call flow
Describe record feature
Master SIP protocol typical application scenarios
List record application scenarios
Understand the basic principles of RTP/ RTCP
Master record operation methods
Master RTP/RTCP packet format
231
Duration
Class Size
8 working days, including Hands-on exercise 3
Min 6, Max 12
working days
232
4.3.9
HCS-Field-IVS training
Describe introduction and networking
Training Path
Perform hardware installation and sever

parameters configuration
Basic knowledge of video surveillance system

VS01
Lecture
Perform system reinstallation
0.5day
Describe BMC management

Perform configuration of eSpace IVS system
Perform business realization of eSpace IVS
Huawei eSpace IVS system configuration and
system
advanced maintenance training

Lecture, Hands-on exercise 2.5day
VS03
Describe advanced features of eSpace IVS

system
Perform configuration of eSpace IVS system
advanced features
Target Audience
Perform business realization of eSpace IVS

Administrators
system advanced features
Perform hardware installation of eSpace IPC
Prerequisites
Perform docking platform of eSpace IPC

Perform an upgrade of eSpace IPC
Perform hardware installation of eSpace codec
Perform docking platform of eSpace codec
Perform an upgrade of eSpace codec
Objectives
Duration
be able to:
3 working daysincluding hands-on exercise 1.5
Describe the media flow of eSpace IVS system
working days
Describe the control flow of eSpace IVS system
Class Size
Describe the network solution of eSpace IVS
Min 6, Max 12
system
233
4.4 Huawei eSpace U1900/SoftCo Voice System Training Programs

4.4.1
Huawei eSpace U1900/SoftCo Voice System Basic Configuration and
Operation
A general familiarity with U1900/SoftCo voice
Training Path
system
Objectives
U1900/SoftCo System Introduction

OUC11
Lecture
0.5d
be able to:
Describe the U1900/SoftCo system composition
U1900/SoftCo System Configuration
OUC12
Describe the U1900/SoftCo system function

Describe the classification of U1900/SoftCo
1d
system
Perform U1900/SoftCo system configuration
U1900/SoftCo System Advanced
Configuration
OUC13
Understand networks of the distributed network

scenario and dual redundancy scenario
1.5d
Describe registration and call processes in the

distributed network scenario
IAD Introduction and Installation
OUC61 Lecture, Hands-on exercise
Describe local regeneration principles

Know how to configure data in the distributed
0.5d
network scenario and redundancy scenario

Describe the IAD function
IAD Configuration and Maintenance
Describe the classification of IAD

Describe IAD hardware architecture
0.5d
Perform IAD installation and configuration

Describe IP phone classification and function
IP Phone Installation, Upgrade and

Configuration
Describe IP phone installation, upgrade and

0.5d
Configuration
Describe the contents of the routine maintenance
U1900/SoftCo System Maintenance

and Troubleshooting
OUC14
Perform the system maintenance of eSpace

U1900
0.5d
Upgrade eSpace U1900

Diagnose the common faulty cases
Target Audience
Perform troubleshooting of U1900

Duration
Prerequisites
5 working days, including hands-on exercise 2.25
working days
Class Size
A general familiarity with VoIP knowledge
Min 6, max 12
234
4.5 Huawei eSpace UC2.2(U1900&ECS) System Training Programs

4.5.1
Huawei eSpace UC2.2 System Basic Configuration and Operation
Training Path
Target Audience
UC2.2 System Introduction

OUC81
Lecture
Prerequisites
0.5d


OUC11
Lecture
0.5d
A general familiarity with U1900/SoftCo system

configuration
A general familiarity with UC2.2 system
Objectives
OUC12
1d
be able to:
U1900/SoftCo System Maintenance and

Troubleshooting
OUC14
Describe the UC2.2 system composition

Describe the UC2.2 system function
0.5d
Describe the classification of UC2.2 system

Perform UC2.2 system configuration
Describe the U1900/SoftCo system composition
UC2.2 System Configuration and Maintenance

OUC83
0.5d

system
Perform U1900/SoftCo system configuration
eSpace UMS System Installation, Operation

and Maintenance
OUCA1 Lecture, Hands-on exercise
Describe the contents of the routine maintenance

Perform the system maintenance of eSpace
0.5d
U1900
Upgrade eSpace U1900
eSpace UMS System Operation and

Maintenance
Diagnose the common faulty cases

Perform troubleshooting of U1900
0.5d
Describe the eSpace UMS system function

Perform eSpace UMS system installation and
OUC62
configuration
0.5d

Describe IAD hardware architecture

Configuration
OUC71
Perform IAD configuration

Describe IP phone classification and function
0.5d
Describe IP phone installation, upgrade and

Configuration
235
Duration
Class Size
Min 6, max 12
working days
236
4.6 Huawei eSpace U2900 System Training Programs

4.6.1
Huawei eSpace U2900 System Basic Configuration and Operation
Training Path
Objectives

OUC21
Lecture

be able to:
0.5d
Describe the U2900 system function

Describe the classification of U2900 system
U2900 System Configuration

OUC23
Perform the U2900 system configuration
1d


Lecture
OUC11
system
0.5d
Perform the U1900/SoftCo system

configuration

OUC13
Describe the eSpace EMS system function

Describe the classification of eSpace EMS
1d
system
eSpace EMS System Configuration and
Maintenance
0.5d
eSpace UMS System Operation and
Maintenance
Perform the eSpace EMS system configuration

Describe the eSpace system function
Describe the classification of eSpace UMS
system
Perform the eSpace UMS system configuration
0.5d


OUC62
Perform IAD configuration

Describe the IP phone function
0.5d
Describe the classification of IP phone

Configuration
Perform IP phone installation and configuration

0.5d
Duration
Target Audience

working days
Prerequisites
Class Size
Min 6, max 12

237
4.7 CC General Training Programs

4.7.1
Contact Center Management and Monitoring
Training Path
Describe eSpace CC AEP function

Describe eSpace CC multimedia features
eSpace CC System Overview

OCC01
Lecture
Describe eSpace CC outbound function

Describe eSpace CC report function
0.5d
Describe eSpace CC QC function

Describe eSpace CC monitoring function
Enterprise Contact Center Agent

Operation
Describe eSpace CC agent function
OCCA1 Lecture, Hands-on exercise
Describe Huawei Contact Center agent concepts
1d
Describe Huawei Contact Center voice terminals

Describe CCCBar agent function and application
Enterprise Contact Center Report

OCC71 Lecture, Hands-on exercise
Describe agent server agent function and

application
0.5d
Use CCCBar
Use customized agent interface
Describe Huawei report solution
Enterprise Contact Center QC Platform

Describe the flow of original bill data to database

Describe report system structure
0.5d
Describe report typical configuration

Use BIR report
Enterprise Contact Center Monitoring
Platform Operation
Implement Datastation installation configuration

0.5d
Describe report secondary development principle

Describe Huawei contact center voice recording
Target Audience
system principle
Describe conference recording principle
Describe soft phone recording principle
Describe VOIP voice recording principle
Service Managers
Describe Huawei 3rd party voice recording
Managers
platform integration principle
Prerequisites
Describe Huawei screen recording system
structure
Operate Huawei WEB QC system
Computer basics
Describe Huawei Contact Center monitoring
Objectives
platform features
be able to:
platform architecture
Describe Huawei system monitoring
Describe eSpace CC concepts
Use monitoring platform monitoring eSpace CC
Describe eSpace CC system architecture
238
components
Duration
Describe Huawei VDN monitoring

Use VDN monitoring console to monitor service
Use management system client to monitor service

working days
Class Size
Min 6, max 12
239
4.7.2
Training Path
be able to:
Enterprise Contact Center Agent Operation
Describe Huawei Contact Center voice terminals

OCCA1 Lecture, Hands-on exercise
1d
Describe CCCBar agent function and application

Describe agent server agent function and
application
Target Audience
Use CCCBar
Use customized agent interface
Agents
Prerequisites
Duration

Computer basics
Objectives
1 working day, including hands-on exercise 0.5

working day
Class Size
Min 6, max 12
240
4.8 CC Contact Center Operation and Maintenance Training

4.8.1
Voice Contact Center Service Introduction, Configuration and Operation
Training Path
Prerequisites
OCC01
Lecture
0.5d
Computer basics
Objectives
U2900 Series Gateway Overview
be able to:
OCC21
Lecture
0.5d

U2900 Series Gateway System Configuration


1d

CTI Software System

OCC31
Lecture
0.5d

Describe U2900 series gateway system structure
and function
CTI Platform Service Commissioning
Describe U2900 series gateway hardware

1d
structure
Describe U2900 series gateway software
structure
Enterprise Contact Center Report

Describe U2900 series gateway interfaces and

protocols
0.5d
Describe U2900 series gateway function and

specification
Analyze U2900 series gateway networking

Describe prefix, office direction, signaling link,

0.5d
trunk circuit
Implement U2900 series gateway basic
operation

Platform Operation
Implement U2900 series gateway device data

configuration
0.5d
Implement U2900 series gateway office data

configuration
Target Audience
Implement U2900 series gateway service data

241
configuration
Describe CTI platform concepts
Describe Huawei CTI platform logical
architecture
Describe CTI platform components function
Describe CTI platform two-cluster machine
structure
switchover
Conclude Huawei eSpace CC service flow
Describe Huawei eSpace CC service flow
platform features
principle
Implement Huawei eSpace CC agent service
enabling
Implement Huawei eSpace CC automatic agent
service enabling
components
Use management system client to monitor
service
Use BIR report

Duration

system principle
working day
Class Size
Min 6, max 12
242
4.8.2
Multimedia Contact Center Service Introduction, Configuration and Operation
(Including Voice Contact Center Service Introduction, Configuration and Operation)

Training Path

Platform Operation

OCC01
Lecture
OCC91
0.5d
0.5d
Target Audience

OCC21
Lecture
0.5d
Prerequisites
Computer basics
Objectives
1d
be able to:
CTI Software System

OCC31
Lecture

0.5d

CTI Platform Service Commissioning


1d

Enterprise Contact Center Multimedia

Technology

2d
and function
Enterprise Contact Center Report Configuration
and Operation
structure
0.5d
structure
protocols


specification
0.5d

trunk circuit
243
Use BIR report
operation

configuration
configuration
system principle
configuration
Describe CTI platform concepts
Describe Huawei CTI platform logical
architecture
Describe CTI platform components function
Describe CTI platform two-cluster machine
switchover
structure
Conclude Huawei eSpace CC service flow
Describe Huawei eSpace CC service flow
principle
platform features
Implement Huawei eSpace CC agent service
enabling
Implement Huawei eSpace CC automatic agent
service enabling
Describe Huawei WECC application scenario
components
Describe Huawei Email call scenario
Describe Huawei Fax call scenario
Describe Huawei SMS call scenario
Use management system client to monitor
Implement text chat service configuration
service
Implement click to dial service configuration

Implement call back request service
Duration
configuration
Implement escorted browsing service
working day
configuration
Class Size
Min 6, max 12

244
4.9 eSpace VTM System Training

4.9.1
eSpace VTM Basic Operation and Maintenance

Contact Center Fundamental knowledge
Training Path
Objectives
Lecture
OCC01

0.5d


Lecture
OCC21

0.5d


OCC23
1d
and function
structure
eSpace VTM Solution and Composing

Principle
OCCB1
Lecture

structure
1d

protocols
eSpace VTM system Installation and

Commissioning
OCCB2
specification
2d

trunk circuit
eSpace VTM system operation

OCCB3
operation
1d

configuration
eSpace VTM system maintenance

OCCB4
configuration
1d
configuration
Master eSapce VTM Solution and product
Target Audience
orientation
Know eSpace VTM functions and features
Know eSpace VTM functional unit
Service managers
Master eSpace VTM assemblies function and
Prerequisites
principle
Master eSpace VTM assemblies network
Communication basic knowledge
245
connection
counter in different scenario

Master eSpace VTM system daily maintenance
Know the message handing flow of eSpace VTM
Master eSpace VTM reboot flow when power off
signal, data and files.
Master eSpace VTM system and user password
Master eSpace VTM system installation logic
setttings
Master eSpace VTM system assemblies
Master eSpace VTM system back-up and
installation and configuration
recovery principle and strategy
Master eSpace VTM system assemblies

connection and configuration
Duration
Know eSpace VTM system service
commissioning
Master the main work content and operation for
system administrator in different scenario
working days
Class Size
Min 6, max 12
quality inspector in different scenario

246
4.10
VC Operation and Maintenance
4.10.1 Video Conference System(Terminal/MCU/SMC) Operation and Maintenance

Training Path
and tend
Describe Huawei Video Conference System
Video Conference System Overview

OVC01
Lecture
Overview
Describe Huawei video conference technology
0.5d
innovation
Describe Huawei video conference solution
H.323 Protocol
OVC03

Lecture
0.75d
Master video conference schedule signaling

flow
Master routine signaling fault localization
HD Terminal Operation and Maintenance

OVC11/12/13
Lecture, Hands-on
analysis methods
Learn about product positioning, product
1.5d
specifications
Master the product features
Know the installation and initial configuration
MCU Operation and Maintenance

OVC21/22
Lecture, Hands-on
Know the operation of remote controller

1d
Know the operation of web

Know the maintenance and diagnostics
Know how to upgrade the software
SMC Operation and Maintenance

OVC31/32
Lecture, Hands-on
Know MCU structure composing

Know MCU basic feature
1.25d
Know MCU boards and daughter boards

Master MCU Web basic configuration
Target Audience
Master MCU outside GK scenario conference

configuration
Master MCU built-in GK scenario conference
Administrators
configuration
Prerequisites
Know MCU Web advanced settings
Master MCU software upgrade
Master MCU fault disposal flow
Master MCU fault disposal routine methods
Objectives
Master MCU routine fault disposal methods
Know SMCbasic concept
be able to:
Describe SMC system structure
Know video conference communication basic
Master SMCprinciple
knowledge
Master SMCmain function
Know video conference development process
Master SMCsystem software installation
247
Master SMCsystem initiation configuration
Duration
Master SMC conference schedule
Master SMC conference control
working days
Master SMC routine Maintenance
Class Size
Master SMC routine fault disposal

Min 6, Max 12
248
4.10.2 Video Conference System(Terminal/MCU/SMC) Advanced Features Operation

and Maintenance
Cascade master multi-channel and multi-group
Training Path
multi-screen
SIP Protocol
OVC04
Understanding Video IVR features

Master MCU backup mode
1d
Master the video firewall mode of MCU

Master logging the MCU through commands
Master the common commands of MCU
Video Conference System-Advanced
Describe multicast features

OVC0A Lecture, Hands-on exercise
4d
Understand the basis of the firewall

Understand the problem firewall under the video
business
Target Audience
Master video firewall traversal solution

Monitoring Staffs
Describe the common case of the firewall
Master the basic ideas ofvideo system fault
Administrators
location
Master video systems commonly used tool for
Prerequisites
fault location
Master video systems commonly used
commands
Know terminal network monitoring tool
Know Nlog network statistics
Objectives
Know record concept
Master record principle
be able to:
Describe record feature
Describe SIP protocol definition
List record application scenarios
Describe SIP message concept and structure
Master record operation methods
Master SIP protocol call flow
Duration
Master SIP protocol typical application scenarios
Understand the basics of optics

Understand the basics of acoustics
Description videoconferencing renovation
working days
Class Size
requirements
Min 6, Max 12
Anti-loss characteristics described SEC2.0ARQ
249
4.10.3 TP/RP Series Product Operation and Maintenance

Training Path
TP/RP Product Introduction
OVC41
Lecture
0.25d
TP/RP Routine Operation and Maintenance

OVC42
Lecture, Hands-on
1.75d
Target Audience
Administrators
Prerequisites
Objectives
On completion of this program, the participants will be able to:
Know Huawei telepresence basic feature
Know Huawei telepresence development and tend
Know Huawei telepresence series product
Know Huawei telepresence product principle
Know Huawei telepresence product structure
Describe Huawei telepresence application scenarios
Master Huawei telepresence conference operation
Master Huawei telepresence conference control operation
Master Huawei telepresence conference troubleshooting
Know Huawei telepresence series product software upgrade
Know telepresence product fault classification
Master telepresence product troubleshooting methods
Describe telepresence product troubleshooting cases
Duration
2 working days, including Hands-on exercise 0.25 working days
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
250
4.11
Huawei eSpace IVS system operation and maintenance training
programs
4.11.1 Huawei IVS System Operation and Maintenance Training
Describe DVR/DVS
Training Path
Describe network transmission

Describe surveillance platform
Basic knowledge of video surveillance system

OVS01
Lecture
Describe typical application scenarios of video
0.5day
surveillance
Describe the function of eSpace IVS client
Know the basic knowledge of VCN3000
Huawei IVS System Operation and

OVS03 Lecture, Hands-on exercise
Know the hardware installation of VCN3000

4.5day
Know the configuration of OMU Portal

Understand the eSpace IVS system architecture
Know the basic service data configuration
Target Audience
Know the rights system configuration

Know the alarm system configuration
Know the recording system configuration
Prerequisites
Know the decoder configuration

Know the image processing technique
Know the IPC installation and operation
Know the IPC web configuration
A basic understanding of Huawei eSpace IVS

system primary daily operation and maintenance
Duration
Objectives
5working daysincluding hands-on exercise 2

working days

be able to:
Class Size
Describe video surveillance concept
Min 6, Max 12
Describe video surveillance development

Describe camera overview
251
5 Network Energy Training Courses

5.1 Network Energy Training Path
5.1.1
Power Supply Training Path
Plan & Design

Implement & Operate
Improve
Training
Minishelter Operation and
1d
Power3000 Operation and

4d
PowerCube 500 Operation and

1d
PowerCube1000 Operation
4d
Elective Guide
The training programs in the path include Minishelter, Power3000, PowerCube500, PowerCube1000 products
trainings.
252
5.1.2
Data Center Facility Training Path
Plan & Design

Implement & Operate
Improve
Training
IDS1000 Container Data
Center Operation and
2d
IDS2000 Modular Data Center

Training
2d
Precision Air Conditioner

Training
3d
NetEco Management System

Training
2d
Elective Guide
The training programs in the path include IDS1000, IDS2000, air condition and NetEco products trainings.
253
5.1.3
UPS Training Path
Plan & Design

Implement & Operate
Improve
Training
UPS Operation and
5d
UPS Operation and Maintenance

2d
Elective Guide
The training programs in the path include UPS2000, UPS5000, UPS8000 products trainings.
254
5.2 List of Enterprise Network Energy Training Programs

Duration
Training Programs
Level
(working
days)
Training
Class
Location
Size
Power Supply Product Training Programs

Minishelter Operation and Maintenance Training
6~12
Power3000 Operation and Maintenance Training
6~12
PowerCube500 Operation and Maintenance Training
6~12
6~12
6~12
6~12
Precision Air Conditioner Operation and Maintenance Training
6~12
NetEco Management System Operation and Maintenance
6~12
Data Center Facility Product Training Programs

IDS1000 Container Data Center Operation and Maintenance
Training
IDS2000 Modular Data Center Operation and Maintenance
Training
Training
UPS Product Training Programs
UPS Operation and Maintenance Training
6~12
UPS Operation and Maintenance Training(Fast-Track)
6~12
255
5.3 Power Supply Training Programs

5.3.1
Minishelter Operation and Maintenance Training
Training Path
Master the principle, functional of Minishelter

Master functions and parameters of the various
Minishelter Operation and Maintenance
components about Minishelter

OPS11
Lecture
Master the installation of Minishelter
1d
Master the routine operation of Minishelter
Target Audience
Master the routine maintenance of Minishelter

Describe common faults of Minishelter
Prerequisites
Dispose common faults of Minishelter

Duration
Have a basic knowledge of Minishelter

Objectives
1 working day
Class Size

be able to:
Min 6, Max 12
Understand the basic structure of the Minishelter
256
5.3.2
Power3000 Operation and Maintenance Training
Training Path
Understand the load capacity of Power3000

power supply system
Power3000 Operation and Maintenance
Master the installation of Power3000 power

OPS12
supply system, could complete some replace
4d
operation
Target Audience
Master the routine operation of Power3000
power supply system

Master the routine maintenance of Power3000
Prerequisites
power supply system
Have a basic knowledge of power supply
Describe common faults of Power3000 power
Objectives
supply system
Dispose common faults of Power3000 power

be able to:
supply system
Describe the function of Power3000 power
Duration
supply system
4 working days
Describe the hardware structure of Power3000
Class Size
power supply system

Understand functions and parameters of the
Min 6, Max 12
various components about Power3000 power

supply system
257
5.3.3
Training Path
Understand the load capacity of PowerCube500

system
PowerCube500 Operation and Maintenance
Master the installation of PowerCube500 system,

OPS13
could complete some replace operation
1d
Master the routine operation of PowerCube500
Target Audience
system
Master the routine maintenance of
Prerequisites
PowerCube500 system
Describe common faults of PowerCube500
system
Objectives
Dispose common faults of PowerCube500
system
be able to:
Duration
Describe the function of PowerCube500 system

1 working day
Describe the hardware structure of
Class Size
PowerCube500 system
Min 6, Max 12
various components about PowerCube500

system
258
5.3.4
PowerCube1000 system operation and maintenance training
Training Path
Understand the load capacity of PowerCube1000

system
PowerCube1000 Operation and Maintenance
Master the installation of PowerCube1000

OPS14
system, could complete some replace operation
4d
Master the routine operation of PowerCube1000
Target Audience
system
Master the routine maintenance of
Prerequisites
PowerCube1000 system
Describe common faults of PowerCube1000
system
Objectives
Dispose common faults of PowerCube1000
system
be able to:
Duration
Describe the function of PowerCube1000 system

4 working days
Describe the hardware structure of
Class Size
PowerCube1000 system
Min 6, Max 12
various components about PowerCube1000

system
259
5.4 Data Center Facility Training Programs
5.4.1
IDS1000 Container Data Center Operation and Maintenance Training
Training Path
Describe the installation tools of the container

DC
IDS1000 Container Data Center

OIDS11 Lecture, Hands-on exercise
Describe the installation precautions of the

container DC
2d
Describe fastness and combination
Target Audience
Describe the interconnect pipes of the container

DC
Prerequisites
Describe the interconnect cables of the container

DC
None
Describe the System commission with power
Objectives
supply
Describe the Inspections and checks of the

be able to:
container DC
Describe the basic architecture of the container
Describe the cooling system troubleshooting
DC solution
methods
Describe the basic concepts and features of the
Describe the power supply system
container DC
troubleshooting methods
Describe the typical configurations of the
Describe the fire protection system
container DC
Describe the values for consumer of the
Describe the room management system alarm
container DC
processing methods
Describe the technical advantages of the
Duration
container DC
2 working days
Describe the application scenarios of the
Class Size
container DC
Perform the engineering surveys of the container
Min 6, Max 12
DC
260
5.4.2
IDS2000 Modular Data Center Operation and Maintenance Training
Training path
Description modular DC installation notes

Description modular DC combined cabinet
IDS2000 Modular Data Center

Description modular DC fan installation

Description modular DC UPS and UPS battery
2d
installation
Target Audience
Description modular DC cable connection

Description modular DC system power on

Prerequisites
debugging
Description modular DC inspection
None
Description modular DC UPS fault handle
Objectives
method
On completion of this course, the participants will be
Description modular DC fan fault handle method
able to:
Description management system alarm handle
Description modular DC solution basic
method
components
Duration
Description modular DC basic concept

2 working days
Description modular DC typical configuration
Class size
Description modular DC value for consumer

Description modular DC application scene
Min 6, Max 12
Description modular DC installation tool
261
5.4.3
Precision Air Conditioner Operation and Maintenance Training
Training path
and debugging
Precision air conditioner different type, cooling
Precision Air Conditioner Operation

type, feature, and application scene

Precision air conditioner different air supply
3d
method, feature, and application scene
Target Audience
Description precision air conditioner type
selection and configuration method
Prerequisites
Precision air conditioner design and heat load

calculation
Have the basic technology of data center facility
Description precision air conditioner installation
Objectives
and debugging
Description precision air conditioner on-site fault
On completion of this course, the participants will be

able to:
handle
Description precision air conditioner basic
Description precision air conditioner routine
technology
maintenance
Description precision air conditioner cooling
Duration
principle
3 working days
Description Huawei main precision air
Class size
conditioner products
Description precision air conditioner main
Min 6, Max 12
technical parameters
Description precision air conditioner installation
262
5.4.4
NetEco Management System Operation and Maintenance Training
Training Path
NetEco Management System
Training
Description of the NetEco networking mode

Description of the NetEco function
Description of the NetEco highlight
Description of the NetEco data base installation
2d
Description of the NetEco software package
Target Audience
installation
Description of the NetEco configuration

Prerequisites
Duration
Have the basic technology of data center facility
2 working days
Objectives
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
be able to:
263
5.5 UPS Training Programs

5.5.1
UPS Operation and Maintenance Training
Training Path
work content, attention matters of UPS product

and Storage battery
UPS Operation and Maintenance
Master the basic Fault determination method and

OUPS11 Lecture, Hands-on exercise
thought of UPS product and Storage battery
5d
Master the trouble diagnosis and treatment
Target Audience
methods of UPS product

Master the log analysis capabilities of UPS
Prerequisites
Master the commonly testing tools usage of UPS

Master the commonly faulty judgment and
Have a basic knowledge of electrician
processing of storage battery
Objectives
Duration
5 working days
be able to:
Class Size
Master the application scenarios and basic

working principle of UPS product
Min 6, Max 12
Master the Structure and components function of

UPS product and Storage battery
Master the installation and debugging points, site
264
5.5.2
UPS Operation and Maintenance Training(Fast-Track)
Training Path
working principle of UPS product

Master the Structure and components function of
UPS Operation and Maintenance(Fast-Track)
UPS product and Storage battery

OUPS12 Lecture, Hands-on exercise
Master the installation and debugging points, site
2d
work content, attention matters of UPS product

Target Audience
and Storage battery

Master the basic Fault determination method and
thought of UPS product and Storage battery
Prerequisites
Have a basic knowledge of electrician
Duration
2 working days
Objectives
Class Size
be able to:
Min 6, Max 1
Master the application scenarios and basic
265
6 Transmission Network Training Courses

6.1 Transmission Network Training Path
6.1.1
Transmission Engineer Certification Training Path
Expert
Professional
Building Carrier MSTP Transmission

Network
TH02 Lecture, Hands-on exercise10d
Associate
Building Carrier OTN Transmission

Network
TH03 Lecture, Hands-on exercise 10d
Transmission Technologies and Device

TH01 Lecture, Hands-on exercise
266
15d
6.1.2
Transmission Network Principle Training Path
WDM Fundamental
Training
SDH Fundamental
Training
2d
1d
Ethernet
Ethernet
2d
2d
Hybrid MSTP
2d
ASON Fundamental
Training
Note: The training program in the
1d
virtual box out of order

Transmission Network Principle Training
267
6.1.3
Transmission Network Evolution and Trends Training Path
IP-oriented Transport Solution Training

2d
40G/100G Coherent OTU Technology

0.5d
268
6.1.4
MSTP Products Training Path(TDM)
Plan & Design
Implement & Operate
OptiX SDH Network Design Basic

Training
0.5d
4d
OptiX OSN NG SDH & OCS

Installation Training
OptiX ASON(SDH) Operation and

2h
3d
OptiX NG SDH & OCS Equipment

(TDM) Commissioning Training

(TDM) 3rd Line Maintenance
Training
13d
3d
OptiX MDS 6600 ASON(SDH)

Network Planning and Design
Training

OptiX SDH Ethernet Advanced
Training

Product Overview Training
2d
OptiX MSTP Network Design

Training
Improve
5d
4d

(TDM) 1st Line Maintenance
Training
2d

(TDM) NMC Operation Training
12d

(TDM) 2nd Line Maintenance
Training
15d
Evolution and Trends
Principle
IP-oriented Transport Solution

Principl
Training
2d
Elective Guide
269
5d
6.1.5
MSTP Products Training Path(Packet)
Plan & Design
Implement & Operate
Improve

OptiX Hybrid MSTP Network

Design Training
2h
3d
OptiX NG SDH Equipment (Packet)

5d

1st Line Maintenance Training
2d

NMC Operation Training
10d

2nd Line Maintenance Training
12d
Principle
Hybrid MSTP Fundamental
Training
Training
2d
2d
Elective Guide
270
6.1.6
MSTP Products Training Path(Packet+TDM)
Plan & Design
Implement & Operate
Improve

Training

Training

OptiX NG SDH Equipment

(Packet+TDM) Commissioning
Training

Training
OptiX ASON(SDH) Operation and

3d
OptiX MDS 6600 ASON(SDH)

Training
4d
4d
2h
2d
3d
8d

(Packet+TDM) 1st Line Maintenance
Training
3d

Training
13d

(Packet+TDM) NMC Operation
Training

Design Training
15d
3d

(Packet+TDM) 2nd Line
18d
Principle
Principle
Training
7d
2d
Elective Guide
271
6.1.7
MSTP Products Training Path(OSN 500/550/580)
Plan & Design
Implement & Operate
Improve

Training
OptiX OSN 500/550/580 (TDM)

2d

Training
4d
OptiX OSN 500/550/580 (Packet)

3d
5d
OptiX OSN 500/550/580

(Packet+TDM) Operation and
8d
Principle
Principle
6d
Elective Guide
272

Training
4d

Training
13d
6.1.8
MSTP Products Training Path(Metro 100/500/1000/OSN 2000)
Plan & Design
Implement & Operate
Improve

Training
1d
2d

Training

Training
OptiX Metro 100/500 Operation

OptiX Metro 1000 Commissioning

Training
3d
4d
OptiX Metro 1000 1st Line

1d
OptiX Metro 1000 2nd Line

4d
OptiX OSN 2000 Operation and

8d
Principle
Principle
4d
Elective Guide
273
4d

Training
13d
6.1.9
WDM Products Training Path(OSN3800680088009800)
Plan & Design
Implement & Operate
Improve
OptiX OSN 3800/6800/8800(OTN)

Product Overview Training
OptiX NG WDM ASON Operation

& Maintenance Training
OptiX WDM/NG WDM Network

Design Basic Training
2d
OptiX NG WDM Network Design

Training
OptiX OSN 3800/6800/8800(OTN)

3d
OptiX MDS 6600 ASON (WDM)

Training
3d
0.5d
OptiX OSN
3800/6800/8800(OTN) 3rd Line
13d
9d
OptiX OSN 3800/6800/8800 (OTN)

1st Line Maintenance Training
2d
4d
OptiX OSN 3800/6800/8800(OTN)

NMC Operation Training
8d
OptiX OSN 3800/6800/8800 (OTN)

2nd Line Maintenance Training
13d
OptiX OSN 68008800 100G O&M

Training
5d
OptiX OSN 9800 O&M Delta

Training
3d
OptiX OSN 9800 2nd line

10d
Principle
Principle
2.5d
4d
Elective Guide
274
6.1.10 WDM Products Training Path(OSN1800&OSN8800(packet))
Plan & Design
Implement & Operate
Improve

OptiX OSN 8800(Packet) 2nd Line

2d

Training
OptiX OSN 3800/6800/8800

(OTN) 3rd Line Maintenance
Training
7d
13d
OptiX OSN 8800(OCS) 2nd Line

7d
3d
OptiX NG WDM Packet Network

3d
OptiX OSN 1800 Operation and

4d
OptiX OSN 1800(Packet)

Training
5d
Principle

Principle
Training
2d
3d
Elective Guide
275
6.1.11 WDM Products Training Path(OSN3800A6800A)
Plan & Design
Implement & Operate
Improve
OptiX OSN 3800A6800A Field

Deployment Training

2d
OptiX OSN 3800A6800A Planning

and Design Training
OptiX NG WDM ASON Operation

& Maintenance Training
OptiX OSN 3800/6800/8800

(OTN) 3rd Line Maintenance
Training
OptiX OSN 3800A6800A 1st Line

4d
OptiX MDS 6600 ASON (WDM)

Training
3d
2d
13d
2d
OptiX OSN 3800A6800A 2nd Line

4d
5d
Principle

Principle
Training
2d
4d
Elective Guide
276
6.1.12 WDM Products Training Path(BWS 1600G)
Plan & Design
Implement & Operate
Improve
OptiX WDM Equipment Installation

Training

2d
OptiX WDM Network Design

Training
2h
OptiX BWS 1600G Commissioning

Training
3d
OptiX BWS 1600S(unrepeatered)

7d
OptiX BWS 1600G 1st Line

3d
2d
OptiX BWS 1600G NMC Operation

Training
5d
OptiX BWS 1600G 2nd Line

10d
OptiX BWS 1600S(repeatered)

Sub-marine System Operation and
5d
OptiX BWS 1600S (unrepeatered)

Sub-marine System Operation and
5d
Principle
WDM Fundamental Training

1d
Elective Guide
277
OptiX BWS 1600G 3rd Line

10d
6.1.13 RTN Products Training Path(RTN 900)
Plan & Design
Implement & Operate
Improve
OptiX RTN 900 3rd Line Maintenance

Training
OptiX RTN 900 Installation and

Commissioning Training (Hybrid)
OptiX RTN Network Planning

Basic Training
2d
OptiX RTN 900 Network Planning

Training(Packet)

Commissioning Training (Packet)
3d

Training(Hybrid)
5d

(Hybrid+Packet)
3d

Training(Packet+Hybrid)
7d
OptiX RTN 900 1st Line

2d
4d

Advanced Training
7d
5d
OptiX RTN 900 2nd Line

Maintenance Training (Hybrid)
5d
2d

Maintenance Training (Packet)
5d

(Hybrid+Packet)
7d
Principle

Principle
Training
2d
4d
Elective Guide
278
6.1.14 RTN Products Training Path(RTN 900 V100R001& V100R002)
Plan & Design
Implement & Operate
Improve

Basic Training
OptiX RTN 900 V100R002 3rd Line

OptiX RTN 900 V100R001 1st Line

2d

Training(Packet)
OptiX RTN 900 V100R001 2nd Line

3d

Training(Hybrid)
10d
OptiX RTN 900 V100R002

Training
3d

Advanced Training
5d
2d
5d
OptiX RTN 900 V100R002 1st Line

2d
2d
OptiX RTN 900 V100R002 2nd

Line Maintenance Training
5d
Principle

Principle
Training
2d
4d
Elective Guide
279
6.1.15 RTN Products Training Path(RTN 300&RTN 600)
Plan & Design
Implement & Operate
Improve


Basic Training
2d
4d

2d

3d
OptiX RTN 600 Installation &

5d

2d

5d
Principle

Principle
Training
2d
4d
Elective Guide
280
6.1.16 Transmission Network OSS Training Path
iManager U2000 LCT

Operation Training
ONU01
ONU12
0.5d
U2000 Alarm and

Performance Management
U2100 System Operation and

Maintenance
OTD08
5d
1d
iManager U2000 Access Network
iManager U2100 Operation and
Monitoring Training
0.5d
ONU02
Transmission Network Device

Introduction
ONU07
1d
iManager U2000 Monitoring Training

(Transmission Network only)
OptiX iManager T2000 Basic

Operation
1d
OTD01
OptiX iManager Security &

Database Management
1d
OTD02
Transmission Network Device

Introduction
1d
ONU07
OptiX iManager T2000 Routine

Maintenance & Troubleshooting
1d
OTD03
OptiX iManager T2000
OptiX iManager T2000
Monitoring Training
Administration Training
OptiX iManager T2000 Veritas Standby

System Operation & Maintenance
OptiX iManager T2000V2R7 Delta

2d
OTD07
4d
OTD06
OptiX iManager T2000 Veritas
OptiX iManager T2000V2R7
Standby Training
Delta Training
281
6.1.17 Planning and Design Training Path
OptiX SDH Network Design

Basic Training
2d
Training
Design Training
3d
3d
OptiX MDS 6600 ASON

(SDH) Network Planning and
Design Training
4d
OptiX MSTP Planning & Design Training
OptiX WDM/NG WDM

Network Design Basic
Training
2d
OptiX NG WDM Network
Design Training
Training
3d
3d
OptiX NG WDM Packet

Training
3d
OptiX OSN 3800A6800A

4d
OptiX MDS 6600 ASON

(WDM) Network Planning and
Design Training
4d
OptiX BWS 1600S

(unrepeatered) Planning and
Design Training
3d
OptiX WDM Planning & Design Training
282
OptiX RTN Network

Planning Basic Training
2d
OptiX RTN 900 Network

Planning Training (Packet)

Planning Training (Hybrid)
3d
3d

Planning Advanced Training
2d
OptiX RTN Planning & Design Training
283

Planning Training
(Hybrid+Packet)
4d
6.1.18 Assessment and Optimization Training Path
OptiX SDH Network

Assessment Training
OptiX SDH Network

Optimization Training
3d
3d
OptiX SDH Network

Expansion and
Reconstruction Training
3d
OptiX MSTP Optimization and Reconstruction Training
OptiX WDM Network

Assessment Training
OptiX WDM Network

2d
OptiX WDM Network

Expansion Training
1d
OptiX WDM Network

Reconstruction Training
2d
3d
OptiX WDM Optimization and Reconstruction Training
OptiX RTN Network

Assessment Training
OptiX RTN Network

2d
1d
OptiX RTN Optimization and Reconstruction Training
284
6.2 List of Training Program(s) for Transmission Network Project

Transmission Network For this project, the whole training solution is designed into the following programs.
Progra
Training Program
m Level
Duration
(workday
s)
Trainin
Suppor
t E-lab
Class
Locatio
Deliver
Size
Transmission Engineer Certification

Huawei Certified Network Associate-Transmission Technologies and
15
6 ~ 16
10
6 ~ 16
10
6 ~ 16
SDH Fundamental Training
No
6 ~ 12
No
6 ~ 12
Ethernet Fundamental Training
No
6 ~ 12
ASON Fundamental Training
No
6 ~ 12
Hybrid MSTP Fundamental Training
No
6 ~ 12
No
6 ~ 12
0.5
No
6 ~ 12
OptiX OSN NG SDH & OCS Product Overview Training
0.5
Yes
6 ~ 12
OptiX OSN NG SDH & OCS Installation Training
2h
No
No limit
OptiX NG SDH & OCS Equipment (TDM) Commissioning Training
Yes
6 ~ 12
Device Training
Huawei Certified Network Professional-Building Carrier MSTP
Transmission Network Training
Huawei Certified Network Professional-Building Carrier OTN
Transmission Network Training
Transmission Network Principle Training
Transmission Network Evolution and Trends Training
MSTP Products Training
OptiX NG SDH & OCS Equipment (TDM) 1st Line Maintenance

Training
285
Yes
6 ~ 12
12
15
13
OptiX NG SDH Equipment (Packet) Commissioning Training
Yes
6 ~ 12
OptiX NG SDH Equipment (Packet) 1st Line Maintenance Training
Yes
6 ~ 12
OptiX NG SDH Equipment (Packet) NMC Operation Training
10
Yes
6 ~ 12
OptiX NG SDH Equipment (Packet) 2nd Line Maintenance Training
12
Yes
6 ~ 12
OptiX NG SDH Equipment (Packet+TDM) Commissioning Training
Yes
6 ~ 12
15
18
OptiX SDH Ethernet Advanced Operation and Maintenance Training
Yes
6 ~ 12
OptiX ASON(SDH) Operation and Maintenance Training
Yes
6 ~ 12
OptiX OSN 2000 Operation and Maintenance Training
No
6 ~ 12
OptiX Metro 100/500 Operation and Maintenance Training
Yes
6 ~ 12
OptiX Metro 1000 Commissioning Training
Yes
6 ~ 12
OptiX Metro 1000 1st Line Maintenance Training
Yes
6 ~ 12
OptiX Metro 1000 2nd Line Maintenance Training
Yes
6 ~ 12
OptiX NG SDH & OCS Equipment (TDM) NMC Operation Training

OptiX NG SDH & OCS Equipment (TDM) 2nd Line Maintenance
Training
OptiX NG SDH & OCS Equipment (TDM) 3rd Line Maintenance
Training
OptiX NG SDH Equipment (Packet+TDM) 1st Line Maintenance

Training
OptiX NG SDH Equipment (Packet+TDM) NMC Operation Training
OptiX NG SDH Equipment (Packet+TDM) 2nd Line Maintenance
Training
OptiX OSN 500/550/580 (TDM) Operation and Maintenance Training
OptiX OSN 500/550/580 (Packet) Operation and Maintenance
Training
OptiX OSN 500/550/580 (Packet+TDM) Operation and Maintenance
Training
286
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
yes
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
WDM Products Training

OptiX OSN 3800/6800/8800(OTN) Product Overview Training
0.5
No
6 ~ 12
OptiX WDM Equipment Installation Training
2h
No
No limit
OptiX OSN 3800/6800/8800(OTN) Commissioning Training
Yes
6 ~ 12
OptiX OSN 3800/6800/8800 (OTN) 1st Line Maintenance Training
No
6 ~ 12
OptiX OSN 3800/6800/8800 (OTN) NMC Operation Training
Yes
6 ~ 12
OptiX OSN 3800/6800/8800 (OTN) 2nd Line Maintenance Training
13
Yes
6 ~ 12
OptiX OSN 3800/6800/8800(OTN) 3rd Line Maintenance Training
13
Yes
6 ~ 12
OptiX OSN 8800(OCS) 2nd Line Maintenance Training
Yes
6 ~ 12
OptiX OSN 68008800 100G O&M Training
Yes
6 ~ 12
OptiX NG WDM ASON Operation & Maintenance Training
No
6 ~ 12
OptiX OSN 1800 Operation and Maintenance Training
Yes
6 ~ 12
OptiX OSN 1800(Packet) Operation and Maintenance Training
Yes
6 ~ 12
OptiX OSN 9800 2nd line Maintenance Training
10
Yes
6 ~ 12
OptiX OSN 9800 O&M Delta Training
Yes
6 ~ 12
OptiX OSN 3800A6800A Field Deployment Training
No
6 ~ 12
OptiX OSN 3800A6800A 1st Line Maintenance Training
No
6 ~ 12
OptiX OSN 3800A6800A 2nd Line Maintenance Training
No
6 ~ 12
OptiX BWS 1600G Commissioning Training
Yes
6 ~ 12
OptiX BWS 1600G 1st Line Maintenance Training
No
6 ~ 12
OptiX BWS 1600G NMC Operation Training
Yes
6 ~ 12
OptiX BWS 1600S (repeatered) Sub-marine System Operation and

OptiX BWS 1600S (unrepeatered) Sub-marine System Operation
287
Yes
Yes
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
OptiX BWS 1600G 2nd Line Maintenance Training
10
Yes
6 ~ 12
OptiX BWS 1600G 3rd Line Maintenance Training
10
Yes
6 ~ 12
OptiX MDS 6630(Opical Power Commissioning) Training
No
6 ~ 12
OptiX OSN 8800(Packet) 2nd Line Maintenance Training
Yes
6 ~ 12
OptiX RTN 900 Installation and Commissioning Training (Hybrid)
Yes
6 ~ 12
OptiX RTN 900 Installation and Commissioning Training (Packet)
Yes
6 ~ 12
OptiX RTN 900 1st Line Maintenance Training
Yes
6 ~ 12
OptiX RTN 900 2nd Line Maintenance Training (Hybrid)
Yes
6 ~ 12
OptiX RTN 900 2nd Line Maintenance Training (Packet)
Yes
6 ~ 12
OptiX RTN 900 2nd Line Maintenance Training (Hybrid+Packet)
Yes
6 ~ 12
OptiX RTN 900 3rd Line Maintenance Training
Yes
6 ~ 12
OptiX RTN 900 V100R002 Installation and Commissioning Training
No
6 ~ 12
OptiX RTN 900 V100R002 1st Line Maintenance Training
No
6 ~ 12
OptiX RTN 900 V100R002 2nd Line Maintenance Training
No
6 ~ 12
OptiX RTN 900 V100R002 3rd Line Maintenance Training
No
6 ~ 12
OptiX RTN 900 V100R001 1st Line Maintenance Training
No
6 ~ 12
OptiX RTN 900 V100R001 2nd Line Maintenance Training
10
No
6 ~ 12
OptiX RTN 300 Installation and Commissioning Training
Yes
6 ~ 12
Yes
6 ~ 12
OptiX RTN 300 2nd Line Maintenance Training
Yes
6 ~ 12
RTN 900 Products Training

(Hybrid+Packet)
Yes
6 ~ 12
288
No
6 ~ 12
No
6 ~ 12
No
6 ~ 12
iManager U2000 Monitoring Training (Transmission Network only)
yes
6 ~ 16
iManager U2000 LCT Operation Training
yes
6 ~ 16
iManager U2100 Operation and Maintenance Training
yes
6 ~ 12
OptiX iManager T2000 Monitoring Training
yes
6 ~ 16
OptiX iManager T2000 Administration Training
yes
6 ~ 12
OptiX iManager T2000 Veritas Standby Training
no
2~6
OptiX iManager T2000V2R7 Delta Training
yes
6 ~ 12
OptiX SDH Network Design Basic Training
No
6 ~ 12
OptiX MSTP Network Design Training
No
6 ~ 12
OptiX Hybrid MSTP Network Design Training
No
6 ~ 12
OptiX MDS 6600 ASON(SDH) Network Planning and Design Training
No
6 ~ 12
OptiX WDM/NG WDM Network Design Basic Training
No
6 ~ 12
OptiX WDM Network Design Training
No
6 ~ 12
OptiX NG WDM Network Design Training
No
6 ~ 12
OptiX RTN Network Planning Basic Training
No
6 ~ 12
OptiX RTN 900 Network Planning Training(Packet)
No
6 ~ 12
OptiX RTN 900 Network Planning Training(Hybrid)
No
6 ~ 12
OptiX RTN 900 Network Planning Training(Packet+Hybrid)
No
6 ~ 12
Transmission Network OSS Training
Transmission Network Planning and Design Training
OptiX MDS 6600 ASON (WDM) Network Planning and Design

Training
289
No
6 ~ 12
OptiX RTN 900 Network Planning Advanced Training
No
6 ~ 12
OptiX OSN 3800A6800A Planning and Design Training
No
6 ~ 12
OptiX BWS 1600S (unrepeatered) Planning and Design Training
No
6 ~ 12
OptiX NG WDM Packet Network Planning and Design Training
No
6 ~ 12
OptiX SDH Network Assessment Training
no
4~8
OptiX SDH Network Optimization Training
no
4~8
OptiX SDH Network Expansion and Reconstruction Training
no
4~8
OptiX WDM Network Assessment Training
No
4~8
OptiX WDM Network Optimization Training
No
4~8
OptiX WDM Network Expansion Training
No
4~8
OptiX WDM Network Reconstruction Training
No
4~8
OptiX RTN Network Assessment Training
No
4 ~ 12
OptiX RTN Network Optimization Training
No
4 ~ 12
Transmission Network Assessment and Optimization Training
Level Description::Basic Course : Intermediate Course
290
:Advanced Course : Expert Course
6.3 Transmission Engineer Certification Training Programs

6.3.1
Huawei Certified Network Associate-Transmission Technologies and Device
Training
Training Path
Describe the basic concept of MPLS

Describe the basic concept of PWE3
Transmission Technologies and Device

OTH01
Lecture, Lab
Describe the common SDH network topologies

and their features
15d
Explain the protection mechanism of

MSP/SNCP
Target Audience
Explain the system structure and features of
Personnel who are going to take HCNA
the OptiX OSN 3500 equipment
HTTD(Huawei Certified Network
State the main functions of the boards in the
Associate-Transmission Technologies and Device)
OptiX OSN 3500 equipment
exam
Accomplish the SDH network configuration and
Personnel who expect to learn about basic optical
monitoring through NMS
transmission principles and Huawei SDH
Accomplish the PDH service configuration
equipment operation
through NMS
Prerequisites
Accomplish the Ethernet service

(EPL/EVPL/EPLAN) configuration through
Having a general knowledge of
NMS
telecommunications
List the common analysis methods of fault
Objectives
locating
Duration
be able to:
15 working days
Describe SDH working principle

Describe WDM working principle
Class Size
Describe OTN working principle
Min 6, Max 16
Describe Ethernet working principle
291
6.3.2
Huawei Certified Network Professional-Building Carrier MSTP Transmission
Network Training
Training Path
commissioning
Describe the complex Networking of SDH
Building Carrier MSTP Transmission

Network
OTH02
Lecture, Lab
Replacing the SDH Board

Analyze the discrete services on the NMS
10d
Tests for common ethernet services indicators

Target Audience
Describe the principle of the clock protection

Describes the notes to do the SDH equipment
Personnel who are going to take HCNP
interconnection
HTMN(MSTP)(Huawei Certified Network

Professional-Building Carrier MSTP Transmission
Complete the ECC maintenance
Network) exam
Describes the methods for handling typical
Personnel who expect to learn SDH network
faults and alarms to troubleshoot networks in
commissioning, maintenance and troubleshooting
practice
Describes the mechanism of pointer
Prerequisites
justification
Pass HCNA HTTD(Huawei Certified Network
Describes the functions of ASON

exam or having equivalent knowledge
Duration
Objectives
10 working days
Class Size
be able to:
Min 6, Max 16
Describe the procedure of the SDH equipment
292
6.3.3
Huawei Certified Network Professional-Building Carrier OTN Transmission
Network Training
Training Path
Describe the network topologies and signal

flow
Building Carrier OTN Transmission

Network
OTH03
Lecture, Lab
Implement the data configuration through

iManager U2000
10d
Implement the single station and system

Target Audience
commissioning step by step through

iManager U2000
Personnel who are going to take HCNP
List the common indices of WDM product and
HTON(OTN)(Huawei Certified Network
perform the testing
Professional-Building Carrier OTN Transmission

Network) exam
Describe the WDM protection principle
Personnel who expect to learn WDM network
Describe the notice of traffic interconnection
configuration, commissioning, maintenance and
Describe the principle of ALC/IPA/APE
troubleshooting
Illustrate the application of common

troubleshooting methods, such as loop-back,
Prerequisites
testing, alarm and performance events analysis,

Pass HCNA HTTD(Huawei Certified Network
replacement, etc
Locate and eliminate faults, get experience
exam or having equivalent knowledge

Objectives
from troubleshooting practice

Duration

be able to:
Describe the function and features of WDM
10 working days
Class Size
Min 6, Max 16
cabinet, sub-rack and boards
293
6.4 Transmission Network Principle Training Training Programs

6.4.1
SDH Fundamental Training
Training Path
Illustrate the multiplexing procedure of PDH

signal to SDH signal
SDH Principle
OTA01
Outline the function of section and path

Lecture
overhead
1d
Explain the working mechanism of the pointer

SDH Networking and Protection
OTA02
Lecture
and their features

Explain the protection mechanism of linear
1d
MSP
Explain the protection mechanism of MS
Target Audience
shared protection ring

Explain the protection mechanism of SNCP in
SDH series equipment operation and maintenance
ring/mesh topology
engineer
Analyze the service signal flow before/after the
SDH series equipment operation and maintenance
protection switch takes place
engineer
Prerequisites
Duration
2 working days
NA
Objectives
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12

be able to:
Describe the structure of the SDH frame
294
6.4.2
Training Path
be able to:
Describe the function module and network
WDM Basics
OTC01
structure of WDM system

Lecture
Outline the characteristics of various fibers
1d
Explain the functions and characteristics of

Target Audience
various optical components

Explain the key technologies of WDM system,
WDM network operation and maintenance
for example optical source, optical amplifiers,
engineer
etc
Prerequisites
Describe the characteristics of optical interface

Having working experience in the planning and
design of WDM networks
in WDM system
Duration
Upon completion of OptiX WDM/NG WDM

1 working day
Network Design Basic Training and OptiX NG

WDM Network Design Training or having
Class Size
equivalent knowledge
Min 6, Max 12
Objectives
295
6.4.3
Ethernet Fundamental Training
Training Path
Illustrate the Ethernet frame structure

Describe the function of VLAN and L2
Ethernet Basics
OTA03
switching
Lecture
Outline the classification of Ethernet service
2d
Explain the function and applications of

Target Audience
different types Ethernet service
Personnel who requires a general knowledge of
Outline the basic concepts of data traffic
Ethernet over SDH technology
List basic concepts of network and internet

Describe the applications of familiar protocol
Prerequisites
and standard
Having a general knowledge of data
Illustrate basic structure of IP network
telecommunications
Objectives
Tell the basic knowledge of IP address

Duration

be able to:
Outline the types and applications of Ethernet
2 working days
Class Size
Explain the technical background of the
Min 6, Max 12
Ethernet and its basic concepts
296
6.4.4
ASON Fundamental Training
Training Path
Objectives
ASON Basics
be able to:
OTA07
Lecture
1d
Outline the standards of ASON

Illustrate the structure of ASON
Target Audience
Describe the networking characters of ASON

Technical manager, ASON operation and
maintenance engineer
Explain the service characters of ASON

Duration
Prerequisites
1 working day
Having a general knowledge of SDH and data
Class Size
telecommunications basics
Min 6, Max 12
297
6.4.5
Hybrid MSTP Fundamental Training
Training Path
Describe the basic concepts of MPLS

Describe the basic concepts of MPLS-TP
Hybrid MSTP Technology Introduction

OTA45
Lecture
Outline the QinQ application scenarios of OptiX

Hybrid MSTP
1d
Describe the basic concepts of PWE3

Outline the typical PWE3 encapsulation format
Hybrid MSTP Network Application
OTA46
Lecture
for Ethernet
1d
for TDM E1
Describe OptiX Hybrid MSTP product
Target Audience
networking
Hybrid MSTP operation and maintenance engineer
Outline the protection types of OptiX Hybrid
Hybrid MSTP novice
MSTP product
OptiX OSN 500/550 operation and maintenance
Classify the service types of Ethernet
engineer
Prerequisites

Duration
Having a general knowledge of SDH and Ethernet
2 working days
communications basics
Objectives
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12

be able to:
Describe the classification of IP addresses
298
6.5 Transmission Network Evolution and Trends Training Training

Programs
6.5.1
Training Path
Objectives
Hybrid MSTP Network Overview
be able to:
OTA08
Lecture
0.5d
Describe the background of OptiX Hybrid

MSTP
Explain the service characters of OptiX Hybrid
All IP Transport Network Solution

OTA19
Lecture
MSTP
Describe the networking characters of OptiX
0.5d
Hybrid MSTP
Outline the difference of OptiX Hybrid MSTP
Metro OTN Solution
OTC09
Lecture
network from other network technology

List the trend of Metro transmission network
0.5d
Illustrate the features of OTN

Describe the application of Huawei OTN
products
OptiX RTN Microwave Network Overview
List the equipment types of OptiX RTN

OTF48
Lecture
0.5d
Outline main functions of OptiX RTN equipment

Describe typical networking and protection of
Target Audience
OptiX RTN equipment

Know the typical solutions of OpiX RTN
Technical manager
equipment
Outline the technologies of the transmission
Personnel who requires a general understanding
network for All-IP service
of Huawei OptiX RTN equipment and solution
Describe the solutions for All-IP network
Prerequisites
Compare the All-IP transport solutions and
Having the basic knowledge about

telecommunications network, especially
figure out the difference

Duration
transmission network.
2 working days
Having the experience for telecommunications

equipment
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
299
6.5.2
Training Path
Describe the key technologies for 40G/100G

transmission
OptiX WDM 40G100G Coherent OTU

Technology
OTC81
Lecture
Describe the PDM-BPSK and PDM-QPSK

modulation method
0.5d
Describe the basic principle of coherent

Target Audience
detection
List the main functions and features of the
Technical manager
40G/100G coherent OTU board
Prerequisites
Duration
Having the basic knowledge for communication
0.5 working day
network
Objectives
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12

be able to:
300
6.6 MSTP Products Training Training Programs

6.6.1
OptiX OSN NG SDH & OCS Product Overview Training
Training Path
List the function of transmission network

Describe the network application of the OptiX
NG SDH OCS system
OptiX NG SDH OCS Product Overview

OTA27
Lecture
Describe the structure of the OptiX NG SDH
0.5d
OCS equipment
List the main cards of the OptiX NG SDH
Target Audience
OCS equipment
Understand the features of the OptiX NG SDH
Non-technical manager
OCS equipment
OptiX NG SDH OCS products novice

Prerequisites
Duration
0.5 working day
NA
Objectives
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12

be able to:
301
6.6.2
OptiX OSN NG SDH & OCS Installation Training
Training Path
Outline the main boards of the OptiX NG SDH

OCS equipment
OptiX NG SDH OCS Installation

OTA26
Lecture, WBT
List the equipment installation procedure

Describe the preparation for installation
2h
State the required equipment room

Target Audience
environment and grounding condition checks

Verify the cabinet, cables and component
OptiX NG SDH OCS installation engineer
installations
Prerequisites
Duration
NA
2 hours
Objectives
Class Size
No limit
be able to:
Describe the features of the OptiX NG SDH
OCS equipment
302
6.6.3
OptiX NG SDH & OCS Equipment (TDM) Commissioning Training
Training Path
State the main functions of the cards in the

OptiX NG SDH OCS equipment

OTA02
Lecture

and their features
1d

MSP
OptiX NG SDH OCS Hardware
Description TDM
OTA29
Lecture

1.5d

ring/mesh topology
OptiX NG SDH OCS Commissioning

OTA32
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
2d

U2000
Target Audience
OptiX NG SDH OCS commissioning engineer
Describe the main functions of U2000

Describe the preparation for the commissioning
Prerequisites
List the items for single station commissioning
Having working experience in transport network
for OptiX NG SDH OCS system
Be familiar with Windows operating system
Outline the procedures of network
Upon completion of OTA01 SDH Basics course or
commissioning for OptiX NG SDH OCS
having equivalent knowledge
system
Objectives
Summarize the equipment/network condition

after commissioning
Accomplish the OptiX NG SDH OCS
be able to:
Describe the network applications of the OptiX
NG SDH OCS equipment
system commissioning
Duration
5 working days
the OptiX NG SDH OCS equipment

Outline the system protection modes of the
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
303
6.6.4
OptiX NG SDH & OCS Equipment (TDM) 1st Line Maintenance Training
Training Path
OptiX NG SDH OCS System

Description
OTA28
Lecture
Outline the system protection schemes of the

Outline the operation environment of OptiX
1d
SDH series equipment

List the status description of OptiX SDH series
OptiX SDH Equipment Operation and
Maintenance
OTA30
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
equipment indicators
List the maintenance items of OptiX SDH
0.5d
series equipment
Perform the basic maintenance operations of
OptiX SDH series equipment
OptiX SDH Equipment Field Maintenance
Complete the maintenance records of OptiX

OTA35
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
0.5d

Outline the function of basic menus of OptiX
Target Audience
iManager T2000 LCT
OptiX NG SDH OCS equipment field
Create topology including create NE/Link/NM
Perform the NE configuration, board
Prerequisites
configuration, service dispatching and

protection configuration for equipment via
OptiX iManager T2000 LCT
Having a general knowledge of SDH basics
Perform the routine maintenance via T2000
Objectives
LCT
Duration
be able to:
Illustrate the networking applications of the
2 working days
Class Size
Describe the system structure and features of
Min 6, Max 12
304
6.6.5
OptiX NG SDH & OCS Equipment (TDM) NMC Operation Training
Training Path


OTA02
Lecture
Objectives
1d

be able to:

Description TDM
OTA29
Lecture

1.5d

OptiX NG SDH OCS Products
Configuration
OTA31
Lab, E-lab

2d

and their features
OptiX iManager U2000 Basic Operation

ONU10
Lecture, Lab
1d
MSP
OptiX SDH Ethernet Operation and

Maintenance
OTA10
Lecture, Lab, E-lab

ring/mesh topology
3d

ASON Basics
OTA07

Lecture
U2000
1d

Accomplish the network protection and SDH
ASON Operation and Maintenance
service configuration through NMS

OTA12
Lecture, Lab
2d

OptiX SDH Equipment NMS Side

Maintenance
OTA40
Lecture
List the main Ethernet boards of OptiX NG

SDH OCS equipment
0.5d
Describe the functions and application of the

Target Audience
Ethernet boards of OptiX NG SDH OCS

equipment
OptiX NG SDH OCS network operation center
Describe the features of the Ethernet boards
engineer
Prerequisites
EPL/EVPL/EPLAN configuration through NMS

305

State the purpose of Ethernet performance

testing
List the common indices of Ethernet service
Implement the creation of ASON network
performance testing
Create SLA services and test the protection
Explain the concepts of common testing
and restoration of them
indices
Conduct the maintenance operation of ASON
Outline the testing methods of Ethernet service
network
performance testing
Explain the operation precaution of ASON
Implement the Ethernet performance testing
Explain the fault reported by the ASON network
and analyze the result
Outline the methods of ASON troubleshooting
Know the operation environment of NMS

List the maintenance tasks
Solve the typical ASON trouble

Duration
Perform the basic maintenance operations

12 working days
Complete the maintenance records

Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
306
6.6.6
OptiX NG SDH & OCS Equipment (TDM) 2nd Line Maintenance Training
Training Path
OTA02
Lecture

Description TDM
OTA29
Lecture
OTA12
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
2d
1d
OptiX SDH Equipment NMS Side
Maintenance
OTA40
1.5d
Lecture
0.5d
Target Audience
OptiX NG SDH OCS operation and

ONU10
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
1d
Prerequisites
Having working experience in the maintenance of
SDH products

Configuration
OTA31
Lab, E-lab

2d

Objectives
Maintenance
OTA10
Lecture, Lab, E-lab

be able to:
3d

OptiX SDH System Troubleshooting

OTA14
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
2d


Maintenance
OTA30
Lecture, Lab, E-lab

0.5d

and their features
OptiX SDH Equipment Field Maintenance

OTA35
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
MSP
0.5d

ASON Basics
OTA07
ring/mesh topology
Lecture
1d

307


U2000

iManager T2000 LCT

series equipment

LCT
SDH OCS equipment
locating
Outline the fault handling flow
equipment
Analyze the typical faults: traffic interruption,
error bit, etc
testing
replacement, etc
Analyze common faulty of the network consist
performance testing
of OptiX NG SDH OCS series
indices
performance testing


Duration

15 working days

Class Size
network
Min 6, Max 12
308
6.6.7
OptiX NG SDH & OCS Equipment (TDM) 3rd Line Maintenance Training
Training Path


Description TDM
OTA29
Lecture
Describe the principle and process of TPS on

OptiX NG SDH equipment
1.5d
List the main characteristics of TPS on OptiX

NG SDH equipment
Implement the configuration of TPS on OptiX
OptiX NG SDH OCS Features and

Application
3d
OTA34
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
NG SDH equipment
Describe the feature of power source system in
OptiX NG SDH OCS system
Grasp the protection principle and function of
OptiX SDH Special Topics

OTA36
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
all types of power sources in OptiX NG SDH

2d
OCS equipments
Grasp the principle of cross-connection
clock active/standby switching in OptiX NG
OptiX SDH System Advanced

Troubleshooting
OTA37
Lecture, Lab, Discussion
SDH OCS system

Grasp the mechanism of cross-connection
2.5d
clock active/standby switching in OptiX NG

SDH OCS system
Describe the principle of SCC active/standby
OptiX SDH Ethernet Advanced Operation

Maintenance
4d
OTA42
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
switching in OptiX NG SDH OCS system

List the methods of SCC switching in OptiX NG
SDH OCS system
Target Audience
Describe the traffic flow and service

OptiX NG SDH OCS senior operation and
configuration about the complicated networks
Analyze the protection capability about the
Prerequisites
complicated networks
Accomplish the service configuration of the
Completion of OptiX NG SDH OCS Equipment
complicated network and verify the protection
(TDM) 2nd Line Maintenance Training or OptiX NG
Describe the working mechanism of the L2
SDH OCS Equipment (TDM) NMC Operation
switching
Training
Interpret the basic of QoS
Objectives
Outline the key technology in QoS

Describe the typical QoS application
be able to:
Describe the frame structure of MPLS
Interpret the basic of QinQ
List the application of MPLS and QinQ
Describe the working mechanism of virtual
concatenation
Describe the function of LCAS
Illustrate the GFP-F frame structure for the
309

Describe the network application of ECC and
Ethernet signal
Describe the troubleshooting idea and methods
how to separate huge ECC network into
Analyze the common faults locating
smaller networks
Illustrate the extended applications of ECC
Outline the procedures of Ethernet
Accomplish the configuration of ECC, verify
troubleshooting
Analyze the failure of the Ethernet service
extended ECC and DCC transparent
Locate the faulty of the Ethernet service
transmission
Outline common ECC command lines
Compare the function of Ethernet port and
Get further understand of the feature of OptiX
service OAM
NG SDH OCS system
Outline the typical application scenario of
Analyze common cases in the real network and
Ethernet service OAM
figure out the problem
Accomplish the OAM testing
Locate the faulty of the failed network and
Locate the fault position when error reports
summarize the key point of troubleshooting
Explain the meaning of clock protection related

synchronization parameters
Duration
Explain the basic principles of implementing

clock protection networking
13 working days
Class Size
Accomplish the clock protection configuration

Min 6, Max 12
and verify it while the network fails

Grasp the working principle of ECC
310
6.6.8
OptiX NG SDH Equipment (Packet) Commissioning Training
Training Path
1500/3500/7500/7500II

OTA46
Lecture
OptiX OSN 1500/3500/7500/7500II

1d
networking
OptiX Hybrid MSTP Hardware Description
OTA48
Lecture
MSTP product
1d

Check the equipment condition such as power
connections, fiber connections, mounted
boards, etc
ONU10
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
1d
Outline and perform the commissioning

process for OptiX Hybrid MSTP equipment
Perform the commissioning process of the
OptiX Hybrid MSTP Commissioning

OTA52
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
network
Describe methods of operation including circuit
2d
provisioning, routing maintenance tasks and

Target Audience
fault finding
Perform commissioning tests on the equipment
Hybrid MSTP commissioning engineer
Perform commissioning tests on the network
Prerequisites

U2000
Objectives

Duration
be able to:
Describe the networking applications of the
5 working days
Class Size
OptiX OSN 1500/3500/7500/7500II

Min 6, Max 12
Describe the system structure of the OptiX

OSN 1500/3500/7500/7500II
Outline the main boards of the OptiX OSN
311
6.6.9
OptiX NG SDH Equipment (Packet) 1st Line Maintenance Training
Training Path

1500/3500/7500/7500II

OTA48
Lecture

OptiX OSN 1500/3500/7500/7500II
1d


Maintenance
OTA30
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
0.5d

series equipment
OptiX Hybrid MSTP Field Maintenance

OTA53
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
0.5d

Target Audience
Outline the function of basic menus of

iManager U2000 LCT
Hybrid MSTP equipment field maintenance
Create topology including create NE/Link
engineer
Prerequisites
configuration, and service dispatching and
iManager U2000 LCT
Objectives
Perform the routine maintenance via U2000

LCT

be able to:
Duration

OptiX OSN 1500/3500/7500/7500II
2 working days
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
OSN 1500/3500/7500/7500II
312
6.6.10 OptiX NG SDH Equipment (Packet) NMC Operation Training

Training Path
Objectives
be able to:
OTA45
Lecture
1d


OTA46
Lecture
1d
Hybrid MSTP

OTA48
Lecture
for Ethernet
1d
for TDM E1
OptiX OSN 1500/3500/7500/7500II

ONU10
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
1d
OSN 1500/3500/7500/7500II
1500/3500/7500/7500II
OptiX Hybrid MSTP Products

Configuration
OTA49
Lab, E-lab

3d
OptiX OSN 1500/3500/7500/7500II

U2000
OptiX Hybrid MSTP Features Application

OTA50
Lecture, Lab, E-lab

2d
Configure OptiX Hybrid MSTP products

Configure the protection of TDM plane
packet transport plane for the network and
OptiX Hybrid MSTP Equipment NMS Side

1d
OTA51
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
equipment
Configure the common services for the TDM
plane
Target Audience
Configure the E-Line/E-LAN/E-AGGR service

Hybrid MSTP network operation center engineer
in the packet transport plane
Prerequisites
Outline the QoS model
Describe QoS basic concepts
Upon completion of OTA01 SDH Basics and
Describe the typical QoS application in Hybrid

MSTP network
OTA45 Hybrid MSTP Technology Introduction
Configure QoS in Hybrid MSTP system
courses or having equivalent knowledge
according to the service demand
313

Perform the basic maintenance operations for
service OAM
Hybrid MSTP equipment


Describe the working mechanism and
networking
application scene of MPLS OAM

MSTP product
application scene of MPLS-TP OAM

application scene of PW OAM

Duration

10 working days

Describe the operation environment of NMS
Class Size
List the maintenance tasks for Hybrid MSTP
Min 6, Max 12
equipment
314
6.6.11 OptiX NG SDH Equipment (Packet) 2nd Line Maintenance Training

Training Path
Target Audience
Prerequisites
OTA45
Lecture
1d

OTA46
Lecture
Objectives
1d

be able to:

OTA48
Lecture

1d

Hybrid MSTP

ONU10
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
1d
for Ethernet
for TDM E1

Configuration
OTA49
Lab, E-lab

3d
OptiX OSN 1500/3500/7500/7500II

OSN 1500/3500/7500/7500II

OTA50
Lecture, Lab, E-lab

1500/3500/7500/7500II
2d

OptiX OSN 1500/3500/7500/7500II
OptiX Hybrid MSTP System

Troubleshooting
OTA54
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
U2000
1.5d


1d
OTA51
Lecture, Lab

equipment

OTA53
Lecture, Lab
plane
0.5d

315


iManager U2000 LCT
MSTP network
LCT
List the common analysis methods of packet
network fault locating
service OAM
Analyze the typical faults: service interruption,
APS switching failed, OAM errors,etc
troubleshooting methods for packet network
Analyze common faulty of the Hybrid MSTP
network
networking
MSTP product
equipment
Duration

12 working days
Class Size

Min 6, Max 12
iManager U2000 LCT

316
6.6.12 OptiX NG SDH Equipment (Packet+TDM) Commissioning Training

Training Path
OSN 1500/3500/7500/7500II

Description TDM
OTA29
Lecture

1500/3500/7500/7500II
1.5d
OptiX OSN 1500/3500/7500/7500II

Check the equipment condition such as power
OptiX NG SDH OCS Commissioning
OTA32
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
connections, fiber connections, mounted

boards, etc
2d

process for OptiX Hybrid MSTP equipment
Perform the commissioning process of the
network
OTA46
Lecture
1d
Describe methods of operation including circuit

provisioning, routing maintenance tasks and
fault finding

OTA48
Lecture
Perform commissioning tests on the equipment

Perform commissioning tests on the network
1d

OptiX Hybrid MSTP Commissioning

OTA52
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
2d

Target Audience

Hybrid MSTP commissioning engineer
Prerequisites
Describe the preparation for the commissioning

List the items for single station commissioning
for OptiX NG SDH OCS system
Outline the procedures of network
Objectives
commissioning for OptiX NG SDH OCS

system
be able to:
Summarize the equipment/network condition
after commissioning
networking
Accomplish the OptiX NG SDH OCS
MSTP product
U2000
OptiX OSN 1500/3500/7500/7500II

317

Duration
Class Size
8 working days
Min 6, Max 12
318
6.6.13 OptiX NG SDH Equipment (Packet+TDM) 1st Line Maintenance Training

Training Path

OptiX OSN 1500/3500/7500/7500II

Description
OTA28
Lecture

1d


Maintenance
OTA30
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
series equipment
0.5d


OTA48
Lecture
1d

iManager U2000 LCT

OTA53
Lecture, Lab, E-lab

0.5d

Target Audience
iManager U2000 LCT

Hybrid MSTP equipment field maintenance
LCT
engineer
Prerequisites

Objectives
be able to:

Duration

OptiX OSN 1500/3500/7500/7500II
3 working days
Class Size

Min 6, Max 12
OSN 1500/3500/7500/7500II
1500/3500/7500/7500II
319
6.6.14 OptiX NG SDH Equipment (Packet+TDM) NMC Operation Training

Training Path
Objectives

Maintenance
OTA10
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
be able to:
3d


Description TDM
OTA29
Lecture

1.5d
Hybrid MSTP

Configuration
OTA31
Lab, E-lab
for Ethernet
2d
for TDM E1
U2000

OTA45
Lecture
1d


OTA46
Lecture
1d
equipment
plane

Configuration
OTA49
Lab, E-lab

3d


OTA50
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
2d
MSTP network

1d
OTA51
Lecture, Lab, E-lab

service OAM
Target Audience

Hybrid MSTP network operation center engineer
Prerequisites
320




SDH OCS equipment
equipment
equipment
testing
performance testing
indices
performance testing
networking

MSTP product
Duration

15 working days
Class Size

Min 6, Max 12
321
6.6.15 OptiX NG SDH Equipment (Packet+TDM) 2nd Line Maintenance Training

Training Path
1d
OTA51
Lecture, Lab, E-lab

Maintenance
OTA10
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
3d
Target Audience

Description TDM
OTA29
Lecture

Prerequisites
1.5d

Configuration
OTA31
Lab, E-lab
Objectives
2d

be able to:

OTA14
Lecture, Lab, E-lab

2d

Hybrid MSTP

OTA45
Lecture
1d
for Ethernet
for TDM E1

OTA46
Lecture

1d

equipment

Configuration
OTA49
Lab, E-lab

plane
3d


OTA50
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
2d

MSTP network
OptiX Hybrid MSTP System

Troubleshooting
OTA54
Lecture, Lab, E-lab

1.5d

service OAM
322




SDH OCS equipment



equipment

equipment
testing

performance testing
indices
networking
performance testing
MSTP product
locating


error bit, etc
Analyze common faulty of the Hybrid MSTP
replacement, etc
network

Duration

18 working days
Class Size

Min 6, Max 12
323
6.6.16 OptiX OSN 500/550/580 (TDM) Operation and Maintenance Training

Training Path
Appreciate the networking applications of the

OptiX OSN 500/550/580 (TDM) Hardware

Networking
1.5d
OTA60
Lecture

the OptiX OSN 500/550/580 (TDM)
Describe the main functions of the boards used
on the OptiX OSN 500/550/580 (TDM)
OptiX OSN 500/550/580 (TDM) Service

Configuration
1.5d
OTA62
Lecture, Lab, E-lab

OSN 500/550/580 series equipment
List the status description of OptiX OSN

Troubleshooting
OTA63
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
500/550/580 equipment indicators

0.5d
List the maintenance items of OptiX OSN

500/550/580 equipment
OptiX OSN 500/550/580 (TDM) Routine

Maintenance
0.5d
OTA61
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
OptiX OSN 500/550/580 equipment

OSN 500/550/580 equipment
Configure protection attributes in OSN
Target Audience
500/550/580 network, such as SNCP, LMP,

RMP etc
OptiX OSN 500/550/580 operation and
Configure services of OSN 500/550
/580
Prerequisites
Duration
Having experience in the operation and
4 working days
maintenance of optical network equipment

Class Size
Objectives
Min 6, Max 12

be able to:
324
6.6.17 OptiX OSN 500/550/580 (Packet) Operation and Maintenance Training

Training Path
Objectives

Hardware Networking
OTA64
Lecture
be able to:
1.5d

OptiX OSN 500/550/580(Packet)
OptiX OSN 500/550/580 (Packet) Service

Configuration
1d
OTA66
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
the OptiX OSN 500/550/580 (Packet)

on the OptiX OSN 500/550/580(Packet)
OptiX OSN 500/550/580 (Packet) Special

Topic
1d
OTA67
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
OptiX OSN 500/550/580(Packet)

OSN 500/550/580 series Equipment
500/550/580 Equipment indicators

Troubleshooting
OTA68
Lecture, Lab, E-lab

0.5d
500/550/580 Equipment
OptiX OSN 500/550/580 Equipment
OptiX OSN 500/550/580 (Packet) Routine

Maintenance
1d
OTA65
Lecture, Lab, E-lab

OSN 500/550/580 Equipment
Configure MPLS APS/MRPS protection
attributes in OSN 500/550/580 network
Target Audience
Configure packet services on OSN

500/550/580

Duration
Prerequisites
5 working days
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
325
6.6.18 OptiX OSN 500/550/580 (Packet+TDM) Operation and Maintenance Training

Training Path
Prerequisites
OptiX OSN 500/550/580 (TDM) Hardware

Networking
1.5d
OTA60
Lecture

Objectives

Hardware Networking
OTA64
Lecture
1.5d
be able to:
OptiX OSN 500/550/580(TDM+Packet)
OptiX OSN 500/550/580 (Packet) Special

Topic
1d
OTA67
Lecture, Lab, E-lab

the OptiX OSN 500/550/580 (TDM+Packet)
on the OptiX OSN 500/550/580(TDM+Packet)
OptiX OSN 500/550/580 (TDM+Packet)

Service Configuration
1.5d
OTA69
Lecture, Lab, E-lab

OptiX OSN 500/550/580(TDM+Packet)
OSN 500/550/580 series equipment

Troubleshooting
OTA63
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
500/550/580 equipment indicators

0.5d

500/550/580 equipment
OptiX OSN 500/550/580 (TDM) Routine

Maintenance
0.5d
OTA61
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
OptiX OSN 500/550/580 equipment

Configure MPLS APS/MRPS protection,SNCP,

Troubleshooting
OTA68
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
LMP, RMP etc attributes in OSN 500/550/580

network
0.5d
Configure services of OSN

500/550/580(TDM+Packet)
OptiX OSN 500/550/580 (Packet) Routine

Maintenance
1d
OTA65
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
Duration
8 working days
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
Target Audience
326
6.6.19 OptiX SDH Ethernet Advanced Operation and Maintenance Training

Training Path
Describe the frame structure of MPLS

Interpret the basic of QinQ
OptiX SDH Ethernet Advanced Operation

Maintenance
4d
OTA42
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
List the application of MPLS and QinQ

Describe the working mechanism of virtual
concatenation
Target Audience
Describe the function of LCAS

Illustrate the GFP-F frame structure for the
Ethernt over SDH equipment senior operation and
Ethernet signal
Describe the troubleshooting idea and methods
Prerequisites
Analyze the common faults locating

Be familiar with NMS
Outline the procedures of Ethernet
Be familiar with OptiX SDH service configuration
troubleshooting
and maintenance
Analyze the failure of the Ethernet service
Be familiar with the Ethernet service configuration
Locate the faulty of the Ethernet service
and maintenance
Upon completion of OTA03 Ethernet Basics course
service OAM
or having equivalent knowledge
Objectives
be able to:
Describe the working mechanism of the L2
Duration
switching
4 working days
Interpret the basic of QoS

Class Size
Describe the typical QoS application
Min 6, Max 12
327
6.6.20 OptiX ASON(SDH) Operation and Maintenance Training

Training Path

ASON Basics
OTA07

Lecture
1d
network
OTA12
Lecture, Lab, E-lab

2d

Target Audience
ASON operation and maintenance engineer
Prerequisites

Duration
Be familiar with NMS

3 working days
Be familiar with SDH service configuration and

maintenance
Class Size
Objectives
Min 6, Max 12

be able to:
328
6.6.21 OptiX OSN 2000 Operation and Maintenance Training

Training Path
OptiX OSN 2000 Operation
Maintenance
OTA39
Lecture, Lab
List the main functions of T2000V2R7

8d
Target Audience

series equipment
OptiX OSN 2000 operation and maintenance
engineer
Prerequisites

Objectives


be able to:

OptiX OSN 2000
the OptiX OSN 2000
on the OptiX OSN 2000

locating
OptiX OSN 2000

Describe the common SDH network topology

error bit, etc
and features
Explain the protection mechanism
Analyze case of service interruption
Configure the attributes of equipment via NMS
Analyze case of bit error
Configure protection attributes in OptiX OSN
Analyze case of protection fault

Analyze case of wrong fiber type
2000 network, such as SNCP,LMP,RMP etc

Configure services of OptiX OSN 2000
Duration
Grasp T2000 V2R7 new function

T2000V2R7
8 working days
Class Size
Describe the directory structure of T2000V2R7
Min 6, Max 12
329
6.6.22 OptiX Metro 100/500 Operation and Maintenance Training

Training Path
Describe the network application of OptiX

Metro 500
OptiX Metro 100/500 Operation and

Maintenance
OTA15
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
Outline the hardware structure and features of

OptiX Metro 500
1d
List the functions of OptiX Metro 500

Target Audience
Describe operation environment of OptiX Metro

100/500 equipment
OptiX Metro 100/500 operation and maintenance
List the maintenance tasks of OptiX Metro
engineer
100/500 equipment
Prerequisites
Accomplish the basic maintenance operations

of OptiX Metro 100/500 equipment
Describe the functions of basic menus of
Web-LCT
Objectives

configuration, service dispatching and clock
orderwire configuration for equipment via
be able to:
Web-LCT
Perform the routine maintenance via Web-LCT
Metro 100
Duration
the OptiX Metro 100

1 working day
Class Size
OptiX Metro 100

Min 6, Max 12

OptiX Metro 100
330
6.6.23 OptiX Metro 1000 Commissioning Training

Training Path
OptiX 155/622H(Metro 1000) V300

OptiX Metro 1000 Commissioning

OTA17
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
OptiX 155/622H(Metro 1000) V300

Complete hardware and software
4d
commissioning of OptiX Metro 1000 equipment

Target Audience
Interconnect all the equipment and perform

OptiX Metro 1000 commissioning engineer
Prerequisites
iManager T2000 LCT

Having working experience in the optical transport
network
Objectives

LCT

be able to:
Duration

155/622H(Metro 1000) V300
4 working days
Class Size

Min 6, Max 12
the OptiX 155/622H(Metro 1000) V300

331
6.6.24 OptiX Metro 1000 1st Line Maintenance Training

Training Path

1000 equipment
OptiX Metro 1000 First Line Maintenance

OTA16
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
List the maintenance tasks of OptiX Metro 1000

equipment
1d

Target Audience
of OptiX Metro 1000 equipment

OptiX Metro 1000 field maintenance engineer
iManager T2000 LCT
Prerequisites

Objectives

be able to:
LCT

155/622H(Metro 1000) V300
Duration

1 working day
Class Size

Min 6, Max 12
OptiX 155/622H(Metro 1000) V300

OptiX 155/622H(Metro 1000) V300
332
6.6.25 OptiX Metro 1000 2nd Line Maintenance Training

Training Path
List the maintenance tasks of OptiX Metro 1000

Equipment
OptiX Metro 1000 Second Line

Maintenance
OTA18
Lecture, Lab, E-lab

of OptiX Metro 1000 Equipment
4d

Target Audience

T2000V2R7
OptiX Metro 1000 operation and maintenance
engineer
Prerequisites
Accomplish the network creation and SDH

service configuration of OptiX
Objectives
155/622(H)(Metro 1000) equipment

locating
be able to:
155/622H(Metro 1000) V300
error bit, etc

Duration

OptiX 155/622H(Metro 1000) V300
4 working days
Class Size

Min 6, Max 12
OptiX 155/622H(Metro 1000) V300

1000 Equipment
333
6.7 WDM Products Training Training Programs

6.7.1
OptiX OSN 3800/6800/8800(OTN) Product Overview Training
Training Path
Describe the position of OptiX OSN

3800/6800/8800(OTN) systems in an optical
OptiX NG WDM System Description

OTC24
Lecture
transport network
Describe the functions and features of OptiX
0.5d
OSN 3800/6800/8800(OTN) systems

Illustrate the functions of different units in OptiX
Target Audience
OSN 3800/6800/8800(OTN) systems, which
OptiX NG WDM equipment field maintenance
include OTU, MUX/DEMUX, OA, OSC/ESC,
engineer
XCS etc
Describe the protection and features of OptiX
Prerequisites
Having basic knowledge of
telecommunications
OSN 3800/6800//8800(OTN) systems

Duration
0.5 working day
Objectives
Class Size
be able to:
Min 6, Max 12
334
6.7.2
OptiX WDM Equipment Installation Training
Training Path
different units in OptiX WDM products

Describe the hardware installation procedure
OptiX WDM Installation

OTC04
Lecture, WBT
Describe cable routing and related installation

specifications for the equipment
2h
Outline the safety precautions to be taken

Target Audience
during the installation

Perform the hardware installation inspection
WDM network installation engineer
according to the checklist
Prerequisites
Duration
Having basic knowledge of telecommunications
2 hours
Objectives
Class Size
No limit
be able to:
Outline the functions and features of the
335
6.7.3
OptiX OSN 3800/6800/8800(OTN) Commissioning Training
Training Path


ONU10
Lecture, Lab
Describe the advantages of OTN

Describe the OTN frame structure and list the
1d
different components function

Describe the main features of the optical layer
OptiX OSN 3800/6800/8800(OTN)
Hardware Description & Application
OTC25
Lecture
grooming and electrical layer grooming

Describe OptiX OSN 3800/6800/8800(OTN)
2d
system signal flow and fiber connection, which

include OTM, OLA, OADM, etc
Outline the supervisory channel signal flow in
OptiX OSN 3800/6800/8800(OTN)

Products Configuration
OTC26
Lecture, Lab, E-Lab
different network elements

3.5d
Describe the functions, architecture and the

menus of iManager U2000
Implement iManager U2000 basic operations,
OptiX NG WDM Commissioning

OTC28
Lecture, Lab, E-Lab
OptiX OSN 3800/6800/8800(OTN) data

configuration and system management
2.5d
Configure OptiX OSN 3800/6800/8800(OTN)

Target Audience
products through iManager U2000

Configure the typical protection for the
equipment
OptiX NG WDM commissioning engineer
Check the data configuration correctness and
Prerequisites
validity
Check the equipment running condition such
network
as power connections, fiber connections,
mounted boards, etc

Objectives
procedure for OptiX OSN
3800/6800/8800(OTN) equipment
be able to:
Perform the single station commissioning of
OptiX OSN 3800/6800/8800(OTN) equipment
OptiX OSN 3800/6800/8800(OTN) systems
Perform the commissioning of supervisory
Describe the main functions of the boards
channel
Outline the system protection modes of OptiX
Perform the main path commissioning of OptiX
OSN 3800/6800/8800(OTN) equipment
List the common network topologies and
Perform indices testing during the
network elements of OptiX OSN
commissioning process
3800/6800/8800(OTN) systems
Eliminate the fault occurring during the
Describe the network applications of OptiX

Duration
U2000
9 working days
336

Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
337
6.7.4
OptiX OSN 3800/6800/8800 (OTN) 1st Line Maintenance Training
Training Path

OSN 3800/6800//8800(OTN) systems
OptiX NG WDM System Description

OTC24
Lecture
Describe the status of OptiX OSN

3800/6800/8800(OTN) products alarm
0.5d
indicators
Describe the running environment of OptiX
OSN 3800/6800/8800(OTN) products
OptiX NG WDM(OTN) Field Maintenance

OTC29
Lecture, Lab
List the routine maintenance items of OptiX
1.5d

Target Audience
OptiX OSN 3800/6800/8800(OTN) products,

such as board replacement, fiber connection,
OptiX NG WDM equipment field maintenance
optical power adjusting, etc
engineer
Prerequisites

Outline the common menus of OptiX iManager
U2000/Web LCT
Having a general knowledge of WDM basics
Objectives
configuration, and protection configuration of

OptiX OSN 3800/6800/8800(OTN) products via
be able to:
iManager U2000/Web LCT
Describe the position of OptiX OSN
Perform the routine maintenance of OptiX OSN
3800/6800/8800(OTN) systems in an optical
3800/6800/8800(OTN) products via iManager
transport network
U2000/Web LCT
Duration

2 working days

OSN 3800/6800/8800(OTN) systems, which
Class Size
include OTU, MUX/DEMUX, OA, OSC/ESC,
Min 6, Max 12
XCS etc
338
6.7.5
OptiX OSN 3800/6800/8800 (OTN) NMC Operation Training
Training Path

WDM Basics
OTC01
3800/6800/8800(OTN) systems
Lecture
1d

U2000
OTN Basics
OTC05
Lecture
1d

Describe OTN frame structure, maintenance
signals and function for different layers
OptiX OSN 3800/6800/8800(OTN)

OTC25
Lecture
Outline alarm and performance events

2d
generation mechanism
Analyze the alarm and performance events and
locate the failures in OTN
OptiX OSN 3800/6800/8800(OTN)

OTC26
Lecture, Lab, E-Lab

3.5d

Target Audience

OptiX NG WDM network operation center engineer
Prerequisites

Objectives

be able to:
equipment
etc
validity
in WDM system
Duration

8 working days
Class Size

Min 6, Max 12
339
6.7.6
OptiX OSN 3800/6800/8800 (OTN) 2nd Line Maintenance Training
Training Path

WDM Basics
OTC01

Lecture
1d
etc
in WDM system
OTN Basics
OTC05
Lecture
1d

OptiX OSN 3800/6800/8800(OTN)

OTC25
Lecture

2d

3800/6800/8800(OTN) systems
OptiX OSN 3800/6800/8800(OTN)

OTC26
Lecture, Lab, E-Lab

3.5d

U2000
OptiX NG WDM Commissioning

OTC28
Lecture, Lab, E-Lab
2.5d

NG WDM(OTN) System Troubleshooting
OTC30
Lecture, Lab
2.5d

Target Audience

OptiX NG WDM operation and maintenance
engineer
Prerequisites
WDM products
Objectives

be able to:


340



Explain the troubleshooting ideas and methods
equipment
for OptiX OSN 3800/6800/8800(OTN) products

Illustrate basic operation for OptiX OSN
validity
3800/6800/8800(OTN) troubleshooting
Describe the fault handling flow
mounted boards, etc
Analyze and eliminate the common faults of
OptiX OSN 3800/6800/8800(OTN) products

Improve the ability of eliminating faults through
procedure for OptiX OSN

3800/6800/8800(OTN) equipment
case analysis and practice

Duration
OptiX OSN 3800/6800/8800(OTN) equipment

13 working days

channel
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
OSN 3800/6800/8800(OTN) equipment
341
6.7.7
OptiX OSN 3800/6800/8800(OTN) 3rd Line Maintenance Training
Training Path
Generalize the categories of boards

OptiX NG WDM Ethernet

Operation&Maintenance
OTC32
Lecture, Lab, E-Lab
boards
Outline typical node signal flow of OptiX OSN
3d
3800/6800/8800
Perform the commissioning for OptiX NG WDM
OptiX OSN 3800/6800/8800 (OTN)
Advanced Troubleshooting
OTC64
Lecture, Lab
systems
Describe the characteristics of various
3.5d
protection types and their application scenarios

Understand the operations related to the OSN
3800/6800/8800 product protection
OptiX NG WDM ASON

Operation&Maintenance
OTC65
Lecture, Lab
Fulfilled the service configuration and verify the

3d
characteristics of
various protection types
Locate and eliminate the trouble based on

maintenance rules
OptiX OSN 8800 (Packet) Hardware,
Networking & Application Introduction
OTC86
Lecture
Illustrate troubleshooting common operation

List the troubleshooting methods
1d
Briefly introduce the general workflow in OptiX

OptiX OSN 8800 Packet Service
Configuration
OTC87
Lecture, Lab, E-Lab
troubleshooting
Enhance the troubleshooting analyse and
2d
reaction abilility through case discussion and

practice
OptiX OSN 3800/6800/8800 Hardware

Description & Signal Flow Review
OTC122
Lecture
0.5d
Explain the IP over WDM principle

Describe the Ethernet service and protection of
Target Audience
NG WDM equipment
Configure the Ethernet service and protection
OptiX NG WDM senior operation and maintenance

engineer
through iManager U2000

Implement the routine maintenance and
Prerequisites
troubleshooting of NG WDM Ethernet service
Completion of OptiX OSN 3800/6800/8800 (OTN)
2nd Line Maintenance or NMC Operation Training
Describe the OSN 8800 hardware
Objectives
List the OSN 8800 packet boards

Describe the networking application of OSN
be able to:
8800 (Packet)
Describe the position and networking ability of
Illustrate the service and protection type of
OptiX OSN 3800/6800/8800
OSN 8800 (Packet)
List the main functions and features of OptiX
mplement the data configuration through
OSN 3800/6800/8800
iManager U2000 for OSN 8800 packet service
342
and protection
Class Size
Duration
Min 6, Max 12
13 working days
343
6.7.8
OptiX OSN 8800(OCS) 2nd Line Maintenance Training
Training Path
ring/mesh topology

OTA14
Lecture, Lab

Configure OptiX OSN 8800(OCS) product
2d
Configure the required

SDH/Synchronization/Overhead units
OptiX OSN 8800 (OCS) Hardware
Description & Application
OTC48
Lecture
Configure the typical protection for the network

and equipment
1d
Configure the common services for the typical

SDH networks
Analyze and maintain the configured
OptiX OSN 8800 (OCS) Product

Configuration
OTC49
Lecture, Lab, E-Lab
equipment/units/services
2.5d
Describe the status of OptiX OSN 8800(OCS)

product indicators
Describe the operation environment of OptiX
OptiX OSN 8800 (OCS) Field Maintenance

OTC50
Lecture, Lab, E-Lab
OSN 8800(OCS) equipment

1d
configuration, service provisioning and

Target Audience
protection configuration for equipment via NMS

Perform the routine maintenance via NMS
OptiX OSN 8800 (OCS) operation and
OptiX OSN 8800(OCS) equipment such as
Prerequisites
board replacement, resetting etc

Complete the routine maintenance records of
Objectives
OptiX OSN 8800(OCS) equipment

U2000
be able to:
OptiX OSN 8800(OCS) system
locating
OSN 8800(OCS) system
error bit, etc
OSN 8800(OCS) system
and their features
replacement, etc
MSP
344
Class Size
Duration
Min 6, Max 12
7 working days
345
6.7.9
OptiX OSN 68008800 100G O&M Training
Training Path
detection
OptiX OSN 68008800 100G Operation and

Maintenance
5d
OTC128
Lecture, Lab, E-Lab

Configure the common data configuation by
U2000
Target Audience
Configure the OCh trail by U2000

Configure 100G board electrical layer services
OptiX NG WDM operation and maintenance
by iManager U2000
engineer
List the Items of Routine Maintenance;
Prerequisites
Grasp the basic operation of maintenance on

Completion of OptiX NG WDM relatvie technical
U2000
training
Implement routine operation and maintenance
Objectives
on NMS side
Describe the optical power commissioning
requirements
be able to:
List the optical power commissioning
Describe the position and networking ability of
procedures
OptiX OSN 6800/8800
Perform the optical power commissioning for
Outline the layout of OptiX OSN 6800/8800
100Gbit/s and mixed transmission system
subrack
List the items of testing the network
List different usage of the common NG WDM
Master the common methods for trouble

shooting
network node types
Analyze common faults
Describe NG WDM network application modes
Handle typical faults
and main features

Duration
transmission
modulation method
5 working days
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
346
6.7.10 OptiX NG WDM ASON Operation & Maintenance Training

Training Path

OptiX NG WDM ASON

Operation#Maintenance
OTC65
Lecture, Lab

Fulfill the WDM ASON trail configuration
3d
Complete the ASON routine maintenance

Target Audience
items
Describe The Basic Thoughts and Methods of
OptiX NG WDM ASON operation and
NG WDN ASON Fault Locating
Quickly restore interrupted ASON services
Prerequisites
under emergency conditions.

Completion of OptiX OSN 3800/6800/8800 (OTN)
Duration
2nd Line Maintenance or NMC Operation Training.

3 working days
Objectives
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
be able to:
347
6.7.11 OptiX OSN 1800 Operation and Maintenance Training

Training Path
Implement NMS basic operations, OptiX OSN

1800 data configuration and system
OptiX OSN 1800 Operation & Maintenance

OTC46
Lecture, Lab, E-Lab
management
Configure OptiX OSN 1800 through NMS
4d

Target Audience
equipment
validity
engineer
Prerequisites
OptiX OSN 1800

WDM products
OSN 1800
Upon completion of OTC01 WDM Basics course or
Apply different troubleshooting methods
Objectives
according to actual faults

Perform the common troubleshooting
operations of WDM network
be able to:
Explain the possible reasons of all kinds of
OptiX WDM network faults
OptiX OSN 1800
Analyze and locate the complex fault of OptiX
WDM network
OSN 1800
network elements of OptiX OSN 1800

Duration
OSN 1800
4 working days
Class Size

Min 6, Max 12
mounted boards, etc

Describe OptiX OSN 1800 system signal flow
and fiber connection
348
6.7.12 OptiX OSN 1800(Packet) Operation and Maintenance Training

Training Path

OptiX NG WDM Packet Technology

Introduction
OTC85
Lecture

0.5d
OSN 1800 equipment.

OptiX OSN 1800 System Introduction
OTC111
Lecture
OptiX OSN 1800 equipment.

1d
OptiX OSN 1800 equipment.

System signal flow of OSN 1800
The protection and design principle of OSN

Configuration
OTC112
Lecture, Lab, E-Lab
1800
1.5d
Metro access backhaul application acenes of

OSN 1800
Key factors in networking of OSN 1800
OptiX OSN 1800 Packet Features

OTC113
Lecture, Lab, E-Lab
Describe OSN 1800 product feature (packet)

Master packet services configuration
1d
Outline the configuration of protection for OSN

1800 (packet)
OptiX OSN 1800 (Packet) Routine
Maintenance
OTC114
Lecture, Lab, E-Lab
Describe the function and features of QoS in

OSN 1800 (Packet)
0.5d
Implement the QoS configuration through

iManager U2000
Describe the function and features of OAM in
OptiX OSN 1800 (Packet) System

Troubleshooting
OTC115
Lecture, Lab
OSN 1800 (Packet)

0.5d
Implement the OAM configuration through

iManager U2000
Target Audience
List the items of routine maintenance

engineer
U2000
Prerequisites

WDM products
Objectives

be able to:
Describe the bacis concepts of Ethernet, VLAN
Analyze common faulty of the OSN 1800
and QinQ
(Packet) network
349

Duration
Class Size
5 working days
Min 6, Max 12
350
6.7.13 OptiX OSN 9800 2nd line Maintenance Training

Training Path
be able to:
WDM Basics
OTC01

Lecture
1d

OTN Basics
OTC05

Lecture
1d
etc
in WDM system
OptiX WDM 40G100G Coherent OTU

Technology
OTC81
Lecture
0.5d

U2000
OptiX OSN 9800 Hardware Description &

Application
2d
OTC116
Lecture

OptiX OSN 9800 Products Configuration

OTC117
Lecture, Lab, E-Lab

2.5d
OptiX OSN 9800 Commissioning

OTC118
Lecture, Lab, E-Lab
1.5d

OptiX OSN 9800 System Troubleshooting

OTC119
Lecture, Lab
transmission
1d
modulation method
Target Audience

detection
engineer
Prerequisites

OSN 9800
WDM products
Outline the layout of OptiX OSN 9800 subrack
Objectives

boards
351

List different usage of the common OptiX OSN

Replace the boards
9800 network node Types.

Describe OptiX OSN 9800 network application
List the items of routine maintenance.
modes and main features.
List key factors in OptiX OSN 9800 networking
U2000
Explain the principles of various protection
types applied in the OSN 9800 products
on NMS side
Review NG WDM network node signal flow
List the common indices on optical power
Perform the operations related to the OSN
calculation
9800 product protection
Calculate the optical power
Configure client 1+1 protection and ODUk
Perform the Optical Power Commissioning
subnet connection protection (SNCP)
List the Optical Power Commissioning
Able to create an OptiX OSN 9800 network by
Procedures
iManager U2000
Perform the Optical Power Commissioning for
Backup database by iManager U2000
100Gbit/s, 40Gbit/s and Hybrid Transmission
Describe the FOADM and ROADM features
System
Describe the FOADM and ROADM application
Understand the Operations Related to Tests
scope
Performing
Understand the FOADM and ROADM
Describe the basic thoughts and methods of
functional units and the matching relations of
fault
these functional units
Locating Comprehend the methods of rectifying
Configure optical layer services by U2000
different types of faults
Diagram the electrical layer service grooming
List the common methods for trouble shooting
model of OptiX OSN 9800
Analyze common faults independently.
List the boards which have electrical layer

cross-connect function
Handle typical faults

Duration
Configure electrical layer services

10 working days
independently by station
Configure end-to-end electrical layer services
Class Size
independently by trail
Min 6, Max 12
Outline the equipment operation precautions
352
6.7.14 OptiX OSN 9800 O&M Delta Training

Training Path
Perform the operations related to the OSN

9800 product protection
OptiX OSN 9800 Hardware Description #

Application Overview
1d
OTC120
Lecture
Configure client 1+1 protection and ODUk

subnet connection protection (SNCP)
Able to create an OptiX OSN 9800 network by
iManager U2000
Backup database by iManager U2000
OptiX OSN 9800 Products Configuration

Overview
2d
OTC121
Lecture, Lab, E-Lab
Describe the FOADM and ROADM features

Describe the FOADM and ROADM application
scope
Target Audience
Understand the FOADM and ROADM

functional units and the matching relations of
engineer
these functional units
Prerequisites
Configure optical layer services by U2000

Diagram the electrical layer service grooming
model of OptiX OSN 9800
WDM products
List the boards which have electrical layer
cross-connect function
Objectives
Configure electrical layer services

independently by station
be able to:
Configure end-to-end electrical layer services
independently by trail
OSN 9800
Outline the equipment operation precautions
Outline the layout of OptiX OSN 9800 subrack
Replace the boards
List the items of routine maintenance.
boards
List different usage of the common OptiX OSN
U2000
9800 network node Types.
Describe OptiX OSN 9800 network application

modes and main features.
List key factors in OptiX OSN 9800 networking
on NMS side
Duration
Explain the principles of various protection

types applied in the OSN 9800 products
3 working days
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
353
6.7.15 OptiX OSN 3800A6800A Field Deployment Training

Training Path
network elements of OptiX OSN 3800A/6800A

systems
OptiX OSN 3800A/6800A Hardware

Description Application
OTC54
Lecture

OSN 3800A/6800A systems
1d

mounted boards, etc
OptiX OSN 3800A/6800A Equipment

Commissioning
OTC56
Lecture, Lab
1d
procedure for OptiX OSN 3800A/6800A

equipment
Target Audience

OptiX OSN 3800A/6800A field deployment
OptiX OSN 3800A/6800A equipment
engineer
Prerequisites
channel
OSN 3800A/6800A equipment
Objectives
be able to:
Duration
OptiX OSN 3800A/6800A systems

2 working days

Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
354
6.7.16 OptiX OSN 3800A6800A 1st Line Maintenance Training

Training Path


OTC54
Lecture
Describe the status of OptiX OSN

3800A/6800A products alarm indicators
1d

OSN 3800A/6800A products
OptiX OSN 3800A/6800A Field

Maintenance
OTC57
Lecture, Lab
1d

OptiX OSN 3800A/6800A products, such as
Target Audience
board replacement, fiber connection, optical

OptiX OSN 3800A/6800A field maintenance
power adjusting, etc
engineer
Prerequisites
Outline the common menus of iManager U2000

Objectives
OptiX OSN 3800A/6800A products via

iManager U2000
be able to:
Perform the routine maintenance of OptiX OSN

3800A/6800A products via iManager U2000

Duration

2 working days

Class Size
Min 6, Max 12

systems
355
6.7.17 OptiX OSN 3800A6800A 2nd Line Maintenance Training

Training Path

different components' function

OTC54
Lecture

1d
Describe OptiX OSN 3800A/6800A system

signal flow and fiber connection, which include
OTM, OLA, OADM, etc
OptiX OSN 3800A/6800A Products

Configuration
OTC55
Lecture, Lab
3d

OptiX OSN 3800A/6800A System

Maintenance and Troubleshooting
OTC58
Lecture, Lab

1d
OptiX OSN3800A/6800A data configuration

and system management
Target Audience
Configure OptiX OSN 3800A/6800A products

through iManager U2000
OptiX OSN 3800A/6800A operation and
equipment
Prerequisites

validity
Objectives
for OptiX OSN 3800A/6800A products

Illustrate basic operation for OptiX OSN
3800A/6800A troubleshooting
be able to:
OptiX OSN 3800A/6800A products

Duration

systems
5 working days
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12

356
6.7.18 OptiX BWS 1600S (repeatered) Sub-marine System Operation and

Training Path
Implement the equipment hardware

configuration
OptiX BWS 1600S Operation and

Maintenance
OTC59
Lecture, Lab, E-Lab
Draw the LTE/REG signal flow of OptiX BWS

1600S system
2d
Implement data configuration, optical power

adjustment, protection configuration and
network expansion through iManager U2000
OptiX NPE (OSN 3500/7500/9500)

OTC60
Lecture, Lab, E-Lab
List the common indices of OptiX BWS 1600S
3d
equipment and perform the WDM products

testing
OptiX SLM 1630/RPT 1660 Operation and

Maintenance
1d
OTC61
Lecture, Lab
troubleshooting methods, such as optical

power testing, alarm and performance events
analysis, replacement, etc
Target Audience

OptiX BWS 1600S operation and maintenance
Describe the structure, functions and features
engineer
of OptiX NPE equipment
Prerequisites
Explain the functions and specifications of

different boards
Objectives
Outline the capacity and ability of OptiX NPE

equipment
Describe the network topologies, system
be able to:
applications and network protection
Explain the functions, characteristics of optical
mechanisms
components and the key technologies of WDM
Implement the service configuration, alarm and
sub-marine system
performance monitoring through iManager
Describe the characteristics of optical
U2000
interfaces in WDM sub-marine system
State the service application and protection
mechanism
of OptiX BWS 1600S equipment
Implement the clock, orderwire, protection
Describe the functions and specifications of
configurations and network expansion through
different boards
iManager U2000
Execute the on-site operation, such as board
replacement, board or equipment resetting and
mechanisms
fiber connection
Perform iManager U2000 operation and
maintenance, such as alarms and performance

browsing, parameters setting, database
restoration/back-up, security/user management,
browsing, parameters setting, etc

etc
357


configuration
Implement data configuration through
replacement, etc
iManager U2000

of OptiX SLM/RPT equipment

different boards

Duration
5 working days

mechanisms
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12

358
6.7.19 OptiX BWS 1600S (unrepeatered) Sub-marine System Operation and

Training Path
Implement data configuration, optical power

adjustment, protection configuration and
OptiX BWS 1600S Operation and

Maintenance
OTC59
Lecture, Lab, E-Lab
network expansion through iManager U2000

List the common indices of OptiX BWS 1600S
2d
equipment and perform the WDM products

testing
OptiX NPE (OSN 3500/7500/9500)

OTC60
Lecture, Lab, E-Lab
troubleshooting methods, such as optical

3d
power testing, alarm and performance events

analysis, replacement, etc
Target Audience

OptiX BWS 1600S operation and maintenance
engineer
Prerequisites
of OptiX NPE equipment

Explain the functions and specifications of
different boards
Objectives
Outline the capacity and ability of OptiX NPE

equipment
be able to:
Explain the functions, characteristics of optical
components and the key technologies of WDM
mechanisms
sub-marine system
Implement the service configuration, alarm and
Describe the characteristics of optical
performance monitoring through iManager
interfaces in WDM sub-marine system
U2000
State the service application and protection
of OptiX BWS 1600S equipment
mechanism
Implement the clock, orderwire, protection
different boards
configurations and network expansion through
iManager U2000
Execute the on-site operation, such as board
mechanisms
replacement, board or equipment resetting and
fiber connection
browsing, parameters setting, database
restoration/back-up, security/user management,
etc
configuration
Draw the LTE/REG signal flow of OptiX BWS
replacement, etc
1600S system
359
Class Size
Duration
Min 6, Max 12
5 working days
360
6.7.20 OptiX BWS 1600G Commissioning Training

Training Path
menus of OptiX iManager T2000/T2000-LCT

Implement OptiX iManager T2000 basic
OptiX BWS 1600G Hardware Description

Application
1.5d
OTC07
Lecture
operations, WDM data configuration and

system management
Configure OptiX WDM products through OptiX
iManager T2000/T2000-LCT
OptiX WDM Products Configuration

OTC08
Lecture, Lab, E-Lab
equipment
2.5d

validity
Check the equipment running conditions, such

OTC10
Lecture, Lab, E-Lab
2d
mounted boards, etc

Outline the commissioning process for OptiX
BWS 1600G equipment
OptiX iManager T2000 Basic Operation

OTD01
Lecture, Lab

OptiX BWS 1600G equipment
1d
Target Audience
channel
BWS 1600G equipment
OptiX BWS 1600G commissioning engineer
Prerequisites
Eliminate the fault during the commissioning

network
process
Be familiar with Windows operating system?
T2000V2
Objectives
Describe the directory structure of T2000V2
List the main functions of T2000V2
be able to:
Perform the basic operations of T2000, such as
start/stop T2000 server and client, backup
database, browsing alarms and performance,

BWS 1600G equipment
browsing help, etc

Duration

network elements of OptiX BWS 1600G system
7 working days
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
BWS 1600G system

361
6.7.21 OptiX BWS 1600G 1st Line Maintenance Training

Training Path

BWS 1600G system
OptiX BWS 1600G System Description

OTC06
Lecture
Describe the status of OptiX WDM products

alarm indicators
1d

WDM products
OptiX WDM Equipment Field Maintenance

OTC11
Lecture, Lab
WDM products
1d

OptiX WDM products, such as board
Target Audience
replacement, fiber connection, optical power

adjusting, etc
OptiX BWS 1600G equipment field maintenance
engineer
WDM products
Prerequisites

T2000-LCT
Objectives
OptiX WDM products via OptiX iManager

T2000-LCT
be able to:
Perform the routine maintenance of OptiX
Describe the position of OptiX BWS 1600G

system in an optical transport network
WDM products via OptiX iManager T2000-LCT

Duration
Describe the functions of OptiX BWS 1600G

2 working days
system
Class Size
BWS 1600G system, which includes OTU,
Min 6, Max 12
MUX/DEMUX, OA, OSC, etc
362
6.7.22 OptiX BWS 1600G NMC Operation Training

Training Path


& Application
1.5d
OTC07
Lecture

BWS 1600G system

OTC08
Lecture, Lab, E-Lab
2.5d
system management

OTD01
Lecture, Lab
1d
equipment
Target Audience
validity
OptiX BWS 1600G network operation center
T2000V2
engineer
Prerequisites
Objectives
be able to:
browsing help, etc
Duration

5 working days
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
BWS 1600G equipment
363
6.7.23 OptiX BWS 1600G 2nd Line Maintenance Training

Training Path

WDM Basics
OTC01

Lecture
1d
etc
in WDM system

& Application
1.5d
OTC07
Lecture

BWS 1600G equipment

OTC08
Lecture, Lab, E-Lab
2.5d


OTC10
Lecture, Lab, E-Lab
BWS 1600G system

2d

OptiX WDM Equipment Field Maintenance
system management
OTC11
Lecture, Lab, E-Lab
1d

OptiX WDM System Troubleshooting

OTC12
Lecture, Lab
equipment
2d
validity
Target Audience
Describe the status of OptiX WDM products

alarm indicators
OptiX BWS 1600G operation and maintenance
engineer
WDM products
Prerequisites

WDM products
WDM products
OptiX WDM products, such as board
Objectives
replacement, fiber connection, optical power

adjusting, etc
be able to:
WDM products
T2000-LCT
364


OptiX WDM products via OptiX iManager
process
T2000-LCT
Perform the routine maintenance of OptiX
for OptiX WDM products
WDM products via OptiX iManager T2000-LCT
Illustrate basic operation for OptiX WDM
troubleshooting
mounted boards, etc
OptiX WDM products
BWS 1600G equipment


Duration

10 working days
channel
Class Size
BWS 1600G equipment
Min 6, Max 12
365
6.7.24 OptiX BWS 1600G 3rd Line Maintenance Training

Training Path
BWS 1600G equipment

WDM Optical Power Management Topic

OTC02
Lecture, Lab

2d
BWS 1600G system

OTN Basics
OTC05
Lecture
mounted boards, etc
1d

BWS 1600G equipment

& Application
1.5d
OTC07
Lecture

channel

OTC10
Lecture, Lab, E-Lab
BWS 1600G equipment

2d
process
OptiX WDM Testing

OTC27
Lecture, Lab
Illustrate OptiX WDM system optical power
0.5d
calculation
Outline OptiX WDM system testing overview,
which includes complied standards, system
OptiX WDM System Advanced

Troubleshooting
OTC35
Lecture, Lab
reference points and test instruments

Outline OptiX WDM system common testing
3d
indices
Target Audience
Implement the main path indices testing, which

include OTU/MUX/DEMUX/OA units testing
OptiX BWS 1600G senior operation and
Implement the supervisory channel indices
testing
Prerequisites
Perform orderwire telephone testing, bit error

Completion of OptiX BWS 1600G Second Line
testing etc
Maintenance or NMC Operation Training
Objectives

be able to:

Illustrate the function of IPA
Describe ALC technology used in WDM system
366

Describe the functions and features of APE
Analyze and locate the complex fault of OptiX
technology
WDM network
Apply different troubleshooting methods
according to actual faults

Perform the common troubleshooting

Duration
operations of WDM netwok

Explain the possible reasons of all kinds of
OptiX WDM network defaults
10 working days
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
367
6.7.25 OptiX MDS 6630(Opical Power Commissioning) Training

Training Path
Outline the optical commissioning procedure by

MDS 6630
OptiX MDS 6630(Optical Power

Commissioning)
OTC123
Lecture, Lab
Perform the basic operations of MDS 6630

Describe the Attention Matters for
2d
Commissioning
Target Audience
Master the common methods for

troubleshooting
OptiX NG WDM commissioning engineer
Analyze and handle the common
Prerequisites
commissioning faults
Duration
WDM products
2 working days

Objectives
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12

be able to:
Describe the main functions of MDS 6630
368
6.7.26 OptiX OSN 8800(Packet) 2nd Line Maintenance Training

Training Path
Describe the bacis concepts of Ethernet, VLAN

and QinQ
OptiX NG WDM Packet Technology

Introduction
OTC85
Lecture

0.5d

OptiX OSN 8800 (Packet) Hardware,
Networking & Application Introduction
OTC86
Lecture
Describe the OSN 8800 hardware
1d
List the OSN 8800 packet boards

Describe the networking application of OSN
8800 (Packet)

Configuration
OTC87
Lecture, Lab, E-Lab
Illustrate the service and protection type of

2d
OSN 8800 (Packet)
Implement the data configuration through
OptiX OSN 8800 Packet Features
iManager U2000 for OSN 8800 packet service

OTC88
Lecture, Lab, E-Lab
1.5d
and protection
Describe the function and features of QoS in
OSN 8800 (Packet)
OptiX OSN 8800 (Packet) Routine

Maintenance
OTC89
Lecture, Lab, E-Lab
Implement the QoS configuration through

iManager U2000
1d
Describe the function and features of OAM in

OSN 8800 (Packet)
Implement the OAM configuration through
OptiX OSN 8800 (Packet) System

Troubleshooting
OTC90
Lecture, Lab
iManager U2000
1d
Implement the NMS side routine maintenance

for OSN 8800 (Packet)
Target Audience

OptiX OSN 8800 packet network operation and
Prerequisites

Having working experience in WDM transmission
network
Upon completion of OptiX OSN
Analyze common faulty of the OSN 8800
3800/6800/8800(OTN) 2nd Line Maintenance
(Packet) network
Training or having equivalent knowledge

Duration
Objectives
7 working days
Class Size
be able to:
Min 6, Max 12
369
6.8 RTN 900 Products Training Programs

6.8.1
Training Path
(Hybrid)
Objectives
OptiX RTN 900 System Description
be able to:
OTF47
Lecture
0.5d
Describe the relation among the different parts

of OptiX RTN 900
Illustrate the installation procedures and steps
OptiX RTN 900 Network Application

OTF32
Lecture
of antenna, ODU/hybrid coupler and IDU

Implement the outdoor and indoor components
0.5d
installation of OptiX RTN 900

Describe the installation criterions for each part
OptiX RTN 900 Installation
OTF18
Lecture
of OptiX RTN 900

Describe the main characteristics of OptiX RTN
1d
900
Describe the system structure, functions and
application of every unit
OptiX RTN 900 Commissioning
Explain the functions of AM, hybrid, packet

OTF38
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
1d
microwave
Describe the networking application under
PDH/SDH, hybrid microwave and packet
OptiX RTN 900 Data Configuration (Hybrid

Domain)
2d
OTF46
Lab, E-lab
microwave modes
List out the protection technologies in OptiX
RTN 900 network
Describe the features and applications of the
Target Audience
protection technologies
Finish proper preparations before the
OptiX RTN 900 series installation and

commissioning engineer
commissioning
Perform site commissioning of the OptiX RTN
Prerequisites
900
Having basic experience of
Perform system commissioning of the OptiX
telecommunications equipment installation
RTN 900
criterion
Configure radio links of the OptiX RTN 900
Having working experience in the optical
Configure TDM services of the OptiX RTN 900
transport network and microwave products
Configure Ethernet services of the OptiX RTN
900
Having equivalent knowledge of digital

microwave communication basics
Duration
5 working days
370

Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
371
6.8.2
Training Path
(Packet)
of OpitX RTN 900


OTF47
Lecture

0.5d

of OptiX RTN 900

OTF32
Lecture
0.5d
900

OTF18
Lecture

microwave
1d

PDH/SDH and hybrid microwave modes

OTF38
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
RTN 900 network
1d

OptiX RTN 900 Data Configuration (Packet

Domain)
2d
OTF29
Lab, E-lab
commissioning
900
RTN 900
Target Audience
Describe the basic concepts of IP & MPLS

Outline the steps of RTN 900 service
configuration in packet plane
Prerequisites
Implement Ethernet service / CES service /
Having basic experience of telecommunications
ATM / IMA services configuration in packet
equipment installation criterion
plane via NMS

Describe the parameters' meaning in service
configuration of packet plane
network and microwave products

Duration
Having equivalent knowledge of digital microwave

communication basics
5 working days
Class Size
Objectives
Min 6, Max 12
be able to:
372
6.8.3
Training Path
(Hybrid+Packet)
Objectives
be able to:
OTF47
Lecture
0.5d

of OpitX RTN 900

OTF32
Lecture

0.5d

of OptiX RTN 900

OTF18
Lecture
1d
900

OTF38
Lecture, Lab, E-lab

microwave
1d

Domain)
2d
OTF46
Lab, E-lab

RTN 900 network

Domain)
2d
OTF29
Lab, E-lab
commissioning
900
Target Audience
RTN 900
Prerequisites
900
plane via NMS

373

Duration
Class Size
7 working days
Min 6, Max 12
374
6.8.4
Training Path
Objectives
be able to:
OTF47
Lecture
0.5d

900
OptiX RTN 900 Field Operation &

Maintenance
OTF33
Lecture, Lab, E-lab

1d
microwave
Outline the general safety precautions of OptiX
RTN 900
OptiX RTN 900 NE Database Topic

OTF34
Lab, E-lab
0.5d
RTN 900
Implement the maintenance operations of
Target Audience
OptiX RTN 900

Judge the common faulty in OptiX RTN 900
OptiX RTN 900 series field maintenance engineer
Describe the functions of CF card
Prerequisites
Routing maintenance of NE database
Be familiar with Windows operating system.

Having the general knowledge of Microwave
Backup NE database
Duration
basics
2 working days
Having the general knowledge of IP, MPLS and

QinQ
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
375
6.8.5
OptiX RTN 900 2nd Line Maintenance Training (Hybrid)
Training Path
Describe the concept and characters of digital

microwave communication
Digital Microwave Communication Basics

OTF01
Lecture
Describe the theory and function of every part

in the digital microwave system
0.5d
List the networking application for digital

microwave system
List the fadings in microwave propagation

OTF47
Lecture
List the common technologies of antifading
0.5d

900

OTF32
Lecture

0.5d
microwave
Domain)
2d
OTF46
Lab, E-lab

RTN 900 network
OptiX RTN 900 Troubleshooting
Describe the general troubleshooting flow of

OTF35
Lecture
1.5d
OptiX RTN 900

Outline the methods of faults analyzing and
locating
Target Audience
Perform the common troubleshooting for OptiX

OptiX RTN series operation and maintenance
RTN 900
engineer
Prerequisites

900
Microwave products
Duration

QinQ
Having the general knowledge of Ethernet
5 working days
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
Objectives
be able to:
376
6.8.6
OptiX RTN 900 2nd Line Maintenance Training (Packet)
Training Path


OTF01
Lecture

microwave system
0.5d

OTF47
Lecture

900
0.5d


OTF32
Lecture
microwave
0.5d

Domain)
2d
OTF29
Lab, E-lab
RTN 900 network

OptiX RTN 900

OTF35
Lecture
1.5d
locating
RTN 900
Target Audience

engineer
Prerequisites
Microwave products
plane via NMS


QinQ
Duration

Objectives
5 working days
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
be able to:
377
6.8.7
OptiX RTN 900 2nd Line Maintenance Training (Hybrid+Packet)
Training Path
be able to:

OTF01
Lecture
0.5d

OTF47
Lecture
microwave system
0.5d


OTF32
Lecture

0.5d

plane via NMS
Domain)
2d
OTF46
Lab, E-lab

900

Domain)
2d
OTF29
Lab, E-lab

microwave

OTF35
Lecture

1.5d
RTN 900 network

Target Audience

engineer
OptiX RTN 900

Prerequisites
locating
Microwave products
RTN 900
QinQ
900
Objectives
378

Duration
Class Size
7 working days
Min 6, Max 12
379
6.8.8
OptiX RTN 900 3rd Line Maintenance Training
Training Path
testing
Hybrid Services Testing

OTF23
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
performance testing
Explain the concept of common testing indices
1.5d

performance testing
OptiX RTN 900 QoS & OAM Technology
OTF36
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
Outline the basic concept of QoS and

ETH-OAM
1.5d
Describe the working principles of QoS

Outline the QoS functions of the Ethernet
service boards on the OptiX RTN 900
OptiX RTN 900 Clock & DCN Topic

OTF31
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
List the planning principles of QoS

Describe the configuration flow of QoS
1.5d
Describe the usage of ETH-OAM

Configure clock tracing
OptiX RTN 900 System Control Unit and IF
Feature Topic
1d
OTF30
Lecture
Configure clock protection

Configure SSM byte in RTN 900
Check clock status in RTN 900 network
Manage and configure ECC link

OTF35
Lecture
Configure extended ECC

Enable/disable ECC link
1.5d
Configure IP over DCC, inband DCC

Configure DCC transparent transmission
Target Audience

OptiX RTN 900
OptiX RTN series senior operation and
locating
Prerequisites

Completion of OptiX RTN 900 2nd Line
RTN 900
Describe system architecture and functions of
Objectives
the SCC unit

Outline the new features supported by OptiX
RTN 900
be able to:
Describe the function and application of the
new features
Know the technical background of the Ethernet

and its basic concepts
Duration
Draw the Ethernet frame structure

7 working days
Class Size
switching
Min 6, Max 12
380
6.8.9
OptiX RTN 900 V100R002 Installation and Commissioning Training
Training Path
List the functions of ODU, Hybrid coupler and

antenna
OptiX RTN 900 V100R002 Hardware &

Network Application
OTF17
Lecture
Explain the protection mode of OptiX RTN 900

Explain the functions of AM and Hybrid
1d
Microwave
OTF18
Lecture

1d
RTN 900 network

OptiX RTN 900 V100R002 Commissioning
Explain the application of OptiX RTN 900

OTF19
Lecture, Lab
1d
Ethernet services
of OpitX RTN 900
OptiX RTN 900 V100R002 Data

Configuration
OTF21
Lecture, Lab

2d

Target Audience

OptiX RTN 900 V100R002 series installation and
of OptiX RTN 900
Prerequisites
commissioning
900
RTN 900
Configure TDM services of the OptiX RTN
910950
Objectives

910950

be able to:
Duration

900
5 working days
Class Size
Describe the system structure, software and

Min 6, Max 12
hardware structure of OptiX RTN 900

List the types and features of the IDU
List the functions of boards in the IDU
381
6.8.10 OptiX RTN 900 V100R002 1st Line Maintenance Training

Training Path

application of every units
OptiX RTN 900 V100R002 System

Description
OTF45
Lecture
List all the protection modes which supported

by OptiX RTN 900
0.5d
Configure the OptiX RTN 900 equipment for all

types of the network application
OptiX RTN 900 V100R002 Field

Maintenance
OTF20
Lecture, Lab
Microwave
1.5d
Outline the general safety precautions of OptiX

RTN 900
Target Audience
OptiX RTN 900V100R002 series field maintenance
RTN 900
engineer
Implement the maintenance operation of OptiX
Prerequisites
RTN 900

Having a general knowledge of Microwave basics
Duration
Objectives
2 working days
Class Size
be able to:
Min 6, Max 12

900
382
6.8.11 OptiX RTN 900 V100R002 2nd Line Maintenance Training

Training Path


OTF01
Lecture

900
0.5d
Describe the system structure, software and

hardware structure of OptiX RTN 900
Network Application
OTF17
Lecture

List the functions of boards in the IDU
1d
List the functions of ODU, Hybrid coupler and

antenna

Configuration
OTF21
Lecture, Lab

2d
Microwave

Configuration (Scenarized For Second
Line)
0.5d
OTF44
Lecture, Lab

RTN 900 network
Explain the application of OptiX RTN 900

Troubleshooting
OTF22
Lecture, Lab
Ethernet services
1d

Configure TDM services of the OptiX RTN
Target Audience
910950
OptiX RTN 900V100R002 series operation and
910950
Prerequisites

OptiX RTN 900
Microwave products
locating
RTN 900
Objectives
Configure TDM services in mixed networking
Apply the tag attributes in different scenario
be able to:
Configuration of E-Line Services and E-LAN

Services
Duration

5 working days

Class Size
microwave system
Min 6, Max 12
383
6.8.12 OptiX RTN 900 V100R002 3rd Line Maintenance Training

Training Path
testing
Hybrid Services Testing

OTF23
Lecture, Lab
performance testing
Explain the concept of common testing indices
1.5d

performance testing
OptiX RTN 900 V100R002 QOS & OAM
Technology
1.5d
OTF24
Lecture, Lab
Outline the basic concepts of QoS and

ETH-OAM
Describe the working principles of QoS
Outline the QoS functions of the Ethernet
service boards on the OptiX RTN 900
OptiX RTN 900 V100R002 Clock & DCN

Processing
1d
OTF25
Lecture, Lab
List the planning principles of QoS

Describe the configuration flow of QoS
Describe the usage of ETH-OAM
Manage and configure ECC link

Troubleshooting Case Study
OTF26
Lecture, Lab
Configure extended ECC

1d
Enable/disable ECC link

Configure IP over DCC
Target Audience
Configure DCC transparent transmission
OptiX RTN 900V100R002 series senior operation
Configure clock tracing
and maintenance engineer
Configure clock protection
Prerequisites
Configure SSM byte in RTN 900

Check clock status in RTN 900 network
Completion of OptiX RTN 900 V100R002 2nd Line
Read the actual faulty cases of OptiX RTN 900
Analyze the causes of fault that occurs in
Objectives
actual network
Improve the competency of troubleshooting
be able to:
Practice the troubleshooting skills in the lab
Duration
Know the technical background of the Ethernet

5 working days
and its basic concepts

Draw the Ethernet frame structure
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
switching
384
6.8.13 OptiX RTN 900 V100R001 1st Line Maintenance Training

Training Path
RTN 900 network

OptiX RTN 900 V100R001 Field Operation

Maintenance
1d
OTF14
Lecture, Lab
RTN 900

Network Application
OTF42
Lecture
RTN 900
1d

RTN 900
Target Audience

OptiX RTN 900V100R001 series field maintenance
RTN 900
engineer
Prerequisites

900 include the AM function
Describe the system structure of OptiX RTN
Having the general knowledge of Microwave
900
basics
List the functions and features of the boards in
IDU, ODU, Hybrid coupler and antenna
QinQ
Objectives
Describe the classification of the services in the
OptiX RTN 900 network
be able to:
Describe the networking application of OptiX
RTN 900
RTN 900 network
900

Duration

2 working days
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
RTN 900
385
6.8.14 OptiX RTN 900 V100R001 2nd Line Maintenance Training

Training Path
Implement data configuration and maintenance

operations for OptiX RTN 900 series through
Ethernet Basics
OTA03
iManager T2000 (Web LCT)

Lecture
List out the contents, meaning and operation
2d
methods of all the OptiX RTN 900 series

maintenance items
Complete data configuration and daily
OptiX RTN 900 V100R001 Operation &

Maintenance
7d
OTF15
Lecture, Lab
maintenance for OptiX RTN 900 series

Explain reasons of OptiX RTN 900 series
common faults and outline the common
methods for troubleshooting

Network Application
OTF42
Lecture
Analyze the common faults of OptiX RTN 900

1d
series and perform the troubleshooting

Target Audience

OptiX RTN 900V100R001 series operation and
900
Prerequisites

Microwave products
QinQ
RTN 900
Objectives

RTN 900 network
be able to:
Describe the basic principle of IP routing
Describe the MPLS tunnel (LSP) creation
900
procedure
Outline the MPLS OAM functions
for TDM, Ethernet and ATM services
Outline the PWE3 application scenarios of
OptiX RTN 900
RTN 900
Complete iManager T2000 ( Web LCT)
software installation
RTN 900 network
Apply all menus in iManager T2000 (Web LCT)
386

Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
Duration
10 working days
387
6.9 RTN 300 Products Training Programs

6.9.1
Training Path
Be familiar with windows operating system

Objectives

OTF80
Lecture
0.5d
be able to:
300
OptiX RTN 300 Feature Description

OTF81
Lecture

0.5d

of OpitX RTN 300

OTF82
Lecture
Describe the features and application of OptiX

RTN 300
0.5d

of antenna, RTN 300 and PI
Implement the installation of OptiX RTN 300

OTF83
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
1d
of OptiX RTN 300

commissioning
OptiX RTN 300 Data Configuration

OTF84
Lab, E-lab

1.5d
300
RTN 300
Target Audience

OptiX RTN 300 installation and commissioning
engineer
Configure services of the OptiX RTN 300

Duration
Prerequisites
4 working days
Class Size

Min 6, Max 12
criterion
388
6.9.2
Training Path

300

OTF80
Lecture

0.5d

of OpitX RTN 300
OptiX RTN 300 Field Operations &

Maintenance
OTF85
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
RTN 300
1.5d

RTN 300
Target Audience

OptiX RTN 300 field maintenance engineer
Duration
Prerequisites
2 working days
Having a general knowledge of microwave basics
Class Size
Objectives
Min 6, Max 12
be able to:
389
6.9.3
Training Path
Objectives
be able to:
OTF80
Lecture
0.5d

300
OptiX RTN 300 Feature Description

OTF81
Lecture

0.5d
of OpitX RTN 300

Describe the features and application of OptiX
OptiX RTN 300 Data Configuration
OTF84
Lab, E-lab
RTN 300
1.5d
of antenna, RTN 300 and PI

Configure services of the OptiX RTN 300
OptiX RTN 300 Maintenance and

Troubleshooting
OTF86
Lecture
Implement the routine maintenance via NMS

0.5d

OptiX RTN 300
Target Audience

locating
OptiX RTN 300 operation and maintenance
engineer
Prerequisites
RTN 300
Duration

Microwave products
3 working days
Class Size

Min 6, Max 12
390
6.10
RTN 600 Products Training Programs
6.10.1 OptiX RTN 600 Installation and Commissioning Training

Training Path

OptiX RTN 600 Hardware and Network

Application
OTF02
Lecture

1d
of OptiX RTN 600

OTF07
Lecture, WBT
600
Describe the system structure and software
0.5h
and hardware structure of OptiX RTN 600

List the functions of boards in the IDU, ODU,
Hybrid coupler and antenna

OTF08
Lecture, Lab
1d

Microwave
OptiX RTN 600 Operation & Maintenance

OTF03
Lecture, Lab
List the common network types of OptiX RTN

600
2.5d

Target Audience
RTN 600
List the network and equipment protection
schemes supported by the OptiX RTN 600
Describe the configuration requirements of all
Prerequisites
types of protection mode in OptiX RTN 600

Describe the functions of the T2000 and the
T2000 Web LCT
criterion
Install the T2000 Web LCT
Having working experience in the optical
Configure services and protection by using the
transport network and microwave products
T2000 and the T2000 Web LCT
RTN 600
Objectives
RTN 600
be able to:
commissioning
Performing NE commissioning of the OptiX
of OpitX RTN 600
RTN 600
Performing hop commissioning of the OptiX
391
RTN 600
RTN 600
Duration
commissioning
Performing NE commissioning of the OptiX
RTN 600
5 working days
Class Size
Performing hop commissioning of the OptiX
No limit
392
6.10.2 OptiX RTN 600 1st Line Maintenance Training

Training Path


Application
OTF02
Lecture

Microwave
1d

600
OptiX RTN 600 Field Maintenance
OTF05
Lecture, Lab

RTN 600
1d

Target Audience

OptiX RTN 600 series field maintenance engineer
Prerequisites

RTN 600
Having a general knowledge of Microwave basics
Objectives
RTN 600
be able to:

Duration
2 working days
600
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12

393
6.10.3 OptiX RTN 600 2nd Line Maintenance Training

Training Path
600

OTF01
Lecture

0.5d

Application
OTF02
Lecture

1d
Microwave
600
OptiX RTN 600 Operation & Maintenance

OTF03
Lecture, Lab
2.5d
RTN 600

OTF06
Lecture, Case

1d
Describe the functions of the T2000 and the

Target Audience
T2000 Web LCT
OptiX RTN 600 series operation and maintenance
Install the T2000 Web LCT
engineer
Configure services and protection by using the

T2000 and the T2000 Web LCT
Prerequisites

RTN 600
Microwave products
RTN 600
Objectives

locating
be able to:
Outline the Fault Handling Flow
error bit, etc

Duration

microwave system
5 working days
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12

394
395
396
6.11
Transmission Network OSS Training Training Programs
6.11.1 iManager U2000 Monitoring Training (Transmission Network only)

Training Path

Transmission Network Device Introduction

ONU07
Lecture

alarm
1d

common alarm events
Target Audience
U2000 operator and maintainer
performance events
Explain the networking and application of
Prerequisites
Huawei Transmission network equipment;
Having the basic knowledge of network
Describe the functions of Huawei network
management
products;
Having the basic principle and equipment
Describe the capacity and features of Huawei
knowledge of Transmission network
network products;
Objectives
Locate the alarm in the network.

Duration
be able to:
2 working days

U2000
Class Size
Min 6, Max 16
397
6.11.2 iManager U2000 LCT Operation Training

Training Path
List the main menus of iManager U2000 LCT

Perform the NE configuration, service
iManager U2000 LCT Operation

ONU12
Lecture, Lab
configuration for NG SDH equipment via

U2000 LCT
1d

Target Audience
LCT
U2000 LCT user

Prerequisites
Duration
1 working day
Having the basic knowledge of Windows OS

Objectives
Class Size
Min 6, Max 16

be able to:
398
6.11.3 iManager U2100 Operation and Maintenance Training

Training Path
Describe the basic command of Solaris and

Sybase
U2100 System Operation and

Maintenance
OTD08
Lecture, Lab
Describe the system structure, management

capacity and menus of iManager U2100
5d
Browse the SDH/WDM/PTN/Hybrid MSTP trail

Target Audience
and their alarm through iManager U2100

Create and delete SDH/WDM/PTN/Hybrid
U2100 adminstrator and operator
MSTP trail through iManager U2100
Prerequisites
Check the running status of U2100 and perform

Be familiar with Windows operating system and
the routine maintenance
SQL Server
Perform the U2100 troubleshooting, deal the
Having the knowledge of Solaris and Sybase

basics
NMS and network problems with U2000

Duration
Objectives
5 working days
Class Size
be able to:
Min 6, Max 12
List the features and basics of Solaris and

Sybase
399
6.11.4 OptiX iManager T2000 Monitoring Training

Training Path

T2000V2
Transmission Network Device Introduction

ONU07
Lecture

1d

OTD01
Lecture, Lab

browsing help, etc
1d

Huawei Transmission network equipment;
Target Audience

T2000 operator and maintainer
products;
Transmission network routine monitor and
maintainer
network products;
Prerequisites
Locate the alarm in the network.

Duration

optical transport network
2 working days
Class Size
Objectives
Min 6, Max 16
be able to:
400
6.11.5 OptiX iManager T2000 Administration Training

Training Path
Complete the operation of NE and NMS

security management
OptiX iManager Security Database

Management
1d
OTD02
Lecture, Lab
Explain the concept of data management

Complete the operation of NE and NMS data
management
List T2000 routine maintenance items
OptiX iManager T2000 Routine

Maintenance Troubleshooting
OTD03
Lecture, Lab
Perform operations of routine maintenance

Complete routine maintenance for T2000 and
1d
network
Target Audience
localization
T2000 operator and maintainer
Locate T2000 NMS faults
Prerequisites
Get the experience for T2000 troubleshooting

Analyze and handle the typical faults
Be familiar with Windows operating system and

SQL Server
Duration
Upon completion of OTD00 Solaris Sybase

2 working days
Basics course or having equivalent knowledge

Objectives
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12

be able to:
Explain the concept of security management
401
6.11.6 OptiX iManager T2000 Veritas Standby Training

Training Path
Concepts
Describe Veritas Volume Management and
OptiX iManager T2000 Veritas Standby

System Operation Maintenance
OTD06
Lecture, Lab
Replication Principle
Describe Veritas Cluster Management Working
4d
Principle
Target Audience
Perform Veritas hot backup system basic

operations
T2000 Veritas system administrator
Execute Veritas hot backup system routine
Prerequisites
maintenance
Upon completion of
Solaris Sybase Basics
Perform Veritas hot backup system
course or having equivalent knowledge
troubleshooting
Objectives
Outline Veritas Hot Backup System Installation

Preparations
Describe Veritas Hot Backup System
be able to:
Installation Procedure
Outline the main features of Solaris
List Veritas Hot Backup System Installation
Perform some basic operation of SUN
Checking Items
workstation
Describe some basic commands of Solaris
Duration
Outline the main features of Sybase

Start, shutdown, backup and restore Sybase
4 working days
Class Size
database
Min 2, Max 6
Describe some basic SQL language

Outline Veritas Hot Backup System Basic
402
6.11.7 OptiX iManager T2000V2R7 Delta Training

Training Path
T2000V2R7
OptiX iManager T2000V2R7 Delta

OTD07
Lecture, Lab

List the new features of T2000V2R7
2d
Describe the realization method of the new

Target Audience
features
Perform the operation of the new features
T2000 administrator and maintainer
Describe the concepts and architecture of
Prerequisites
T2000V2R7 distributing management system

Be familiar with OptiX iManager T2000 before
List the functions of T2000V2R7 distributing
V2R7 version
management system
Objectives
Add instance in distributing management

system
Perform the routine maintenance
be able to:
Duration
T2000V2
2 working days
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12

403
6.12
Transmission Network Planning and Design Training Training
Programs
6.12.1 OptiX SDH Network Design Basic Training
Training Path
Describe the structure of SDH network

Outline the service types of SDH network
OptiX SDH Network Design Basics

OTA13
Lecture, Lab
Illustrate the common protection mechanism of

SDH network
1d
List the procedures of SDH network design

Describe the basic factors that should be
Description
OTA28
Lecture
involved in the SDH network design

Accomplish the SDH/PDH service design
1d

Target Audience

SDH network junior planning design engineer
Prerequisites

Having the basic knowledge of
Duration
telecommunications and SDH network

2 working days
Objectives
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
be able to:
404
6.12.2 OptiX MSTP Network Design Training

Training Path
service demand
List the procedures of SDH network design

OTA44
Lecture, Case
Outline network protection types

Describe the key point of complicated network
3d
design
Target Audience
Figure out the details of network reliability

design
SDH network planning design engineer
Perform SDH network design including the
Prerequisites
network reliabilty and clock trace design

List the factors of data service design
telecommunications and MSTP network
Describe the key point of the data service
planning according to the bandwidth
design of MSTP networks
requirement
Objectives
Perform data service design in the SDH

network

be able to:
Duration
Describe the application of OptiX NG SDH

OCS system
3 working days
Class Size
Outline the equipment capacity of OptiX NG

Min 6, Max 12
SDH OCS system

Choose the right equipment according to the
405
6.12.3 OptiX Hybrid MSTP Network Design Training

Training Path
system
Outline the equipment capacity for packet
OptiX Hybrid MSTP Network Design

OTA47
Lecture, Case
service access of OptiX NG SDH system

Outline the common boards for packet service
3d
of OptiX NG SDH equipment

Target Audience

service demand
Hybrid MSTP network planning design
Consider all the required main points for
engineer
planning a Hybrid MSTP network
Prerequisites
List the procedure for designing the Hybrid

MSTP network
telecommunications and Hybrid MSTP network

Perform the Hybrid MSTP network design

Duration
design of Hybrid MSTP networks

3 working days
Objectives
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
be able to:
Describe the application of OptiX NG SDH
406
6.12.4 OptiX MDS 6600 ASON(SDH) Network Planning and Design Training
Training Path
List the configuration of iManager MDS 6600

Describe the characters of iManager MDS
iManager MDS 6600 ASON (SDH)

Netowrk Design
OTA33
Lecture, Case
6600
Perform SDH ASON network design through
4d
iManager MDS 6600

Target Audience
Describe the considerations of ASON planning
OptiX SDH ASON senior network planning
List the steps of ASON planning
design engineer
Describe the function of ASON planning tool

Accomplish SDH ASON network design
Prerequisites

Perform data import/export operation between
telecommunications and SDH network
iManager MDS 6600 and NMS
Having a general knowledge of ASON

Verify the import/export operation

Duration
design of SDH networks

4 working days
Objectives
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
be able to:
Describe the structure of iManager MDS 6600
407
6.12.5 OptiX WDM/NG WDM Network Design Basic Training

Training Path

OptiX WDM/NG WDM Network Design

Basics
OTC47
Lecture
etc
2d
in WDM system
Target Audience

different units in OptiX WDM/NG WDM
WDM network junior planning
products
design engineer
Illustrate the main factors involved in WDM
Prerequisites
network planning, such as power budget,
Having a general understanding of
dispersion compensation, OSNR calculation
telecommunications
and nonlinearity
Outline the design process of WDM network
Objectives
Duration
be able to:
2 working days
Class Size

Min 6, Max 12

408
6.12.6 OptiX WDM Network Design Training

Training Path
different units in OptiX WDM products

Evaluate the WDM networks including the

OTC03
Lecture, Case
network architecture, protection mechanism,

signal flow and network capacity
3d
Analyze typical configuration of OptiX WDM

Target Audience
series products
Analyze the design process of WDM network
WDM network planning
Design a complete OptiX WDM network
design engineer
according to requirements
Prerequisites
Duration
3 working days
Having basic knowledge of telecommunications

Objectives
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12

be able to:
409
6.12.7 OptiX NG WDM Network Design Training

Training Path
capacity and features

Describe WDM network topologies and system

OTC31
Lecture, Case
applications
Outline the designing procedure of WDM
3d
network
Target Audience
Fulfill the hardware configuration of OptiX NG

WDM
OptiX NG WDM network planning design
Memorize the OptiX OSN 3800/6800/8800
engineer
system capacity with different traffics
Prerequisites
Apply the OptiX OSN 3800/6800/8800 system

functions and configuration principles in
design of WDM products
network planning
Describe the designing procedure of NG WDM
Network Design Basic Training or having
FOADM network
Fulfill the hardware configuration of NG WDM
Objectives
FOADM network
Duration
be able to:
Describe OSN 8800/6800/3800 product
3 working days
Class Size
networking
Min 6, Max 12
Outline OSN 8800/6800/3800 product

functions
Describe OSN 8800/6800/3800 product
410
6.12.8 OptiX MDS 6600 ASON (WDM) Network Planning and Design Training
Training Path
Outline NG WDM ASON network planning

steps
OptiX NG WDM ASON Network Planning

Design
2d
OTC36
Lecture, Case
Complete the NG WDM ASON network node

design
Understand the special topics of NG WDM
ASON network planning and design
Understand NG WDM ASON network features
iManager MDS 6600 WDM Planner

Operation
OTC74
Lecture, Lab
Outline NG WDM ASON network planning
1d
steps
Complete the NG WDM ASON network node
design
iManager MDS 6600 WDM Designer

Operation
OTC75
Lecture, Lab
Describe features and functions of the

1d
iManager MDS 6600 WDM Planner

Plan WDM network
Target Audience
Fulfill the MDS 6600 WDM Planner operation
OptiX NG WDM ASON senior network planning
Implement the WDM network plan by the MDS
design engineer
6600 WDM Planner
Prerequisites
Outline system architecture of iManager MDS

6600
Describe features and functions of the
design of WDM products
iManager MDS 6600 WDM Designer
Complete WDM network design
Fulfill the MDS 6600 WDM Designer operation
Implement the WDM network design by the
Objectives
MDS 6600 WDM Designer

Duration
be able to:
4 working days

Class Size
Min 6, Max 12

Describe NG WDM ASON network features
411
6.12.9 OptiX RTN Network Planning Basic Training

Training Path
Objectives
be able to:
OTF01
Lecture
0.5d

OptiX RTN Network Planning Basic

OTF40
Lecture

1.5d
microwave system
Target Audience

Microwave network junior planning engineer
Familiar with the microwave network design
Prerequisites
contents
Having a general knowledge of Digital Microwave
Know the basic information about microwave
Communication
planning
Duration
QinQ
2 working days
Having the general knowledge of Ethernet and

QoS
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
412
6.12.10 OptiX RTN 900 Network Planning Training(Packet)

Training Path
contents

OTF49
Lecture
in the digital microwave system for details

Know the microwave planning principles
1.5d
Familiar the interference analysis methods

Familiar with the principles for Ethernet service,
OptiX RTN Network Service Planning
(Packet)
OTF60
Lecture
CES service, ATM/IMA service and MPLS

tunnel planning
0.5d
Know how to select the proper equipment type

and functions for different scenarios
Implement network design according to the
OptiX RTN Clock & DCN Planning

OTF51
Lecture
guideline to ensure the high and efficient

packet service delivery
1d
Familiar with the working mechanism of clock &

Target Audience
DCN
Know how to select the proper clock & DCN
Microwave network planning engineer
mode for different scenarios
Prerequisites
Familiar with the clock & DCN planning

guidelines
Communication
Implement clock & DCN design according to
the guideline to ensure the high and efficient
QinQ
planning delivery
Duration
QoS
3 working days
Objectives
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
be able to:
413
6.12.11 OptiX RTN 900 Network Planning Training(Hybrid)

Training Path
contents

OTF49
Lecture

1.5d

Familiar with the principles for Ethernet service
(Hybrid)
OTF59
Lecture
and TDM service planning

0.5d

guideline to ensure the high and efficient hybrid

OTF51
Lecture
service delivery
1d
DCN
Target Audience

Prerequisites
guidelines
Communication
TDM
planning delivery
Duration
Objectives
3 working days
Class Size
be able to:
Min 6, Max 12
414
6.12.12 OptiX RTN 900 Network Planning Training(Packet+Hybrid)

Training Path


OTF49
Lecture
Familiar with the principles for Ethernet service

and TDM service planning
1.5d

(Hybrid)
OTF59
Lecture

guideline to ensure the high and efficient hybrid
0.5d
service delivery

(Packet)
OTF60
Lecture
tunnel planning
0.5d


OTF51
Lecture

1d

DCN
OptiX RTN Network Planning Case

Analysis
OTF61
Lecture

0.5d

guidelines
Target Audience

Prerequisites
planning delivery
Communication
tunnel planning
QinQ
QoS
Objectives

Duration
be able to:
4 working days

contents
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
415
6.12.13 OptiX RTN 900 Network Planning Advanced Training

Training Path
DCN
OptiX RTN Network QoS Planning

OTF62
Lecture

0.5d
guidelines
planning delivery
OTF51
Lecture
1d

tunnel planning
OptiX RTN Network Planning Case

Analysis
OTF61
Lecture

0.5d

Target Audience

Microwave senior network planning engineer
Prerequisites
tunnel planning
Communication
QinQ

QoS

Duration
Be familiar with RTN product

2 working days
Objectives
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
be able to:
416
6.12.14 OptiX OSN 3800A6800A Planning and Design Training

Training Path
products
Evaluate the network resilience, which include
OptiX OSN 3800A/6800A Network

Planning Design
OTC53
Lecture, Case
network architecture, protection mechanisms,

signal flow, and network capacity
4d
Outline the designing procedure of WDM

Target Audience
network
Fulfill the hardware configuration of optical and
OptiX OSN 3800A/6800A senior network
electrical layer grooming
planning design engineer
Fulfill the hardware configuration of OptiX OSN
Prerequisites
3800A/6800A
Having working experience in planning and design
Illustrate the main factors involved in WDM
telecommunication networks
network planning, such as power budget,
dispersion compensation, OSNR calculation
Objectives
and nonlinearity
Complete the exercises of WDM network
design
be able to:
Duration

Describe OptiX OSN 3800A/6800A access
4 working days
Class Size
capacity
Min 6, Max 12
Identify wavelength distribution and service

process ability for OptiX OSN 3800A/6800A
417
6.12.15 OptiX BWS 1600S (unrepeatered) Planning and Design Training

Training Path
capacity
Identify wavelength distribution and service
OptiX BWS 1600S(unrepeatered) Planning

and Design
3d
OTC71
Lecture, Case
process ability for OptiX BWS 1600S products

Evaluate the network resilience, which include
network architecture, protection mechanisms,
Target Audience
signal flow and network capacity

Outline the designing procedure of OptiX BWS
OptiX BWS 1600S senior network planning
1600S network
design engineer
Fulfill the hardware configuration of OptiX BWS
Prerequisites
1600S products
Complete the exercises of OptiX BWS 1600S

network design
Duration
Objectives
3 working days
Class Size
be able to:
Min 6, Max 12

BWS 1600S products
Describe OptiX BWS 1600S system access
418
6.12.16 OptiX NG WDM Packet Network Planning and Design Training

Training Path
service access of OptiX NG WDM system

Outline the common boards for packet service
OptiX NG WDM Packet Network Planning

and Design
3d
OTC110
Lecture, Case
of OptiX NG WDM equipment

service demand
Target Audience
Consider all the required main points for

planning a OptiX NG WDM packet network
OptiX NG WDM packet network planningdesign
List the procedure for designing the OptiX NG
engineer
WDM packet network
Prerequisites
Perform the OptiX NG WDM packet network

design of NG WDM Packet Network
design
Duration
Objectives
3 working days
Class Size
be able to:
Min 6, Max 12
Describe the application of OptiX NG WDM

packet system
Outline the equipment capacity for packet
419
6.13
Training Programs
6.13.1 OptiX SDH Network Assessment Training
Training Path
Describe the main contents about SDH service

capacity and efficiency assessment
SDH Network Assessment

OTA93
Lecture, Case
Describe the items and contents about SDH

network security assessment
3d
Describe the measures about SDH survivable

network assessment
Target Audience
List the methods about trail usability
OptiX SDH network optimization engineer or
assessment
senior maintenance engineer
network OM assessment
Prerequisites
Describe the methods about ECC subnetwork
Be familiar with OptiX SDH equipment
assessment
Having working experience with at least 2
Describe the methods about clock subnetwork
years in the maintenance of optical transport
assessment
network
Describe the methods about spare part
Objectives
assessment
Duration
be able to:
3 working days
List the main items of SDH network resource

List the main items of SDH network
Class Size
assessment
Min 4, Max 8
Describe the requirement of SDH network

resource assessment
420
6.13.2 OptiX SDH Network Optimization Training

Training Path
SDH equipment
Optimize the trails to improve the network
SDH Network Optimization

OTA94
Lecture, Case
usage efficiency
3d
network security optimization

Target Audience
Describe the measures about SDH survivable

network optimization
List the methods about trail usability
optimization
Prerequisites

Be familiar with OptiX SDH equipment
network OM optimization
Having working experience with at least 2 years in
Describe the methods about ECC subnetwork
the maintenance of optical transport network
optimization
Upon completion of OptiX SDH Network
Describe the methods about clock subnetwork
Assessment Training
optimization
Objectives
Describe the methods about spare part

optimization

be able to:
Duration
Describe the causes and effects of discrete

services
3 working days
Class Size
Recognize the discrete services of the network

Min 4, Max 8
Eliminate discrete services

Optimize the lower level cross-connection of
421
6.13.3 OptiX SDH Network Expansion and Reconstruction Training

Training Path
SDH Network Expansion
Reconstruction
OTA43
Lecture, Lab
List the key point of network expansion

Interpret the operation of SDH network
expansion
Perform SDH network expansion and verify the
3d
service interconnection
Target Audience
Outline the scenario of SDH network

reconstruction
List the key point of network reconstruction
Interpret the operation of SDH network
Prerequisites
reconstruction
Perform SDH network reconstruction and verify
SDH products
Having been attend SDH series 2nd Line
the service interconnection

Duration
maintenance training
3 working days
Objectives
Class Size
Min 4, Max 8
be able to:
Outline the scenario of SDH network expansion
422
6.13.4 OptiX WDM Network Assessment Training

Training Path
Describe methods of assessing WDM network

design performance
OptiX WDM Network Assessment

OTC72
Lecture, Case
Analyze and assess WDM network design

performance
2d
Provide suggestions on optimizing WDM

Target Audience
network design performance

Describe methods of assessing running
OptiX WDM network optimization engineer or
performance of a WDM network
Analyze and assess running performance of a
Prerequisites
WDM network
Completion of OptiX OSN 3800/6800/8800(OTN)
Provide suggestions for optimizing running
Second Line Maintenance Training program or

OptiX BWS 1600G Second Line Maintenance

Duration
Training program
2 working days
Objectives
Class Size
Min 4, Max 8
be able to:
423
6.13.5 OptiX WDM Network Optimization Training

Training Path

Describe the procedure for designing a solution
OptiX WDM Network Optimization

OTC73
Lecture, Lab
to design performance optimization of a WDM

network
1d
Complete the solution to the design

Target Audience
performance optimization of a WDM network

Describe how to optimize operating
Describe the process of optimizing operating
Prerequisites

Design solutions to optimizing operating


Duration
Training program
1 working day
Objectives
Class Size
Min 4, Max 8
be able to:
Describe the method for optimizing design
424
6.13.6 OptiX WDM Network Expansion Training

Training Path
Objectives
OptiX WDM Network Expansion
be able to:
OTC51
Lecture, Lab
2d
Illustrate OptiX WDM system optical power

calculation
Target Audience
Outline the process of OptiX WDM network

expansion
Implement the indices testing during network
Prerequisites
expansion
Complete the OptiX WDM network service
expansion of OTM/OADM stations

Duration
Training program or OptiX Metro 6100 Second

Line Maintenance Training program
2 working days
Class Size
Min 4, Max 8
425
6.13.7 OptiX WDM Network Reconstruction Training

Training Path
reconstruction methods, which include 2 5G

upgrading to 10G, 10G upgrading to 40G and
OptiX WDM Network Reconstruction

OTC52
Lecture, Lab
400G upgrading to 800G

Describe OptiX WDM equipment software
3d
upgrade methods
Target Audience
Describe OptiX WDM netwok reconstruction

methods, which include the site type
reconstruction, the protection type
reconstruction and wavelength reconstruction
Prerequisites
Complete the OptiX WDM network

reconstruction
Duration

3 working days
Training program
Objectives
Class Size
Min 4, Max 8

be able to:
Describe OptiX WDM system upgrade
426
6.14
Programs
6.14.1 OptiX RTN Network Assessment Training
Training Path
Analyze and access microwave network

performance
Microwave Network Performance

Assessment
OTF63
Lecture
Complete microwave network performance

assessment
0.5d
Describe the methods about capacity

assessment
Describe the methods about frequency
Microwave Network General Assessment

OTF64
Lecture
assessment
0.5d
Describe the methods about reliability

assessment
Describe the methods about NMS DCN
Microwave Network Assessment Case

Analysis
OTF65
Case Study
assessment
1d

assessment
Complete microwave network capacity
Target Audience
assessment
OptiX RTN network optimization engineer or senior
Complete microwave network frequency
assessment
Prerequisites
Complete microwave network reliability

assessment
Be familiar with OptiX RTN series equipment
Complete microwave network NMS DCN
Having working experience with at least 1
assessment
years in the maintenance of microwave

transport network
Duration
Objectives
2 working days
Class Size
be able to:
Min 4, Max 12
Describe methods of assessing microwave

network performance
427
6.14.2 OptiX RTN Network Optimization Training

Training Path
performance optimization of a RTN network

Describe how to optimize the capacity of a RTN
Microwave Network Optimization

OTF66
Lecture
network
Describe the methods about frequency
0.5d
optimization
Describe the methods about topology
Microwave Network Optimization Case
Analysis
OTF67
Case Study
optimization
Describe the methods about NMS DCN
0.5d
optimization
Target Audience
optimization
Complete microwave network capacity
OptiX RTN network optimization engineer or senior
optimization
Complete microwave network frequency
Prerequisites
optimization
Be familiar with OptiX RTN equipment
Complete microwave network reliability
Having working experience with at least 2 years in
optimization
the maintenance of microwave transport network
Complete microwave network NMS DCN
Upon completion of OptiX RTN Network

Assessment Training
optimization
Duration
Objectives
1 working day
Class Size
be able to:
Min 4, Max 12
Describe the microwave network optimization

procedure
Complete the solution to the design
428
7 Access Network Training Courses

7.1 Access Network Training Path
7.1.1
Principle Training Path
Broadband(PPPoE/DHCP/R
adius) Basis Training
IP Basis Training
1d
1d
IPTV(IGMP Proxy/
Snooping) Basis Training
VoIP(H.248/SIP) Basis
Training
1d
1d
PON and SDH/MSTP/
PTN Product Interconnection
Training
1d
VDSL2 Fundamental
Training
0.5d
GPON Fundamental Training

0.5d
429
7.1.2
Evolution and Trends Training Path
FTTx Network Overview

Training
FTTO Solution Overview

Training
1d
0.5d
FTTM Solution Overview
Training
xDSL Access Network

Overview Training
0.5d
0.5d
10G/40G PON Network
Overview Training
ODN Overview Training

0.5d
0.5d
Vectoring Overview Training

G.fast Overview Training
0.5h
0.5d
FTTx PON+EoC Solution
Training
iODN Solution Overview

Training
0.5d
0.5d
MSO CMTS Solution
Training
0.5h
430
7.1.3
MA5600T Products Training Path
Plan & Design
Implement & Operate
MA5600T Hardware
2d
MA5600T Commissioning
Training
5d
MA5600T 1st Line

3d
431
Improve
7.1.4
FTTx PON Products Training Path(GPON)
Plan & Design
FTTx Planning Training

3d
Implement & Operate
Improve
GPON/10GPON (FTTH/B/C)
2nd Line Maintenance
Training
10d
GPON 3rd Line Maintenance

(Feature Implementation)
5d
Training
GPON/10GPON (FTTH) 2nd

7d
GPON 3rd Line Maintenance

(Advanced Troubleshooting)
Training
5d
GPON/10GPON (FTTB/C) 2nd

7d
GPON (FTTO) 2nd Line

3d
GPON (FTTM) 2nd Line
3d
FTTx P2P 2nd Line

3d
Principle
Training
PON and SDH/MSTP/PTN

Product Interconnection
Training
1d
IP Basis Training
1d

0.5d
432
7.1.5
FTTx PON Products Training Path(ODN)
Plan & Design
Implement & Operate
ODN Installation and

ODN Planning Training

3d
2d
ODN Operation and

iODN Planning Training

3d
3d
iODN Operation and

2d
iODN NMS Administrator

Training
2d
MSO CMTS Operation and
5d
FTTx PON+EoC Operation

7d
Principle
IP Basis Training
Training
1d
433
Improve
7.1.6
DSLAM MA5600T Sereis Training Path
Plan & Design
Implement & Operate
Improve
DSLAM SmartAX MA5600T

Series Planning Training
3d

Series 2nd Line Maintenance
Training
7d

Series 3rd Line Maintenance
Training
10d
DSLAM MA5603T/MA5616/MxU
VDSL Vectoring Operation and
3d
DSLAM MA5616 Operation

3d
iManager U2000 DSALM

MA5600T Series Operation
and Maintenance Training 3d
Principle
Training

Training
1d
IP Basis Training
1d
434
7.1.7
DSLAM MA5100 Training Path
Plan & Design
Implement & Operate
Improve
DSLAM SmartAX MA5100

Series Commissioning
Training
4d

Training
5d
Principle

Training
1d
IP Basis Training
Training
1d
435
7.1.8
Plan & Design
Implement & Operate
Improve

Training
4d

Training
5d
Principle

Training
1d
IP Basis Training
Training
1d
436
7.1.9
Plan & Design
Implement & Operate
Improve

Training
5d

Training
10d

Training
7d
Principle
Training

Training
1d
IP Basis Training
1d
437
7.1.10 MSAN MA5600T(VoIP) Series Training Path
Plan & Design
MSAN SmartAX
MA5600T(VoIP) Series
Planning Training
Principle
Implement & Operate
2d
Improve
MSAN SmartAX
MA5600T(VoIP) Series 2nd
Line Maintenance Training 3d
MSAN SmartAX
MA5600T(VoIP) Series
2d
iManager U2000 MSAN

MA5600T(VoIP) Operation
2d

Training
1d
IP Basis Training
Training
1d
438
7.1.11 MSAN UA5000 Training Path
Plan & Design
Implement & Operate
MSAN UA5000 Planning

Training
MSAN UA5000 Hardware

3d
Improve
MSAN UA5000 3rd Line
2d
MSAN UA5000
6d
MSAN UA5000 1st Line

2d
MSAN UA5000 2nd Line

10d
iManager U2000 MSAN
UA5000 Operation and
Principle
Training
3d

Training
1d
IP Basis Training
1d
439
10d
7.1.12 HONET Series Training Path
Plan & Design
Implement & Operate
HONET V6 MD5500 and

UA5000 2nd Line
Principle
Improve
8d

Training
1d
IP Basis Training
Training
1d
440
7.1.13 BITS Training Path
Plan & Design
Implement & Operate

SYNLOCK V3 2nd Line
3d
SYNLOCK V5 2nd Line

2d
SYNLOCK T6020 2nd Line

3d
441
Improve
7.1.14 OSS N2000 Training Path
Plan & Design
Implement & Operate

iManager N2000 BMS
3d
iManager N2000 BMS

Operation Training (GPON)
3d
iManager N2000 BMS

Operation Training (DSLAM)
3d
iManager N2000 BMS

Operation Training (MSAN)
3d
442
Improve
iManager N2000 BMS
Advanced Operation and
5d
7.1.15 OSS N2510 Training Path
Plan & Design
Implement & Operate
iManager N2510 Software

Test Operation Training
3d
iManager N2510 Hardware
Test Operation Training
3d
iManager N2510 OLS

Operation Training
3d
iManager N2510
443
Improve
7.2 List of Access Network Training Programs

Access Network Training Programs are designed as follows:
Duration
Training Programs
Level
(working
days)
Training
Class
Location
Size
Principle
IP Basis Training
6 ~ 12
Broadband(PPPoE/DHCP/Radius) Basis Training
6 ~ 12
IPTV(IGMP Proxy/Snooping) Basis Training
6 ~ 12
VoIP(H.248/SIP) Basis Training
6 ~ 12
PON and SDH/MSTP/PTN Product Interconnection Training
6 ~ 12
VDSL2 Fundamental Training
0.5
6 ~ 12
0.5
6 ~ 12
FTTx Network Overview Training
6 ~ 12
FTTO Solution Overview Training
0.5
6 ~ 12
FTTM Solution Overview Training
0.5
6 ~ 12
xDSL Access Network Overview Training
0.5
6 ~ 12
0.5
6 ~ 12
10G/40G PON Network Overview Training
0.5
6 ~ 12
0.5
6 ~ 12
0.5
6 ~ 12
iODN Solution Overview Training
0.5
6 ~ 12
FTTx PON+EoC Solution Training
0.5
6 ~ 12
MSO CMTS Solution Training
0.5
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
Planning
444
DSLAM SmartAX MA5600T Series Planning Training
6 ~ 12
MSAN SmartAX MA5600T(VoIP) Series Planning Training
6 ~ 12
MSAN UA5000 Planning Training
6 ~ 12
MA5600T Hardware Installation Training
6 ~ 12
MA5600T Commissioning Training
6 ~ 12
MA5600T 1st Line Maintenance Training
6 ~ 12
GPON/10GPON (FTTH/B/C) 2nd Line Maintenance Training
10
6 ~ 12
GPON/10GPON (FTTH) 2nd Line Maintenance Training
6 ~ 12
GPON/10GPON (FTTB/C) 2nd Line Maintenance Training
6 ~ 12
GPON (FTTO) 2nd Line Maintenance Training
6 ~ 12
GPON (FTTM) 2nd Line Maintenance Training
6 ~ 12
FTTx P2P 2nd Line Maintenance Training
6 ~ 12
GPON 3rd Line Maintenance (Feature Implementation) Training
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
U2000 FTTx Service Provision Training
6 ~ 12
U2000 FTTx Monitoring Training
6 ~ 12
U2000 FTTx Maintenance and Troubleshooting Training
6 ~ 12
ODN Installation and Commissioning Training
6 ~ 12
ODN Operation and Maintenance Training
6 ~ 12
iODN Operation and Maintenance Training
6 ~ 12
iODN NMS Administrator Training
6 ~ 12
MSO CMTS Operation and Maintenance Training
6 ~ 12
FTTx PON+EoC Operation and Maintenance Training
6 ~ 12
DSLAM SmartAX MA5600T Series 2nd Line Maintenance Training
6 ~ 12
DSLAM SmartAX MA5600T Series 3rd Line Maintenance Training
10
6 ~ 12
MA5600T Products
FTTx PON Products
GPON 3rd Line Maintenance (Advanced Troubleshooting)

Training
DSLAM Products
445
DSLAM MA5603T/MA5616/MxU VDSL Vectoring Operation and
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
DSLAM SmartAX MA5100 Series Commissioning Training
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
DSLAM SmartAX MA5100 Series 2nd Line Maintenance Training
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
10
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
MSAN UA5000 Hardware Installation Training
6 ~ 12
MSAN UA5000 Commissioning Training
6 ~ 12
MSAN UA5000 1st Line Maintenance Training
6 ~ 12
MSAN UA5000 2nd Line Maintenance Training
10
6 ~ 12
MSAN UA5000 3rd Line Maintenance Training
10
6 ~ 12
HONET V6 MD5500 and UA5000 2nd Line Maintenance Training
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
SYNLOCK V3 2nd Line Maintenance Training
6 ~ 12
SYNLOCK V5 2nd Line Maintenance Training
6 ~ 12
SYNLOCK T6020 2nd Line Maintenance Training
6 ~ 12
DSLAM MA5616 Operation and Maintenance Training
iManager U2000 DSALM MA5600T Series Operation and
MSAN Products
MSAN SmartAX MA5600T(VoIP) Series 2nd Line Maintenance
Training
MSAN SmartAX MA5600T(VoIP) Series Commissioning Training
iManager U2000 MSAN MA5600T(VoIP) Operation and
iManager U2000 MSAN UA5000 Operation and Maintenance

Training
BITS
446
OSS
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
iManager N2000 BMS Operation Training (GPON)
6 ~ 12
iManager N2000 BMS Operation Training (DSLAM)
6 ~ 12
iManager N2000 BMS Operation Training (MSAN)
6 ~ 12
iManager N2510 Software Test Operation Training
6 ~ 12
iManager N2510 Hardware Test Operation Training
6 ~ 12
iManager N2510 OLS Operation Training
6 ~ 12
iManager N2510 Administration Training
6 ~ 12
iManager N2000 BMS Administration Training

iManager N2000 BMS Advanced Operation and Maintenance
Training
447
7.3 Principle Training Programs

7.3.1
IP Basis Training
Training Path
Objectives
IP Network Technologies Fundamental
be able to:
OBA00
Lecture
0.5d
Describe the functions of TCP/IP

Describe routing process
Describe the function and process of ARP
MPLS/PWE3 Fundamental
OBA03
Lecture
Describe VLAN forwarding process

0.5d
Describe MPLS service implementation

process
Describe PWE3 service implementation
Target Audience
process
Technical Support Engineers
Duration
Operation and Maintenance Engineers

1 working day
Prerequisites
Class Size
A basic understanding of telecommunication
Min 6, Max 12
network
448
7.3.2
Broadband(PPPoE/DHCP/Radius) Basis Training
Training Path
be able to:
Describe function and message of PPP and
Broadband Service Protocols

OBA02
Lecture
PPPoE protocol
Describe function and message of RADIUS
1d
protocol
Describe function and message of DHCP
Target Audience
protocol

Duration
Prerequisites
1 working day
Class Size
network
Min 6, Max 12
Objectives
449
7.3.3
IPTV (IGMP Proxy/Snooping) Basis Training
Training Path
be able to:
Describe multicast definition and application
IP Multicast Technologies
OBA04
Lecture
Describe multicast network structure

Describe multicast service implementation
1d
process
Target Audience
Describe function and message of IGMP

protocol

Duration
Prerequisites
1 working day
Class Size
network
Min 6, Max 12
Objectives
450
7.3.4
VoIP(H.248/SIP) Basis Training
Training Path
be able to:
Describe SIP function and position in network
Voice Service Protocols

OBA05
Lecture
Describe SIP typical call flow

Describe H.248 function and position in
1d
network
Target Audience
Describe H.248 message structure and typical

call flow

Duration
Prerequisites
1 working day
Class Size
network
Min 6, Max 12
Objectives
451
7.3.5
PON and SDH/MSTP/PTN Product Interconnection Training
Training Path
attenuation
Calculation of the sub-optical power
PON and SDH/MSTP/PTN Product

Interconnection
OBA01
Lecture
attenuation
Describe a variety of fiber optic connectors and
1d
passive optical devices

Description of the fiber optic cable related
Target Audience
knowledge
Description of SDH features and functions
List SDH network protection
Prerequisites
Describe WDM principle and OTN frame

structure

network
Duration
Objectives
1 working day
Class Size
be able to:
Min 6, Max 12
Describe the structure of optical fiber

Calculation of the optical fiber optical power
452
7.3.6
VDSL2 Fundamental Training
Training Path
Objectives
VDSL2 Fundamental
be able to:
OBA21
Lecture
0.5d
Describe VDSL2 orientation and networking

Describe VDSL2 modulation mode
Target Audience
Describe VDSL2 band plans and profiles

Describe VDSL2 noise dealing principle
Describe VDSL2 packet transfer mode
Prerequisites
Duration

network
0.5 working day
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
453
7.3.7
Training Path
Describe the upstream and downstream

technology
GPON Fundamental
OBA22
Lecture
Describe the key performance parameters on

distance, bandwidth, optical launched power,
0.5d
received sensitive power, attenuation, etc.

Describe important concepts about GEM port
Target Audience
and T-CONT
Describe service encapsulation and
multiplexing measures
Prerequisites
Describe the QoS and security solution in

GPON
Describe ONT management measures
network
Objectives
Duration
0.5 working day

be able to:
Class Size
Describe GPON typical application scenarios
Min 6, Max 12

GPON components
454
7.4 Evolution and Trends

Training Programs
455
7.4.1
FTTx Network Overview Training
Training Path
Describe FTTx features and orientation

Describe FTTx network solution for
FTTx Network Overview

OBA10
Lecture
FTTH/B/C/O/M scenarios
Describe FTTx service solution, such as high
1d
speed Internet service, NGN/IMS services,
Target Audience
enterprise private line services, mobile back

haul services, etc.
Technical Manager
Prerequisites
Describe FTTx OAM solution
Duration
1 working day
network
Objectives
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12

be able to:
456
7.4.2
FTTO Solution Overview Training
Training Path

Describe FTTx network solution for FTTO
FTTO Solution Overview

OBA07
Lecture
scenario
Describe FTTO service solution, such as high
0.5d
speed Internet service, NGN/IMS services,
Target Audience
enterprise private line services, etc.

Describe FTTO OAM solution
Technical Manager
Prerequisites
Duration
0.5 working day

network
Class Size
Objectives
Min 6, Max 12

be able to:
457
7.4.3
FTTM Solution Overview Training
Training Path

Describe FTTx network solution for FTTM
FTTM Solution Overview

OBA08
Lecture
scenario
Describe FTTM service solution, such as
0.5d
enterprise private line services, mobile back
Target Audience
haul services, etc.

Describe FTTM OAM solution
Technical Manager
Prerequisites
Duration
0.5 working day

network
Class Size
Objectives
Min 6, Max 12

be able to:
458
7.4.4
xDSL Access Network Overview Training
Training Path
Describe XDSL network solution

Describe XDSL service solution
xDSL Network Overview

OBA13
Lecture
Describe function of components in XDSL

network
0.5d
Describe XDSL modulation mode
Target Audience
Describe XDSL band plans and profiles

Describe XDSL service encapsulation process
Technical Manager
Prerequisites
Duration
0.5 working day

network
Class Size
Objectives
Min 6, Max 12

be able to:
459
7.4.5
Training Path
Objectives
ODN Overview
be able to:
OBA11
Lecture
0.5d
Describe ODN network solution

Describe ODN typical equipment
Target Audience
Describe ODN maintenance instrument

Technical Manager
Duration
Prerequisites
0.5 working day
Class Size
network
Min 6, Max 12
460
7.4.6
10G/40G PON Network Overview Training
Training Path
Objectives
NGPON Overview
be able to:
OBA12
Lecture
0.5d
Describe NGPON features

Describe NGPON implementation principle
Target Audience
Describe NGPON network solution

Technical Manager
Duration
Prerequisites
0.5 working day
Class Size
network and GPON

Min 6, Max 12
461
7.4.7
Training Path
Objectives
Vectoring Overview
be able to:
OBA13
Lecture
0.5d
Describe vectoring technology features

Describe vectoring key technology
Target Audience
Describe vectoring network solution

Technical Manager
Duration
Prerequisites
0.5 working day
Class Size
network and GPON

Min 6, Max 12
462
7.4.8
Training Path
Objectives
G.fast Overview
be able to:
OBA14
Lecture
0.5d
Describe G.fast technology features

Describe G.fast key technology
Target Audience
Describe G.fast network solution

Technical Manager
Duration
Prerequisites
0.5 working day
Class Size
network and GPON

Min 6, Max 12
463
7.4.9
iODN Solution Overview Training
Training Path
be able to:
Describe ODN Network Composing

OBG37
Lecture, Lab
Describe ODN Network Maintenance

Challenge
0.5d
Describe iODN Network Structure
Target Audience
Describe iODN Solution Module

Outline iODN advantage
Technical Manager
Prerequisites
Duration
0.5 working day

network and GPON
Class Size
Objectives
Min 6, Max 12
464
7.4.10 FTTx PON+EoC Solution Training

Training Path
be able to:
Describe traditional cable network Introduction
FTTx PON+EoC Solution Overview

OBA14
Lecture
Describe CMTS introduction and CMTS

network
0.5d
Describe PON+EOC solution overview
Target Audience
Outline the difference between CMTS and

xPON
Technical Manager
Prerequisites
Duration
0.5 working day

network
Class Size
Objectives
Min 6, Max 12
465
7.4.11 MSO CMTS Solution Training

Training Path
Objectives
MSO CMTS Solution Overview
be able to:
OBA14
Lecture
0.5d

Describe CMTS introduction
Target Audience
Describe MSO CMTS solution

Technical Manager
Duration
Prerequisites
0.5 working day
Class Size
network
Min 6, Max 12
466
7.5 Planning Training Programs

7.5.1
Training Path
Outline OLT/ONU product functions and

specification
GPON Planning
OBG10
Outline OLT/ONU hardware architecture and

Lecture
specification
3d
Design GPON network for multiple services

Design hardware system
Target Audience
Plan bandwidth for internet service

Plan bandwidth for leased line service
Planning Engineers
Plan bandwidth for VoIP service
Prerequisites
Plan bandwidth for IPTV service
Be familiar with basic knowledge about
Plan VLAN, IP and site name
telecommunications and data communications
Plan QoS
Be familiar with GPON technology
Design security and protection solution
At least 1 years experience in
Design OAM solution
telecommunication network planning
Objectives
Duration
3 working days

be able to:
Class Size
Describe GPON network architecture
Min 6, Max 12
Describe GPON network design background
467
7.5.2
Training Path
Describe Splitter function and application

Describe TB/ATB/CTB function and application
ODN Overview and Components

OBG39
Lecture, Lab
Describe ODN project lifecycle

Outline ODN planning process
0.5d
Outline ODN planning considerations

Outline ODN topology design
ODN Planning
OBG40
Describe ODN splitting strategy

Lecture, Lab
Describe ODN protection design
2.5d
Describe ODN design scenario models

Describe ODN Cable Plan Considerations
Target Audience
Perform ODN Cable Route Design
Planning Engineers
Perform ODN Cable Core Design
Prerequisites
Perform ODN Cable Type Selection
Describe ODN civil work methodology
Outline ODN duct type
Be familiar with GPON Network
Outline ODN manhole and handhole
At least 1 years experience in telecommunication
Describe ISP typical scenarios and solutions
network planning
Outline ISP modules and workflow
Objectives
Describe ODN Case
Duration
be able to:
Describe ODN architecture
3 working days
Class Size
Describe ODF function and application

Min 6, Max 12
Describe FDT function and application

Describe FAT function and application
Describe Closure function and application
468
7.5.3
Training Path
Objectives
be able to:
OBG37
Lecture, Lab
0.5d

Challenge
iODN Components
OBG41
Lecture, Lab

0.5d

iODN Planning
OBG42
Describe iODF function and application

Lecture, Lab
Describe iFDT function and application
2.5d
Describe iField component
Target Audience
Describe iODN planning process

Outline iODN topology design
Planning Engineers
Describe iODN splitting strategy
Prerequisites
Describe iODN protection design

Describe iODN design scenario models
Duration
Be familiar with GPON Network

3 working days

network planning
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
469
7.5.4
DSLAM SmartAX MA5600T Series Planning Training
Training Path
Objectives
SmartAX MA5600T (DSLAM) Planning
be able to:
OBL10
Lecture
3d
Design DSLAM MA5600T network to carry

multiple service
Target Audience
Plan DSLAM MA5600T hardware system
Planning Engineers
Plan DSLAM MA5600T service bandwidth

Prerequisites
Plan DSLAM MA5600T QoS and security
Plan OAM solution for DSLAM MA5600T

Be familiar with DSLAM technology
Duration

network planning
3 working days
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
470
7.5.5
MSAN SmartAX MA5600T(VoIP) Series Planning Training
Training Path
be able to:
Design MA5600T(VoIP) network to carry VoIP
SmartAX MA5600T (VoIP) Series Planning

OBM10
Lecture
service
Plan MA5600T(VoIP) hardware system
2d
Plan MA5600T(VoIP) service bandwidth
Target Audience

Plan VoIP interface parameters
Planning Engineers
Plan MA5600T(VoIP) QoS and security
Prerequisites
Plan OAM solution for MA5600T(VoIP)
Duration

2 working days
Be familiar with VoIP technology

Class Size
network planning
Min 6, Max 12
Objectives
471
7.5.6
MSAN UA5000 Planning Training
Training Path
Objectives
MSAN UA5000 Planning
be able to:
OBU10
Lecture
3d
Describe system structure

Describe service implementation and solution
Target Audience
Plan hardware system

Planning Engineers
Plan bandwidth for internet service, VoIP
Prerequisites
service, and multicast service

Plan VLAN, PVC,IP and site name
Plan V5 or MG Interface

Be familiar with MSAN technology
Duration

network planning
3 working days
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
472
7.6 MA5600T Products Training Programs

7.6.1
MA5600T Hardware Installation Training
Training Path
Outline MA5600T product functions

Describe MA5600T system features
MA5600T System Overview

OBG00
Lecture
List device management method

Describe MA5600T cabinet
0.5d
Outline MA5600T shelf

Describe MA5600T functions of boards
MA5600T Hardware Installation
OBG20
Lecture
Outline MA5600T cables and interconnection

Install MA5600T devices cabinet, frame and
1.5d
board properly
Perform MA5600T devices cable routing and
Target Audience
termination properly
Identify the cautions and facts which may affect
Installation technician
MA5600T system running due to improperly
Prerequisites
installation
Duration
equipment installation
2 working days
Objectives
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
be able to:
Describe MA5600T product positioning and
networking
473
7.6.2
MA5600T Commissioning Training
Training Path
be able to:

OBG00
Lecture
0.5d
MA5600T Basic Operation and

Maintenance
OBG30
Lecture, Lab
1d
Describe MA5600T product networking
Establish the connection and login to the

system
MA5600T Service Commissioning
OBG33
Lecture, Lab
3.5d
Perform the common basic operation, such as

query status of hardware and software,
backup and restore data, system name
Target Audience
change and alarm query etc.
System and service Commissioning Technicians
Perform the hardware commissioning,

stand-alone commissioning, network
Prerequisites
commissioning and service commissioning

A basic understanding of telecommunication and
data communication
At least 1 year operation and maintenance
Duration
experience of the telecommunication equipment
Objectives
Perform the commissioning verification
5 working days
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
474
7.6.3
MA5600T 1st Line Maintenance Training
Training Path
Lecture
OBG00
0.5d
MA5600T Basic Operation and

Maintenance
OBG30
Lecture, Lab

system
1d

query status of hardware and software,
backup and restore data, system name
ODN Overview (Optional)
change and alarm query etc.

Lecture
OBA11
0.5d
Describe the general methods of field

maintenance
MA5600T Field Maintenance

OBG31
Lecture, Lab
Perform the alarm query and running status

query by indications of the LED
1d
Perform simple OLT/ONT diagnose according

to field situation and daily maintenance
Target Audience
Field Technicians
Prerequisites
Describe ODN network solution
Describe ODN typical equipment
Describe ODN maintenance instrument
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
be able to:
Describe MA5600T product networking
3 working days
Perform component replacement
Duration
data communication
Objectives
475
7.7 FTTx PON Products Training Programs

7.7.1
GPON/10GPON (FTTH/B/C) 2nd Line Maintenance Training
Training Path
and IP Technology
Objectives
OBA00
Lecture
0.5d
be able to:
GPON Fundamental
OBA22
Lecture

0.5d

GPON FTTx System Overview

OBG00
Lecture
GPON components
0.5d
technology
GPON FTTx Basic Operation and
Maintenance
OBG30
Lecture, Lab

1d

and T-CONT
GPON FTTH Triple-play Service Operation

and Maintenance
3d
OBG50
Lecture, Lab
GPON
GPON FTTB/C Triple-play Service

OBG51
Lecture, Lab
Introduce FTTx network

Describe the function and structure of cabinet,
3d
frames, boards and cables

Describe FTTH/B/C/O/M solutions
GPON FTTx Troubleshooting

OBG60
Lecture, Lab
system
1.5d

query status of hardware and software, backup
Target Audience
and restore data, system name change and

alarm query etc.
Describe GPON FTTH service implementation
process
Prerequisites
Perform GPON FTTH HSI service configuration,

maintenance and verification.
476
Perform GPON FTTH VoIP service
system
Troubleshooting ONU
configuration, maintenance and verification

Perform GPON FTTH IPTV service
Troubleshooting internet access service
Troubleshooting multicast service
Describe GPON FTTB/C networking

Perform GPON FTTB/C HSI service
Troubleshooting voice service
Duration

10 working days
Perform GPON FTTB/C VoIP service

Class Size
Perform GPON FTTB/C IPTV service
Min 6, Max 12

Troubleshooting hardware and software
477
7.7.2
GPON/10GPON (FTTH) 2nd Line Maintenance Training
Training Path


OBA00
Lecture

GPON components
0.5d

technology
GPON Fundamental

OBA22
Lecture
0.5d

and T-CONT

OBG00
Lecture

0.5d
GPON

Maintenance
OBG30
Lecture, Lab

1d

GPON FTTH Triple-play Service Operation

and Maintenance
3d
OBG50
Lecture, Lab

system

OBG60
Lecture, Lab
1.5d
alarm query etc.

Describe GPON FTTH service implementation
Target Audience
process
Perform GPON FTTH HSI service configuration,
maintenance and verification.
Perform GPON FTTH VoIP service
Prerequisites

Perform GPON FTTH IPTV service
IP Technology

Objectives
system
Troubleshooting ONU
be able to:
478
Duration
Class Size
7 working days
Min 6, Max 12
479
7.7.3
GPON/10GPON (FTTB/C) 2nd Line Maintenance Training
Training Path


OBA00
Lecture

GPON components
0.5d

technology
GPON Fundamental

OBA22
Lecture
0.5d

and T-CONT

OBG00
Lecture

0.5d
GPON

Maintenance
OBG30
Lecture, Lab

1d

GPON FTTB/C Triple-play Service

OBG51
Lecture, Lab
3d
system

OBG60
Lecture, Lab
1.5d
alarm query etc.

Describe GPON FTTB/C networking
Target Audience
Perform GPON FTTB/C HSI service

Perform GPON FTTB/C VoIP service
Prerequisites
Perform GPON FTTB/C IPTV service

IP Technology
Objectives
system
Troubleshooting ONU
be able to:

480
Duration
Class Size
7 working days
Min 6, Max 12
481
7.7.4
GPON (FTTO) 2nd Line Maintenance Training
Training Path

GPON Fundamental
OBA22
Lecture

0.5d
and T-CONT

OBG00
Lecture
0.5d
GPON

Maintenance
OBG30
Lecture, Lab

1d

GPON FTTO Data/Voice Service

OBG51
Lecture, Lab
system
1d

Target Audience
alarm query etc.

Describe GPON FTTO networking
Perform GPON FTTO data service
Prerequisites

Perform GPON FTTO VoIP service
IP Technology
Troubleshooting GPON FTTO data/voice
Objectives
service
Duration
be able to:
3 working days

Class Size
GPON components
Min 6, Max 12

technology
482
7.7.5
GPON (FTTM) 2nd Line Maintenance Training
Training Path

GPON Fundamental
OBA22
Lecture

0.5d
and T-CONT

OBG00
Lecture
0.5d
GPON

Maintenance
OBG30
Lecture, Lab

1d

GPON FTTM Base station access Service

1d
OBG51
Lecture, Lab
system
Target Audience
alarm query etc.

Describe GPON FTTM networking
Perform GPON FTTM base station access
Prerequisites
service configuration, maintenance and

verification
Troubleshooting GPON FTTM base station
IP Technology
service
Objectives
Duration
3 working days
be able to:
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
GPON components
technology
483
7.7.6
FTTx P2P 2nd Line Maintenance Training
Training Path
Objectives
be able to:
OBG00
Lecture
0.5d


Maintenance
OBG30
Lecture, Lab

1d
system
FTTx P2P Service Operation and
Maintenance
OBG51
Lecture, Lab

1.5d
alarm query etc.

Describe FTTx P2P networking
Target Audience
Perform FTTx P2P Triple-play service

Duration
Prerequisites
3 working days
IP Technology
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
484
7.7.7
GPON 3rd Line Maintenance (Feature Implementation) Training
Training Path
Objectives
GPON Advanced Operation and

Maintenance
OBG70
Lecture, Lab
be able to:
5d
Describe Layer2 features

Outline QoS features
Target Audience
Explain multicast features

Describe network protection features
Describe security features
Prerequisites
Duration
Completion of GPON 2nd Line Maintenance

5 working days
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
485
7.7.8
GPON 3rd Line Maintenance (Advanced Troubleshooting) Training
Training Path
be able to:
Troubleshooting OLT hardware and software
GPON Advanced Troubleshooting

OBG90
Lecture, Lab
System
Troubleshooting ONU
5d
Target Audience


Duration
Prerequisites
Completion of GPON 2nd Line Maintenance
5 working days
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
Objectives
486
7.7.9
U2000 FTTx Service Provision Training
Training Path
Objectives
be able to:
ONU01
Lecture
0.5d

U2000
U2000 Basic Operation and Maintenance

(Access)
0.5d
OBH30
Lecture
Login to U2000 server via client

Add a map and device
Deal with the alarm
Backup and auto save the configuration
U2000 GPON Service Provisioning

OBH50
Lecture, Lab
Add a management user

Perform GPON service pre-deployment via
3d
U2000
Target Audience
Perform GPON FTTB service configuration via

U2000
Perform GPON FTTH service configuration via
Prerequisites
U2000
Duration
General understanding of telecommunication
4 working days
network and GPON
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
487
7.7.10 U2000 FTTx Monitoring Training

Training Path
be able to:

ONU01
Lecture
U2000
0.5d

U2000 Alarm and Performance

Management
ONU02
Lecture, Lab
alarm
0.5d

common alarm events
Access Network Device Introduction
performance events
ONU08
Lecture
1d
Locate the alarm in the network

Target Audience
Huawei Access network equipment

products
Prerequisites
network products
Duration
management
2 working days

knowledge of Access network
Class Size
Objectives
Min 6, Max 12
488
7.7.11 U2000 FTTx Maintenance and Troubleshooting Training

Training Path
Outline configuring a Service Level for an ONT

Describe Remote MDU Acceptance
U2000 FTTx Troubleshooting

OBG43
Lecture, Lab
Describe Replacing an Ethernet-Upstream

Device Quickly
1d
Describe Replacing a PON MDU Quickly

Describe FTTx Alarm types
Perform U2000 FTTx Alarm Analysis
U2000 GPON Maintenance

OBH60
Lecture
Perform U2000 FTTx Alarm Management
2d
perform U2000 FTTx Network Performance

Monitoring
Target Audience
Perform U2000 FTTx Network Performance

Management
Analysis FTTx common faults troubleshooting
Prerequisites
on U2000
Describe FTTx faults diagnose through U2000
Describe FTTx faults information collection
management
through U2000
Describe FTTx case study on U2000
knowledge of Access network
Objectives
Duration
3 working days

be able to:
Class Size
Describe FTTx fast operation and maintenance
Min 6, Max 12
Describe upgrading ONTs Automatically

Describe replacing ONTs
489
7.7.12 ODN Installation and Commissioning Training

Training Path
Having the basic knowledge of Access network
Objectives
ODN Overview
OBA11
Lecture
0.5d
be able to:

OBG39
Lecture, Lab

0.5d

ODN Installation and Commissioning

OBG44
Lecture, Lab

Describe ODN deployment method
1d
Describe ODN test method
Target Audience
Duration

2 working days
Class Size
Prerequisites
Min 6, Max 12
management
490
7.7.13 ODN Operation and Maintenance Training

Training Path

ODN Overview
OBA11

Lecture
0.5d

OBG39
Lecture, Lab
Describe ODN common operation

Describe preventive maintenance purpose
0.5d
List the maintenance tools

List of preventive Maintenance items
List of planed maintenance items
ODN Operation and Maintenance

OBG45
Lecture, Lab
Complete maintenance tasks
2d
Outline troubleshooting flow

Analysis the ODN common fault
Target Audience
Locate the ODN common fault

Complete corrective maintenance tasks
Describe common fault category
Prerequisites
Outline typical fault troubleshooting method

Complete fault troubleshooting

management
Duration
Objectives
3 working days
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
be able to:
491
7.7.14 iODN Operation and Maintenance Training

Training Path
Describe ODN common operation

Describe preventive maintenance purpose
iODN System Introduction

OBG36
Lecture, Lab
List the maintenance tools

List of preventive Maintenance items
0.5d
List of planed maintenance items

Complete maintenance tasks
ODN Operation and Maintenance
OBG45
Lecture, Lab
Outline troubleshooting flow

Analysis the ODN common fault
1.5d
Locate the ODN common fault

Complete corrective maintenance tasks
Target Audience
Describe common fault category
Outline typical fault troubleshooting method
Prerequisites
Complete fault troubleshooting
Duration
Having the basic knowledge of ODN

2 working days

knowledge of ODN
Class Size
Objectives
Min 6, Max 12

be able to:
492
7.7.15 iODN NMS Administrator Training

Training Path
Describe U2000 ODN NMS ex-interface

Perform U2000 ODN NMS server and client
iODN System Introduction

OBG36
Lecture, Lab
configuration
Describe iField function and applications
0.5d
Describe alarms and events in U2000 ODN

NMS
Describe monitoring network alarms
iODN NMS Administrator Operation and

Maintenance
1.5d
OBG46
Lecture, Lab
Describe setting and handling alarms

Outline analyzing alarm correlation
Describe U2000 ODN NMS security
Target Audience
management
Describe U2000 ODN NMS log management
operation
Prerequisites
Outline U2000 ODN NMS time localization

management operation
Adjusting the U2000 ODN NMS
management
Managing License
Managing U2000 ODN NMS database, files
Objectives
and disks
Describe method of checking resource usage

be able to:
of the server
Describe how to check running status of
processes and services

Describe method of backing up U2000 ODN
Challenge
NMS data
Outline normal troubleshooting process and

Describe iODF function and application
typical cases
Duration
Describe iFDT function and application

Describe iField component
Describe U2000 ODN NMS characteristics and
2 working days
Class Size
software structure
Min 6, Max 12
493
7.7.16 MSO CMTS Operation and Maintenance Training

Training Path
Prerequisites
data communication
OBA00
Lecture
0.5d
Objectives
MSO CMTS Solution Overview

OBA14
Lecture
be able to:
0.5d

D-CMTS Principle
Describe EOC concepts

OBG57
Lecture
0.5d
Describe EOC technologies

Describe CMTS introduction
iManager U2000 Service Provision

(D-CMTS)
OBG60
Lecture, Lab
Describe MSO CMTS solution

1d
Describe FTTx D-CMTS Triple-play service

configuration procedure
Finish FTTx D-CMTS Triple-play service
FTTx D-CMTS Troubleshooting

OBG62
Lecture
configuration correctly based on data planning

Finish the FTTx D-CMTS service provisioning
0.5d
on U2000
Describes how to troubleshoot FTTx D-CMTS
FTTx D-CMTS Operation and Maintenance
OBG64
Lecture, Lab
common faults and deal with emergencies in

services and functions
2d
Duration
Target Audience
5 working days
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
494
7.7.17 FTTx PON+EoC Operation and Maintenance Training

Training Path
Prerequisites
data communication
OBA00
Lecture
0.5d
Objectives
FTTx PON+EoC Solution Overview

OBA14
Lecture
be able to:
0.5d


Maintenance
OBG30
Lecture, Lab
Describe EOC concepts

1d
Describe EOC technologies

Describe FTTx basic concepts and applications
Describe FTTx EOC product architecture
PON+EOC Principle
Describe FTTx EOC MA563x features

OBG56
Lecture
1d
Describe how to integrate EOC product in

CATV network
FTTx EOC System Overview

OBG58
Lecture
Describe CMTS introduction and CMTS

network
0.5d
Describe PON+EOC solution overview

Outline the difference between CMTS and
iManager U2000 Service Provision (EOC)
OBG59
Lecture, Lab
xPON
1d
system
FTTx EOC Troubleshooting

OBG61
Lecture
0.5d
alarm query etc.

Finish the ONU adding and check the ONU
status
FTTx EOC Operation and Maintenance

OBG63
Lecture, Lab
Describe FTTx EOC HSI service configuration

procedure
2d
Finish FTTx EOC HSI service configuration
Target Audience
correctly based on data planning

Finish the FTTx EOC service provisioning on
U2000
Describes how to troubleshoot FTTx EOC

common faults and deal with emergencies in
services and functions
495
Duration
Class Size
7 working days
Min 6, Max 12
496
7.8 DSLAM Products Training Programs

7.8.1
DSLAM SmartAX MA5600T Series 2nd Line Maintenance Training
Training Path


OBA00
Lecture

0.5d
Describe xDSL network solution

Describe xDSL service solution
xDSL Technology Fundamental
OBA20
Lecture
Describe xDSL service process

Describe MA5600T product positioning and
1d
networking
MA5600T (DSLAM) Overview

OBL00
Lecture
0.5d

MA5600T (DSLAM) Basic Operation and

Maintenance
1d
OBL30
Lecture, Lab

system
MA5600T (DSLAM) Service Configuration

OBL50
Lecture, Lab

and restore data, system name change, alarm
3d
query, etc.
Describe ADSL2+/VDSL2 service
implementation in MA5600T
MA5600T (DSLAM) Troubleshooting

OBL60
Lecture
1d
MA5600T
Manage ADSL2+/VDSL2 line profile
Complete ADSL2+/VDSL2 service
Target Audience
configuration
Perform ADSL2+/VDSL2 service operation and
maintenance
Prerequisites
Complete multicast service configuration

Perform multicast service operation and
maintenance
and data communication
Objectives
system
be able to:
497
Class Size
Duration
Min 6, Max 12
7 working days
498
7.8.2
DSLAM SmartAX MA5600T Series 3rd Line Maintenance Training
Training Path
PPPoE protocol

OBA02
Lecture
protocol
1d
protocol
Describe xDSL modulation mode
Describe xDSL band plans and profiles
xDSL Technology In-depth

OBA80
Lecture
Deal with noise of xDSL line
0.5d
Describe xDSL packet transfer mode

Describe triple-play solution introduction
Complete triple-play service configuration
MA5600T (DSLAM) Advanced Operation

and Maintenance
7d
OBL70
Lecture, Lab
Describe and provision xDSL features

Describe and provision layer2 features
Describe and provision QoS features
Describe and provision network protection
MA5600T (DSLAM) Advanced

Troubleshooting
OBL90
Lecture, Lab
features
1.5d
Describe and provision user security features

Describe and provision multicast features
Target Audience
Troubleshoot complex faults in hardware and

software system
Troubleshoot complex faults in the Internet
access service
Prerequisites
Troubleshoot complex faults in the multicast

Completion of DSLAM SmartAX MA5600T Series
2nd Line Maintenance Training or having
service
Duration
10 working days
Objectives
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
be able to:
499
7.8.3
DSLAM MA5603T/MA5616/MxU VDSL Vectoring Operation and Maintenance
Training
Training Path
be able to:
Describe VDSL2 orientation and networking
VDSL2 Fundamental
OBA21
Lecture
Describe VDSL2 modulation mode

Describe VDSL2 band plans and profiles
0.5d
Describe VDSL2 noise dealing principle

Describe VDSL2 packet transfer mode
Vectoring Overview
OBA13
Lecture
Describe vectoring technology features

Describe vectoring key technology
0.5d
Describe vectoring network solution

Describe VDSL2 service implementation
DSLAM VDSL Vectoring Service

Configuration
OBL50
Lecture, Lab
Complete VDSL2 service configuration
1.5d
Perform VDSL2 service operation and

maintenance
DSLAM VDSL Vectoring Troubleshooting

OBL60
Lecture
0.5d
maintenance
Troubleshooting vectoring hardware and
Target Audience
software system
Troubleshooting internet/multicast service
based on vectoring technology
Prerequisites
Duration
3 working days

data communication
Class Size
Objectives
Min 6, Max 12
500
7.8.4
DSLAM MA5616 Operation and Maintenance Training
Training Path
Outline MA5616 product functions

Describe MA5616 system features
MA5616 (DSLAM) Overview

OBL00
Lecture
Describe MA5616 functions of boards

Outline MA5616 cables and interconnection
0.5d

implementation in MA5616
Describe multicast service implementation in
MA5616 (DSLAM) Service Configuration

OBL50
Lecture, Lab
MA5616
2d

configuration
MA5616 (DSLAM) Troubleshooting

OBL60
Lecture
0.5d
maintenance
Target Audience

maintenance
system
Prerequisites

data communication
Duration
Objectives
3 working days
be able to:
Class Size
Describe MA5616 product positioning and
Min 6, Max 12
networking
501
7.8.5
iManager U2000 DSALM MA5600T Series Operation and Maintenance
Training
Training Path
Objectives
be able to:
ONU01
Lecture
0.5d

U2000
iManager U2000 DSALM MA5600T Series

2d
OBH51
Lab

Deal with the alarm

(Access)
0.5d
OBH30
Lecture

Perform ADSL2+ service configuration via
U2000
Target Audience
Perform VDSL2 service configuration via

U2000

Duration
Prerequisites
3 working days
Class Size
DSLAM
Min 6, Max 12
502
7.8.6
Training Path
Objectives
be able to:
OBA00
Lecture
0.5d

SmartAX MA5100 Series Commissioning

OBC22
Lecture, Lab
3.5d

Target Audience
commissioning, service commissioning and the

commissioning verification
System Commissioning Technicians

Service Commissioning Technicians
Duration
Prerequisites
4 working days
Class Size
data communication
Min 6, Max 12
503
7.8.7
Training Path
Objectives
be able to:
OBA00
Lecture
0.5d


OBJ22
Lecture, Lab
3.5d

Target Audience


Duration
Prerequisites
4 working days
Class Size
data communication
Min 6, Max 12
504
7.8.8
Training Path
Objectives
be able to:
OBA00
Lecture
0.5d


OBK22
Lecture, Lab
4.5d

Target Audience


Duration
Prerequisites
5 working days
Class Size
data communication
Min 6, Max 12
505
7.8.9
Training Path
be able to:

OBA00
Lecture

0.5d

Describe System Overview
SmartAX MA5100 Series Operation and
Maintenance
3.5d
OBC20
Lecture, Lab
Describe Hardware Architecture

Describe Functional Features
Describe Networking Applications
Introduce CLI
Perform System Maintenance
SmartAX MA5100 Series Troubleshooting

OBC21
Lecture, Lab
Perform ATM-DSLAM Service Configuration
1d
Perform IP-DSLAM Service Configuration

Troubleshooting ADSL service
Target Audience
Troubleshooting LAN service

Duration

5 working days
Prerequisites
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
data communication
Objectives
506
7.8.10 DSLAM SmartAX MA5300 Series 2nd Line Maintenance Training

Training Path
be able to:

OBA00
Lecture

0.5d

Describe product positioning and networking
Maintenance
3.5d
OBJ20
Lecture, Lab
Describe hardware architecture

Describe functional features
Describe networking applications
Perform service configuration and maintenance
Perform system maintenance

OBJ21
Lecture, Lab
1d
system
Target Audience

Duration

5 working days
Prerequisites
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
data communication
Objectives
507

Training Path
be able to:

OBA00
Lecture

0.5d

Describe system networking and positioning
Maintenance
5.5d
OBK20
Lecture, Lab
Describe hardware architecture

Describe functional features
Describe networking applications
Perform system daily maintenance
Perform service configuration and maintenance

OBK21
Lecture, Lab
1d

Target Audience
Troubleshooting Multicast service

Duration

7 working days
Prerequisites
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
data communication
Objectives
508

Training Path

protocol

OBA02
Lecture

protocol
1d


OBA80
Lecture
0.5d
Describe and provision QinQ VLAN features

Describe and provision VLAN Stacking
features
SmartAX MA5600 Series Advanced

OBK70
Lecture, Lab
Describe and provision PITP features

7.5d
Describe and provision DHCP Relay features

Describe and provision IPoA to IPoE features
Describe and provision PPPoA to PPPoE
SmartAX MA5600 Series Advanced

Troubleshooting
OBK61
Lecture, Lab
features
Describe and provision Triple-play service
1d
Troubleshooting complex faults in MA5600
Target Audience
system
Troubleshooting complex faults in ADSL
service
Troubleshooting complex faults in internet
Prerequisites
access service
Troubleshooting complex faults in multicast
Completion of DSLAM SmartAX MA5600 Series

2nd Line Maintenance Training or having
service
Duration
Objectives
10 working days
Class Size
be able to:
Min 6, Max 12

PPPoE protocol
509
7.9 MSAN Products Training Programs

7.9.1
MSAN SmartAX MA5600T(VoIP) Series 2nd Line Maintenance Training
Training Path
be able to:
H.248 or SIP Protocol

OBA06
Lecture
Describe SIP message and message flow

0.5d
network
Describe H.248 message structure and call
SmartAX MA5600T (VoIP) Series System
Overview
0.5d
OBM00
Lecture
flow
Describe MA5600T(VoIP) Product orientation,
function and networking application
Describe MA5600T(VoIP) features
Describe MA5600T(VoIP) hardware, including
SmartAX MA5600T (VoIP) Series Basic

1d
OBM30
Lecture, Lab
cabinet, shelves, boards and cables

system
SmartAX MA5600T (VoIP) Series Service

Configuration
0.5d
OBM50
Lecture

query, etc.
Describe VoIP service implementation process
Complete VoIP service configuration
SmartAX MA5600T (VoIP) Series

Troubleshooting
OBM60
Lecture
Perform VoIP service operation and
0.5d
maintenance
Troubleshooting hardware
Target Audience
Troubleshooting software
Troubleshooting VoIP service

Duration
Prerequisites
3 working days
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
Objectives
510
7.9.2
MSAN SmartAX MA5600T(VoIP) Series Commissioning Training
Training Path
Objectives
SmartAX MA5600T (VoIP) Series System

Overview
0.5d
OBM00
Lecture
be able to:
Describe MA5600T(VoIP) Product orientation,
function and networking application
Describe MA5600T(VoIP) features
SmartAX MA5600T (VoIP) Service

Commissioning
OBM33
Lecture, Lab
Describe MA5600T(VoIP) hardware, including

1.5d
cabinet, shelves, boards and cables

Target Audience

Prerequisites
Duration
2 working days

data communication
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
511
7.9.3
iManager U2000 MSAN MA5600T(VoIP) Operation and Maintenance Training
Training Path
be able to:

ONU01
Lecture
U2000
0.5d

Deal with the alarm
iManager U2000 MSAN MA5600T (VoIP)

1d
OBH53
Lab

Perform MSAN ADSL2+ service configuration
via U2000

(Access)
0.5d
OBH30
Lecture
Perform MSAN VoIP service configuration via

U2000
Perform MSAN multicast service configuration
Target Audience
via U2000
Duration

2 working days
Prerequisites
Class Size
A basic understanding of U2000 and MSAN
Min 6, Max 12
Objectives
512
7.9.4
MSAN UA5000 Hardware Installation Training
Training Path
Outline MSAN UA5000 product functions

Describe MSAN UA5000 system features
MSAN UA5000 System Overview

OBU00
Lecture
Describe MSAN UA5000 product networking

Describe MSAN UA5000 frame, boards and
0.5d
ports
Install UA5000 cabinet, frame and board
MSAN UA5000 Hardware Installation
OBU20
Lecture, Lab
properly
Perform UA5000 cable routing and termination
1.5d
properly
Identify the cautions and facts which may affect
Target Audience
UA5000 system running due to improperly

Installation technician
Prerequisites
installation
Duration

data communication
2 working days
Class Size
Objectives
Min 6, Max 12
be able to:
Describe MSAN UA5000 product positioning
513
7.9.5
MSAN UA5000 Commissioning Training
Training Path
be able to:

OBA00
Lecture

0.5d

OBU00
Lecture
ports
0.5d
system
MSAN UA5000 Basic Operation and

Maintenance
OBU30
Lecture, Lab

1d
query, etc.
MSAN UA5000 Broadband Service

Commissioning
OBU31
Lecture, Lab
mounted boards, etc.

Perform the broadband system commissioning,
2d
network commissioning, XDSL service

commissioning
MSAN UA5000 Narrowband Service

Commissioning
OBU32
Lecture, Lab
process
2.5d
Perform the narrowband system

commissioning, stand-alone commissioning,
Target Audience
network commissioning, voice service

commissioning
process
Prerequisites
Duration
data communication
Objectives
6 working days
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
514
7.9.6
MSAN UA5000 1st Line Maintenance Training
Training Path


OBU00
Lecture

0.5d
ports
Maintenance
OBU30
Lecture, Lab
system
1d

query, etc.
MSAN UA5000 Field Maintenance

OBU33
Lecture, Lab
Describe the general methods of field

0.5d
maintenance
Perform the alarm query and running status
Target Audience
query by indications of the LED

Perform simple diagnose according to field
Field Technicians
situation and daily maintenance
Prerequisites
Perform component replacement

Duration
data communication
2 working days
Objectives
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
be able to:
515
7.9.7
MSAN UA5000 2nd Line Maintenance Training
Training Path
be able to:

OBA00
Lecture

0.5d

OBU00
Lecture
ports
0.5d
system

Maintenance
OBU30
Lecture, Lab

1d
query, etc.
implementation process
MSAN UA5000 Broadband Service

Configuration
OBU50
Lecture, Lab

process
3d

configuration
MSAN UA5000 Narrowband Service

Configuration
OBU51
Lecture, Lab
3d
maintenance
MSAN UA5000 Broadband

Troubleshooting
OBU60
Lecture
maintenance
2d
Describe Voice service implementation process

Complete Voice service configuration
Perform Voice service operation and
MSAN UA5000 Narrowband

Troubleshooting
OBU61
Lecture
maintenance
Troubleshooting IPM System
0.5d
Target Audience
Troubleshooting Ethernet port
Troubleshooting PVM System

Troubleshooting Voice service
Prerequisites
Troubleshooting E1 port
Duration
data communication
10 working days
Objectives
516
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
517
7.9.8
MSAN UA5000 3rd Line Maintenance Training
Training Path
protocol

OBA02
Lecture
protocol
1d


OBA05
Lecture
1d

network

OBA80
Lecture
0.5d
call flow
Describe and provision IPoA to IPoE features
Describe and provision PPPoA to PPPoE
MSAN UA5000 Advanced Operation

OBU70
Lecture, Lab
features
Describe and provision VLAN features
5d
Describe and provision DHCP Relay features

Describe and provision DHCP multicast
MSAN UA5000 Advanced Troubleshooting
OBU62
Lecture, Lab
features
Describe triple play service solution
2.5d
Complete Triple-play service configuration

Describe and provision hairpin connection and
Target Audience
self-switching
Describe line test networking and device
requirement
Prerequisites
Troubleshooting system
Completion of MSAN UA5000 2nd Line
Troubleshooting Internet Access Service
Maintenance Training or having equivalent
Troubleshooting Multicast Service
knowledge
Troubleshooting VoIP service
Objectives
Duration

be able to:
10 working days
Class Size

Min 6, Max 12
PPPoE protocol
518
7.9.9
HONET V6 MD5500 and UA5000 2nd Line Maintenance Training
Training Path


OBA00
Lecture

0.5d

network

OBA05
Lecture
call flow
1d
Describe provision xDSL service

Describe provision IMA service
Describe provision Ethernet service
HONET V6 Operation and Maintenance
Describe provision CES service

OBU54
Lecture, Lab
6.5d
Perform V5 interface configuration

Perform PV8/RSP frame configuration
Target Audience
Perform user configuration

Perform POTS service configuration
Perform ISDN service configuration
Prerequisites
Perform daily operation and maintenance
Duration
network
Objectives
8 working days
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
be able to:
519
7.9.10 iManager U2000 MSAN UA5000 Operation and Maintenance Training

Training Path
be able to:

ONU01
Lecture
U2000
0.5d

Deal with the alarm
iManager U2000 MSAN UA5000 Operation

and Maintenance
2d
OBH52
Lab

via U2000

(Access)
0.5d
OBH30
Lecture

U2000
Target Audience
via U2000
Duration

3 working days
Prerequisites
Class Size
A basic understanding of U2000 and MSAN
Min 6, Max 12
Objectives
520
7.10
BITS Training Programs
7.10.1 SYNLOCK V3 2nd Line Maintenance Training

Training Path
network
Describe system structure and features of
SYNLOCK V3 Operation and Maintenance

OSU01
Lecture, Lab
SYNLOCK V3
Outline main functions of boards
3d
Configure different levels of clock source

Configure SYNLOCK V3 hardware
Target Audience
Hand on practice via SYNLOCK V3 network

management system
Perform SYNLOCK V3 network management
system maintenance
Prerequisites

SYNLOCK V3
network
Complete the maintenance records of
Objectives
SYNLOCK V3
Describe the common analysis methods of fault
locating
be able to:
Analyze the typical faults
Understand basic concepts of synchronization

network
Duration
Describe the composition of synchronization

network
Describe the applications of synchronization
3 working days
Class Size
network
Min 6, Max 12
521
7.10.2 SYNLOCK V5 2nd Line Maintenance Training

Training Path
Describe system structure and features of

SYNLOCK V5
SYNLOCK V5 Operation and Maintenance

OSU02
Lecture, Lab
Outline main functions of boards

Configure different levels of clock source
2d
Configure SYNLOCK V5hardware
Target Audience
Hand on practice via SYNLOCK V5 network

management system
Perform SYNLOCK V5 network management
system maintenance
Prerequisites

SYNLOCK V5
Complete the maintenance records of
network
SYNLOCK V5
Objectives
Describe the common analysis methods of fault

locating
be able to:
Understand basic concepts of synchronization
network
Analyze the typical faults
Duration
Describe the composition of synchronization

network
2 working days
Class Size

Min 6, Max 12
network
network
522
7.10.3 SYNLOCK T6020 2nd Line Maintenance Training

Training Path
Query the device status and alarm via

SYNLOCK V3
SYNLOCK T6020 Operation and

Maintenance
OSU03
Lecture, Lab
Describe the network structure and function of

SYNLOCK V3
3d
Complete SYNLOCK T6020 system
Target Audience
configuration data via SYNLOCK V3

Query the device status and alarm via
SYNLOCK V3
Explain the meaning of network
Prerequisites
synchronization
Differentiate between clock synchronization
and time synchronization
network
List common technologies for network
Objectives
synchronization
Describe common synchronization modes for
be able to:
SDH networks
Outline product positioning of SYNLOCK
Describe clock levels and quality requirements
T6020
of clock at different levels
Describe hardware structure of SYNLOCK
Explain the functions of IEEE 1588v2 clock and
T6020
State the functions of boards and interfaces
its advantages/disadvantages
Duration
List the typical system configuration of

3 working days
SYNLOCK T6020
Describe the network structure and function of
Class Size
SYNLOCK V3
Min 6, Max 12
Complete SYNLOCK T6020 system

configuration data via SYNLOCK V3
523
7.11
OSS Training Programs
7.11.1 iManager N2000 BMS Administration Training

Training Path
iManager N2000 BMS

Perform server configuration, server startup
iManager N2000 BMS Administration

OBN56
Lecture, Lab
and shutdown
Perform system user management, N2000
3d
user management, NE user Management and

so on
Target Audience
Perform service and process management,

Database management and NTP configuration
Perform database backup and restoration,
routine management, emergency management,
Prerequisites
as well as know how to use management tool

Having the basic knowledge of NMS
Duration
Objectives
3 working days
Class Size
be able to:
Min 6, Max 12
Describe system structure, orientation features,

network application and functions of the
524
7.11.2 iManager N2000 BMS Advanced Operation and Maintenance Training

Training Path
Northbound TL1 interface

Background of TL1 interface
iManager N2000 BMS Advanced Features

OBN80
Lecture
Describe hardware and software architecture of

iManager N2000 BMS
4d
Describe the functions of each application

components
Describe typical management solution which
iManager N2000 BMS Installation
may cooperate with OSS and third-party

OBN20
Lecture, Lab
1d
application and cases

Describe fault, provisioning, performance,
Target Audience
management and security solution

Describe the solution and implementation of
NBI (North Bound Interface)

Perform NBI operation and maintenance
Prerequisites
Describe the solution and implementation of
Having the basic knowledge of NMS
dual system
Objectives
Describe the installation procedure

Install iManager N2000 system properly

be able to:
Duration
Describe HA solution
5 working days
Describe Watchman principles

Perform Watchman maintenance
Class Size
Describe NMS northbound interface
Min 6, Max 12
Northbound SNMP/CORBA interface
525
7.11.3 iManager N2000 BMS Operation Training (GPON)

Training Path
be able to:
Describe network management architecture
iManager N2000 BMS Introduction

OBN00
Lecture
Describe the hardware and software

architecture of iManager N2000 BMS
0.5d
Describe the features of iManager N2000 BMS

Describe the interfaces Provided by N2000
Login to N2000 Server via Client
iManager N2000 BMS Basic Operation

and Maintenance
OBN30
Lab
1d
Deal with the alarm

iManager N2000 BMS Operation and

Maintenance (GPON)
OBN50
Lecture, Lab
Perform GPON FTTH service configuration via

1.5d
iManager N2000 BMS

Perform GPON FTTB/FTTC service
Target Audience
configuration via iManager N2000 BMS

Duration

3 working days
Prerequisites
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
network and GPON
Objectives
526
7.11.4 iManager N2000 BMS Operation Training (DSLAM)

Training Path
be able to:
iManager N2000 BMS Operation (DSLAM)

OBN51
Lab

1.5d


OBN00
Lecture
0.5d
Deal with the alarm


and Maintenance
OBN30
Lab
Perform ADSL2+ service configuration via

1d
iManager N2000 BMS

Perform VDSL2 service configuration via
Target Audience
iManager N2000 BMS

Duration

3 working days
Prerequisites
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
network and DSLAM
Objectives
527
7.11.5 iManager N2000 BMS Operation Training (MSAN)

Training Path

iManager N2000 BMS Operation (MSAN)

OBN52
Lab

1.5d


OBN00
Lecture
Deal with the alarm
0.5d


and Maintenance
OBN30
Lab
via N2000 BMS

1d

N2000 BMS
Target Audience
Perform MSAN V5 service configuration via
N2000 BMS
via N2000 BMS
Prerequisites
Duration
network and MSAN
Objectives
3 working days
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
be able to:
528
7.11.6 iManager N2510 Software Test Operation Training

Training Path
be able to:
Describe the function of each functional unit of
iManager N2510 Software Test System

Overview
OBS01
Lecture
iManager N2510 AOS test system

Analyze test item such as SELT, DELT
0.5d
Understand the limits of measurements

Perform the N2510 system login
Perform the System Configuration
iManager N2510 Software Test System

OBS32
Lecture, Lab
Carry out the line Testing operation
2.5d
Carry out the line analysis operation

Carry out the line Optimization operation
Target Audience
Carry out the line Evaluation operation

Duration
3 working days
Prerequisites
General understanding of access network and
Class Size
xDSL technology
Min 6, Max 12
Objectives
529
7.11.7 iManager N2510 Hardware Test Operation Training

Training Path
Objectives
iManager N2510 Hardware Test System

Overview
1d
OBS02
Lecture
be able to:
Describe LTS system typical networking
Outline LTS system function features
List part of testing measurement
iManager N2510 Hardware Test System

2d
OBS33
Lecture, Lab
Describe LTS system typical networking

Complete line resource configuration
Perform DMM, LB, FR and DMT via iManager
Target Audience
N2510
Complete some of the testing demonstration

Duration
Prerequisites
General understanding of access network and
3 working days
Class Size
xDSL technology
Min 6, Max 12
530
7.11.8 iManager N2510 OLS Operation Training

Training Path
Objectives
iManager N2510 OLS System Overview
be able to:
OBS03
Lecture
1d
Describe iManager N2510 OLS networking

Outline iManager N2510 OLS solution
functions
iManager N2510 OLS System Operation

and Maintenance
2d
OBS34
Lecture, Lab
List part of ODN common fault

Describe iManager N2510 OLS function
Perform iManager N2510 OLS operation and
Target Audience
maintenance
Duration
Prerequisites
3 working days
Class Size
General understanding of PON technology and
Min 6, Max 12
related parameters
531
7.11.9 iManager N2510 Administration Training

Training Path
Outline the system architecture, the network

position, the networking solution and the
iManager N2510 Test System Overview

OBS04
Lecture
functional structure of iManager N2510

Describe the workstation platform solution of
0.5d
iManager N2510 software test system, such as

PC solution and ATAE solution
Describe the interfaces and its function of
iManager N2510 Test System

Administration
OBS40
Lecture, Lab
iManager N2510 software test system

2.5d
Describe iManager N2510 installation

procedure
Target Audience
Describe iManager N2510 administration item

Perform iManager N2510 administration

Duration
Prerequisites
3 working days
General understanding of access network and OS
Class Size
Objectives
Min 6, Max
be able to:
532
8 Wireless Network Training Courses

8.1 GSM-R Training Path
8.1.1
GSM-R BSS Training Path
Plan &Design

GSM-R BTS Operation and Maintenance
Training(BSC6000 V901R013)
3d
GSM-R BTS Installation and

Commissioning
2d
GSM-R BSC6000 Installation and

Commissioning
2d
GSM-R BSC6000 Operation and
2d
GSM-R BSS Data Configuration
4d
GSM-R BSS Troubleshooting
2d
GSM-R System Overview

Technology Basic
1d
Training
GSM-R Basic Principle Training

1d
533
Advanced course
Customer Training Catalog Training Programs
8.1.2
GSM-R CS Training Path
Plan & Design
eCNS300 Solution Overview
GSM-R Feature Training
1d
GTSOFTX3000 Product Training
10d
UMG8900 Product Training
5d
HSS9860 Product Training
2d
Technology Basic
Training
EPC Network Basic Principle

Training
Improve
1d
3d
8.1.3
GSM-R PS Training Path
Plan &Design
GPRS/UMTS PS Network
2d
Improve
PS Alarm Monitoring and
UGW9811 Product Training

7d
1. UGW9811 (GGSN) Routine

2d
Management Training
1d
PS Emergency Recovery
Training
1d
2. UGW9811 (GGSN) Data

Configuration Training
5d
GPRS/UMTS PS Network
Optimize Training
USN9810 Product Training

8d
1. USN9810 (SGSN) ATCA platform

Routine Operation and Maintenance
Training
3d
2.USN9810 (SGSN) Data

Configuration Training
5d
3d
8.1.4
GSM-R OSS Training Path
Maintenance personnel
System Administrator
iManager M2000V200 Client Operation
iManager M2000V200 System
and Maintenance(BSS) Training
Administrator Training (SUN)

5d
2d
iManager M2000V200 PS Operation
iManager M2000V200 System
Administrator Training (ATAE Cluster)

2d
3d
8.2 eLTE Training Path

8.2.1
eLTE Broadband Trunking Solution Training Path
Implement & Operate
Improve
eNodeB Product Training

(eLTE Broadband Trunking)
5d
(Choose one, repel each other)

eCNS210 Product Training
eSCN230 Product Training
6d
1d
eOMC910 Operation and

2d
Dispatching System Product

Training
1d
EP680/EG860 Terminal
Product Training
1d
Technology Basic
Training
EPC Technology Basic

Principle Training
1d
8.2.2
eLTE Broadband Access Solution Training Path
Plan & Design
Improve
Implement & Operate

eNodeB Product Training
(eLTE Broadband Access)
5d
(Choose one, repel each other)
eCNS600 Product
Training
eCNS610 Product
Training
6d
2d
M2000 Operation and

Maintenance
1d
1d
eA660T terminal Product

Training
Technology Basic
Training
1d
EPC Technology Basic

Principle Training
1d
8.3 List of Wireless Network Training Programs

Enterprise Wireless Training Programs are designed as follows:
Duration
Training Programs
Level
(working
days)
Training
Location
Class Size
GSM-R BSS Training

6~12
6-12
GSM-R BTS Installation and Commissioning
6~12
GSM-R BSC6000 Installation and Commissioning
6~12
GSM-R BSC6000 Operation and Maintenance
6~12
6~12
6~12
eCNS300 Solution Training
6~12
10
6~12
6~12
6~12
6~12
PS Network Planning and Design Training
6~12
PS Network Optimize Training
6~12

Training(BSC6000 V901R013)
6~12
GSM-R CS Training
GSM-R PS Training

USN9810 Product Training
6~12
UGW9811 Product Training
6~12
PS Alarm Monitoring and Management Training
6~12
PS Emergency Recovery Training
6~12
eNodeB Product Training (eLTE Broadband Trunking)
6~12
6~12
6~12
eOMC910 Operation and Maintenance Training
6~12
Dispatching System Product Training
6~12
EP680/EG860 Terminal Product Training
6~12
eNodeB Product Training eLTE Broadband Access
6~12
6~12
6~12
M2000 Operation and Maintenance Training
6~12
6~12
eA660 Terminal Product Training
6~12
GSM-R OSS Operation and Maintenance Training

iManager M2000V200 Client Operation and Maintenance
Training(BSS)
iManager M2000V200 PS Operation and Maintenance
Training
iManager M2000V200 System Administrator Training
(SUN)
iManager M2000V200 System Administrator Training
(ATAE Cluster)
6~12
6~12
6~12
6~12
eLTE Broadband Trunking Solution Training
eLTE Broadband Access Solution Training
EPC Network Basic Principle Training

EPC Network Basic Principle Training
6~12
8.4 GSM-R BSS Training

8.4.1
Training Path
Understand GSM - R system
structure, interface, and business
Understand the feature business of
GSM-R
WB11
Lecture
1d
Understand the requirements of
railway business on GSM-R
Target Audience
characteristic
Field Engineer, Manager

Prerequisites
A general mobile communication and data

communication.
Objectives
be able to:
GSM-R solution technology
Duration
1 working day
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
8.4.2

access, Cellular technology
Training Path
Understand GSM - R system
structure, interface, and business

Lecture
WB12
Understand the physical channel
structure, logical channel function and
1d
combination of Um interface
division and numbering plan
Target Audience
Field Engineer

communication.
Objectives
Duration
1 working day
Class Size

Min 6, Max 12
be able to:
Understand GSM-R major
technology
Prerequisites
Understand GSM-R mobile area
Understand the mobile
communication technology of multiple
8.4.3
GSM-R BTS Operation and Maintenance Training(BSC6000 V901R013)
Training Path
Prerequisites
GSM-R BTS3012 Product Description

WB22
Lecture

communication.
0.5d
Objectives
be able to:
GSM-R DBS3900 Product Description

WB21
Lecture
0.5d
Describe site maintenance objects.
Describe the concepts of BTS management

status.
Describe the concepts of BTS operation

status.
GSM-R BTS3900 Product Description

WB23
Lecture
Describe BTS routine operation and

maintenance procedure.
0.5d
Explain how to use BTS remote maintenance

console.

Training (BSC6000V901R013)
WB24
LectureHand-on Exercise
1.5d
Duration
3working days
Target Audience
Field Engineer, First line Maintenance Engineers,
Routine Maintenance Engineers
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
8.4.4
GSM-R BTS Installation and Commissioning

Maintenance
Training Path
Objectives
GSM-R BTS Installation and
Commissioning
Lecture, Hands-on
WB26
Exercise

2d
Target Audience
be able to:
Describe the hardware system structure
Master the hardware installation process
Understand the hardware commissioning
process
BSS Field Technicians, BSS Operation and
Maintenance
Prerequisites
Understand the BTS Product Description
Understand the BTS Operation and
Duration
2working days
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
8.4.5
GSM-R BSC6000 Installation and Commissioning
Training Path
GSM-R BSC Installation and
Commissioning
Lecture, Hands-on
WB32
Exercise
Objectives
be able to:
2d
Target Audience
Describe the hardware system structure
Master the hardware installation process
Understand the hardware commissioning
process
BSS Field Technicians, BSS Operation and
Maintenance
Prerequisites
Understand the BSC6000 Product Description
Understand the BSC6000 Operation and
Maintenance
Duration
2 working days
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
8.4.6
GSM-R BSC6000 Operation and Maintenance Training

wireless network operation and maintenance
Training Path
Objectives
GSM-R BSC6000 Product Description
WB31
Lecture
0.5d
be able to:
Describe the work flow of BSC6000
maintenance.
GSM-R BSC6000 Operation and
Lecture, Hands-on
WB33
Exercise
Describe important parameters in BSC6000
maintenance.
1.5d
Operate on the BSC6000 maintenance
console.
Target Audience
Perform the routine maintenance for
BSC6000.
BSS Field Technicians, First Line Operation and
Maintenance Technicians and Engineers
Prerequisites
Basic knowledge of mobile communications
At least 1 year working experience in GSM
Duration
2 working days
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
8.4.7
Training Path
Objectives
GSM-R BTS Data Configuration

WB25
Lecture, Hands-on
Exercise
be able to:
1.5d
Master BSC6000 GSM-R data configuration

process
GSM-R BSC6000 Data Configuration

WB34
Lecture, Hands-on
Exercise
2.5d
To complete the global data configuration
To complete the equipment data configuration
To complete the data interface configuration
Understand the CME main interface
Understand the data configuration process

based on CME
Target Audience
configuration

Prerequisites
Complete BSC6000 GSM-R data
Duration
4 working days
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
8.4.8

need to grasp.
Training Path
of BSC trouble commissioning.
GSM-R BTS Troubleshooting
WB27
Lecture, Hands-on
Exercise
Master the BSC system failure prevention

measures.
GSM-R BSC6000 Troubleshooting

WB35
Master the common method and processing

method of BSC fault location..
0.5d
Lecture, Hands-on
Exercise
Understand the analysis thinking and process
alarming.
1.5d

Objectives
List the TOP alarm type and find common

cause
Prerequisites
Query alarms through M2000, LMT, and

methods of preserving the alarm log
Target Audience
Understand the relative conception of
Draw the alarm processing flow chart, and can

according to the picture to locate the alarm
and analysis the cause
Duration
3working days
Class Size

be able to:
Understand the knowledge, skills and

operations that the maintenance personnel
Min 6, Max 12
8.5 GSM-R CS Product Training

8.5.1
eCNS300 Solution Training
Training Path
Describe system structure and hardware

structure of eCNS300.
eCNS300 Solution Overview
Perform software related installation and

upgrade procedure.
WC11
Lecture
1d
Perform hardware operation and

maintenance.
Target Audience
Perform the routine operation and

maintenance.
Field Maintenance Engineers, First line
Maintenance Engineers,
Prerequisites
A general understanding of mobile
Perform the basic data configuration of

eCNS300.
Duration
1 working days
communication and data communication.

Class Size
Objectives
Min 6, Max 12
be able to:
8.5.2
Training Path
GTSOFTX3000 Hardware System

Lectures,
WC21
Perform hardware configuration
Know how to verify hardware configuration
Perform the connection between

GTSOFTX3000 and MGW
0.5d
Perform GTSOFTX3000 Office information

configuration
GTSOFTX3000 to HLR
GTSOFTX3000 Data Configuration
WC22
Lectures, Hands-on
Exercise
Perform data configuration between
6d

GTSOFTX3000 and BSC (M2UA based,
M3UA based)
Perform the data configuration from

GTSOFTX3000 to RNC based on IP and ATM
GTSOFTX3000 Operation and

Maintenance
WC23
Lectures, Hands-on
Exercise
GTSOFTX3000 and PSTN/MSC in different
3.5d
mode
Target Audience
GSM-R core network monitor engineers
Manage data, for example: backup system

data, executing MML commands
Manage logs, for example: querying logs,

saving logs
Operation and maintenance engineers

GSM-R core network commissioning engineers
Manage equipments, for example: checking

board status and version
Installation engineers
Commissioning engineers
Manage tracing tasks, for example: creating a

tracing task, checking tracing result, saving
Prerequisites
A basic knowledge of telecommunication
result

maintenance
Objectives
Operation of replace the hardware board
Operation of change the cable
be able to:
Operation of system backup
Describe the GTSOFTX3000 hardware
Operation of system recovery
structures
Manage alarms (browsing alarms, querying
Describe the GTSOFTX3000 cascade
alarms, printing alarms, dump alarm logs)
structures
Create performance tasks
Describe the function, indicators, ports and
Checking status of performance tasks
working mode of each board
Customized performance tasks
Explain the types and applications of different
Dump the measurement result
fibers and cables
Start and stop the process of BAM
Describe the concept of Hardware
Point out key information and its directory of
Configuration
BAM

Duration
10 working days
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
8.5.3
Training Path
GSM-R UMG8900 Hardware System

WC31
Lectures,
1d
GSM-R UMG8900 Operation and

Maintenance
WC32
Lectures, Hands-on
Exercise
2d
GSM-R UMG8900 Data Configuration
WC33
Lectures, Hands-on
Exercise
2d
Target Audience
Describe main boards' functions of UMG8900
Describe Internal message flow of UMG8900
Describe function of SIWF
Configure SIWF
Perform operation and maintenance of SIWF
Query equipment status
Query resource information
Perform backup and recovery of UMG8900
Query the service status
Browse alarm information
Browse the performance task
Configuring System Parameters
Configuring System Time
Configuring Frames and Boards
Configuring the Clock
Configuring the NMS Interface
Configuring the MGW Control Interface and

SIGTRAN Interface
GSM-R core network monitor engineers

Installation engineers
Commissioning engineers
Configure ATM bearer, IP bearer, TDM bearer
Configure signaling transfer
Configure MGW data
Configure the link
Perform interworking with MGW based on

different networking
Prerequisites
A basic knowledge of telecommunication
Objectives
different scenarios
Describe UMG8900 hardware structure
Describe UMG8900 logical architecture
Describe UMG8900 software architecture
Describe UMG8900 Cascading System
Perform interworking with MSC/PSTN based

on different networking

be able to:
Perform interworking with BSC based on
Duration
5 working days
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
8.5.4
Training Path
Describe HSS9860V900R008 interface

protocol function
HSS9860V900R008 System and

Networking Overview
WC41
Lectures
Describe HSS9860V900R008 physical and

logical structure
0.5d
Describe HSS9860V900R008 board function
Describe HSS9860V900R008 signaling flow
Describe HSS9860V900R008 software

structure
HSS9860V900R008 Subscriber Data

ManagementGU
Lectures
WC42
0.5d
Hands-on Exercise
Describe HSS9860V900R008 IP planning
Perform installation of operation PGW client

with GU network
Perform the method of adding or deleting

subscriber
HSS9860V900R008 Data Configuration

GU
Lectures
1d
WC43
Hands-on Exercise
requirement
Perform configuration of subscription data
Describe the steps of HSS9860 data
Target Audience
Operation and Maintenance Engineer
configuration
Perform interface data configuration

validity
At least half a year experience of operation

and maintenance of telecommunication
Perform hardware and system data

configuration
Technical Support Engineer

Prerequisites
Modify subscription according to customer
Perform basic debugging of HSS9820 (GU)
equipments
Being familiar with Windows operation and

basic UNIX operation
Duration
2 working days
A basic knowledge of mobile communication

Class Size
Objectives
be able to:
Describe HSS9860V900R008 product

function and application
Min 6, Max 12
8.5.5
Training Path
WC12
Lectures, Hands-on
Exercise
Configure and verify VBS service
Configure and verify VGCS service
Configure and verify Multiple-Engine service
Configure and verify functional addressing
Configure and verify call area restriction
3d
Configure and verify location dependent

addressing service
Target Audience
GSM-R core network telecommunication
engineers
Configure and verify SMC integration service
Configure and verify access matrix service
Configure and verify break-in and force

release service

Configure and verify missed call SMS prompt

service
Prerequisites
A basic knowledge of railway
Configure and verify priority cell service
Perform AC (Acknowledgement Center)

server software installation and uninstallation
telecommunication system
Objectives
Configure AC in BAM
Operate GMS(Group Management Server)

installation

be able to:
Describe the fundamental of GSM-R
Describe the architecture of GSM-R system
Describe the service and function of GSM-R
Duration
3 working days
Class Size
system
Configure and verify eMLPP service
Configure and verify USS1 service
Min 6, Max 12
8.6 GSM-R PS Product Training

8.6.1
PS Network Planning and Design Training

SGSN/GGSN Routine Operation and
Training Path
Maintenance training.
PS Network Planning Training

WP11
Lecture
Successful completion of the program

SGSN/GGSN data configuration Training.
2d
Objectives
Target Audience
GPRS/UMTS PS Network Planning Engineer,
be able to:
Describe PS Network Planning Principle.
Perform the Networking Scheme for
System Design Engineer, Senior Engineer and
Gb/Iu/SS7/Gn/Gp/OM/Ga/Li/Gy and
Experts
GGSN-SUR, GGSN-SCCG networking

scheme.
Prerequisites

communication.
2 working days

GPRS/UMTS Principle Training.
Duration
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
8.6.2
PS Network Optimize Training
Training Path

SGSN/GGSN data configuration Training.
Objectives
PS Network Optimization Training

WP12
Lecture, Lab
3d

be able to:
network optimization.
Target Audience
GPRS/UMTS PS Network Optimization Engineer,
System Design Engineer, Senior Engineer and
Experts
Analyze the PS core network KPI.
Describe Traffic Statistics Model Extraction.
Master Evaluation and Optimization of the

SGSN9810/GGSN9811/DNS/CG Resource
Capacity.
Prerequisites

communication.
Duration
3 working days

GPRS/UMTS Principle Training.
Outline the general procedure of PS core

SGSN/GGSN Routine Operation and
Maintenance training.
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
8.6.3
UGW9811(GGSN) Product Training

structure of UGW9811.
Training Path
upgrade procedure.
UGW9811 Routine Operation and

WP21
Lecture, Lab, Exercise
2d

maintenance.
Perform the Routine Operation and

Maintenance including authorization
UGW9811 Data Configuration
management, system information

WP22
5d
management, alarm management, trace

management ,log management, license
management ,patch management ,data
backup and restore.
Target Audience
Field Maintenance Engineer, First line

Maintenance Engineer, Routine Maintenance
Perform data Describe basic concept of VPN,

APN and charging.
Engineer
Perform configuration of VPN, APN and

charging.
Prerequisites

7 working days
Successful completion of the program EPC

Principle Training.
Objectives
be able to:
Duration
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
8.6.4
USN9810 (SGSN) Product Training (2G/3G)

be able to:
Training Path

structure of USN9810.
USN9810 (SGSN) Operation and

WP31

upgrade procedure.
3d

maintenance.
USN9810 (SGSN) Data Configuration

Maintenance including security management,
WP32
5d
system information management, alarm

management, trace management, data
management, license management,
performance management.
Target Audience
Perform configuration of SGSN hardware.
Perform configuration of SGSN Gb, Iu-PS, Gn,

Ga and Gr interfaces.
Engineer
Perform configuration of SGSN basic service.
Prerequisites
Duration

Successful completion of the program USN
8 working days
Class Size
ATCA platform Operation and Maintenance

Training .
Objectives
Min 6, Max 12
8.6.5
PS Alarm Monitoring and Management Training
Training Path
1 years related experience in PS equipment

maintenance.
PS Alarm Monitoring and Management

WP13
Lecture, Lab, Demo
1d
Successful completion of the program of

GPRS/UMTS PS Fundamental Training.
Objectives
Target Audience
be able to:
Understand basic alarm.
Understand basic method of alarm monitoring
and management.
Engineer
Duration
Prerequisites
1 working day
Get familiar with TCP/IP.
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
8.6.6
Training Path
1 years related experience in PS equipment

maintenance.

WP14
Lecture, Lab, Demo
Successful completion of the program of

GPRS/UMTS PS Fundamental Training.
1d
Objectives
Target Audience
Engineer
Prerequisites

Get familiar with TCP/IP.
be able to:
Master SGSN9810 Emergency O/M.
Master GGSN9811 Emergency O/M.
Master CG9812 Emergency O/M.
Duration
1 working day
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
8.7 GSM-R OSS Operation and Maintenance Training

8.7.1
iManager M2000V200 Client Operation and Maintenance Training(BSS)
Training Path
Describe the performance specifications of the
M2000 system, including system capacity,

bandwidth, storage capacity, processing capability,
iManager M2000V200 System Overview
WO11
Lecture
and client number.

0.5d
Describe the alarm categories and levels in
M2000V200 system.
iManager M2000V200 Client Monitor and

Maintenance
Lecture, Hands-on Exercise
WO12
1d
Describe the alarm processing ability
supported by the M2000V200 server.
Browse and query the current alarms in
M2000V200 clients.
iManager M2000V200 Client Performance and
Maintenance
WO13
0.5d
M2000V200 and NE.
Target Audience
All wireless engineer
M2000V200 Alarm Operation and

Maintenance Technician and Engineer
M2000V200 Performance Operation and

Maintenance Technician and Engineer
Manage the alarm level and name in
Describe the performance counter and object
categories in M2000V200 system.
Query the performance result by the setting
conditions.
Export the performance result files.
Check the performance task status.
Query the NE configuration data from
M2000V200 client.
Prerequisites
Having basic knowledge in telecommunication
and mobile communication

Objectives
Configure data to NE from M2000V200 client.
Describe the performance counter categories
and the difference between them.
Describe the performance object categories.
Query the performance result by the setting
conditions.
Export the performance result file.
be able to:
Define the performance query template.
Check the performance task status.
Describe the overall architecture, hardware
architecture, software architecture, typical

configuration and interfaces of the M2000V200.
Describe the software structure of the
Duration
2 working days
M2000V200 equipment, the functions of different

parts.
Describe the system reliability of the M2000
system from the aspects of system security.
Class Size
Min 6Max12
8.7.2
iManager M2000 PS Operation and Maintenance Training

be able to:
Training Path
Describe the overall architecture, hardware

architecture, software architecture, typical
M2000 Routine Operation and

WO14
Lecture, Lab
configuration and interfaces of the M2000.

2d
Describe the software structure of the M2000

equipment, the functions of different parts.
Describe the system reliability of the M2000

system from the aspects of system security.
Target Audience

Maintenance of M2000 client.

Engineer
Prerequisites

communication.
Objectives
Duration
2 working days
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
8.7.3
iManager M2000V200 System Administrator Training (SUN)
Training Path
Perform system management operation
Describe Sybase15 database modules
Describe Sybase15 database operation
iManager M2000 System Solution and

Networking
WO21
Lecture
commands
0.5d
Implement start and stop data process
Master how to import and export database
Describe M2000 SUN Single Server network

system structure, logical, hardware, software
iManager M2000 Operation System and

Database Management (SUN)
WO22
Lecture, Lab
1d
structure
List M2000 server file system composing
List M2000 system user type
Perform powering on/powering off the M2000,

monitoring system status, M2000 database
iManager M2000 Server Operation and

Maintenance (SUN HA)
Lecture, Lab
WO23
1d
management, system backup and restore
Perform M2000 routine maintenance tasks
Describe M2000 SUN HA network system

structure, logical, hardware, software
structure
iManager M2000 Administrator Operation
WO24
Lecture, Lab, Demo,

Discussion
2.5d
List M2000 server file system composing
List M2000 system user type
Perform powering on/powering off the M2000,

managing cluster resources, monitoring
Target Audience
system status, M2000 database management,
M2000 Server maintenance engineer

Prerequisites
Master Solaris basic operations
Master Sybase database basic operations
Objectives
be able to:
Know M2000 hardware and software structure
Describe M2000 software modules structure

and modules functions
List M2000 server typical configuration
Describe M2000 server networking
Describe Solaris 10 system management

commands
Describe files system structure
system backup and restore
Perform M2000 routine maintenance tasks
Describe user type in M2000 system
Master how to create, modify, delete user

information
Manage user group in M2000 system
Manage user network right and operation right
Complete monitor user state
Complete M2000 system log management
Master NEs status checking methods
Describe M2000 system software structure
Describe system software updating procedure

and methods
Perform NEs mediation software installation

and updating
Describe M2000 system Backup and Restore
base knowledge
Master normal Trouble Shooting methods
Master how to backup and restore M2000
Describe Northbound interface functions in
data
Know the base knowledge of M2000 system

emergency maintenance
List M2000 system emergency scene
Master the methods and steps of M2000
M2000 system
Duration
5 working days
Class Size
system emergency maintenance
Know M2000 dangerous operations
Min 6, Max 12
8.7.4
iManager M2000V200 System Administrator Training (ATAE Cluster)

scenario of ATAE Cluster scheme
Training Path
Describe the system structure and basic

function of OSMU
iManager M2000V200 System Overview ATAE Cluster

WO31
Lecture
0.5d
Master the system management of OSMU
Master the equipment management, service

management, software management, general
maintenance OSMU
iManager M2000V200 Operation System

and Database Management (ATAE
Cluster)
Lecture, Lab
WO32
1d
Master the method to backup and restore the

different data types of ATAE Cluster
Describe Northbound Interface Definition and

Function
Commissioning
iManager M2000V200 ATAE Cluster

Server Operation and Maintenance
WO33
Lecture, Lab
Perform Northbound Interface Interconnection
1.5d
Handle Northbound Interface Common

Troubleshooting
Explain the meaning of OM user, NE user,

mode 1, mode 2 NE
Target Audience
Manage OM user and NE user
Set security policy parameters
Monitor the user status
Describe Oracle storage and SQL language
Describe M2000 database
Perform the M2000 database Usage viewing
Describe the concept and features of SUSE
Network management operator

Prerequisites
Objectives
Linux system
be able to:
commands
Describe the basic concepts and principles of

ATAE cluster
Perform common operating system
Describe the ATAE hardware structure and its
Duration
3 working days
function
Map between principles and the corresponds

hardware module
Master the networking and typical application
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
8.8 eLTE Broadband Trunking Solution Training

8.8.1
eNodeB Product Training (eLTE Broadband Trunking)

Describe mobile network evolution.
Training Path
Describe the network structure of

E-UTRAN/EPC
Describe the interface and protocol of
eLTE Broadband Trunking Solution System
E-UTRAN
Overview
Lecture
EA11
1d
Describe wireless interface technology

principle such as OFDM,MIMO and so on
Describe LTE channel structure , wireless
eNodeB Product Description

EA12
Lecture
frame structure
0.5 d
Master eNodeB product description

Understand eNodeB product structure
Know about eNodeB application scenarios and
eNodeB Operation and Maintenance

EA13
Lecture , Hand-on Exercise
typical configuration
1d
Understand the operation and maintenance

system structure
Complete login eNodeB O&M system
eNodeB Data Configuration

EA14
Know eNodeB equipment management

1.5d
Know eNodeB transmission management

Master eNodeB wireless management
Backup eNodeB configuration file
eNodeB TOP Alarming Handling

EA15
Describe eNodeB data configuration process

1d
Master eNodeB data configuration operation

Master eNodeB data modification operations
Target Audience
System Engineer
Service Engineer
Prerequisites
Know eNodeB TOP alarm knowledge

Master eNodeB TOP alarming handling
Duration
5 working days2d for hand-on exercise
Class Size

Objectives
be able to:
Min 6Max 12
8.8.2

telecommunication and mobile
Training Path
communication.
eLTE-EPC Network Basic Principle
EA21
Lecture
Objectives
1d

be able to:
eCNS210 System Overview

EA22
Lecture
Understand eCNS210 system and hardware

structure
1d
Understand software installation and

upgrading process
eCNS210 Routine Operation and

Maintenance
EA23 Lecture, Hand-on Exercise
Complete eCNS210 hardware operation and

data configuration
2d
Complete eCNS210 equipment routine

maintenance
eCNS210 Data Configuration
Complete eCNS210 basic equipment

management
EA24
Lecture, Hand-on Exercise
2d
Target Audience
Duration
6 working days
Class Size

Min 6Max 12
Prerequisites
Having EPC basic principle technology

knowledge, and having basic knowledge in
8.8.3
Training Path
UnderstandeSCN230 system and hardware

structure

upgrading process
EA25
Lecture
1d
Complete eSCN230 hardware operation and

data configuration
Target Audience

maintenance
Complete eSCN230 basic equipment

management
Prerequisites
Complete eSCN230 equipment routine

Duration

communication.
Objectives
be able to:
1working days
Class Size
Min 6Max 12
8.8.4
eOMC910 Operation and Maintenance Training
Training Path
Grasp the elementary operation of operation

maintenance client
eOMC910 Operation and Maintenance

Training
EA31
Lecture
2d
Target Audience
maintenance client
Grasp the operation of control panel
Grasp the maintenance routine
Familiar operation terminal related installation

and uninstallation

Prerequisites
Objectives
Objectives
Familiar the Concrete application of operation

client
Familiar eOMC910 server Installment flow
Grasp R620 server Installment flow
Familiar prepare works for eOMC910 product
be able to:
Grasp the elementary operation of operation

client
Be familiar with communication network

management technology.
Familiar the functional modules of operation
complete
Grasp the Network element of eOMC910
Familiar eOMC910 product complete flow
control.
Familiar eOMC910 server Installment flow
Familiar physical structure and software
Familiar method of uninstall MYSQL and
structure of eOMC910.
Familiar service and skill of eOMC910.
Understand technical specifications of
server software
Duration
eOMC910
Familiar Client terminal related installation and

uninstallation
Familiar the routine operation
Familiar the concrete application
Familiar operation maintenance client related

installation and uninstallation
2 working days
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
8.8.5
Training Path
be able to:
eMDC.

EA41 Lecture, Hand-on Exercise, Demo 1d
Describe system structure and structure of
Perform hardware installation procedure.
Perform Commissioning of eMDC610.

maintenance.
Target Audience
Duration
Prerequisites
Basic understanding of trunking knowledge.
Objectives
1 working day
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
8.8.6
EG860/EP680 Terminal Product Training
Training Path
Objectives
Terminal Product Training
be able to:
EA51
Lecture, Demo
1d
Target Audience
Prerequisites
Master the terminal product structure
Understand EG860 hardware installation
Complete EG860 business commissioning
Complete terminal business demonstration
Duration
1 working day
Basic understanding of trunking knowledge.

Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
8.9 eLTE Broadband Access Solution Training

8.9.1
eNodeB Product Training (eLTE Broadband Access)

Describe mobile network evolution.
Training Path
Describe the network structure of

E-UTRAN/EPC
Describe the interface and protocol of
eLTE Broadband Access System Overview
E-UTRAN
Lecture
EB11
1d
Describe wireless interface technology

principle such as OFDM,MIMO and so on
Describe LTE channel structure , wireless
eNodeB Product Description

EB12
Lecture
frame structure
0.5d
Master eNodeB product description

Understand eNodeB product structure
Know about eNodeB application scenarios and
eNodeB Routine Operation and Maintenance

EB13
Lecture ,Hand-on Exercise
1d
typical configuration
Understand the operation and maintenance
system structure
Complete login eNodeB O&M system
eNodeB Data Configuration

EB14 Lecture ,Hand-on Exercise
Know eNodeB equipment management

1.5d
Know eNodeB transmission management

Master eNodeB wireless management
Backup eNodeB configuration file
eNodeB TOP Alarming Handling

EB15
Lecture ,Hand-on Exercise
Describe eNodeB data configuration process

1d
Master eNodeB data configuration operation

Master eNodeB data modification operations
Target Audience
System Engineer
Service Engineer
Prerequisites
Know eNodeB TOP alarm knowledge

Master eNodeB TOP alarming handling
Duration
5 working days2d for hand-on exercise
Class Size

Objectives
be able to:
Min 6Max 12
8.9.2

Training Path

communication.
SAE Network Fundamental
Objectives
EB21
Lecture
1d
be able to:
eCNS600 System Overview

EB22
Lecture
1d
structure
Duration
1d
Target Audience
Prerequisites

management
1.5d
eCNS600 Data Manangement
EB25

maintenance
eCNS600 Data Configuration

data configuration
1.5d
EB24

upgrading process
eCNS600 Operation and Maintenance
EB23
6 working days
Class Size
Min 6Max 12
8.9.3

be able to:
Training Path
structure
EB26
Lecture,Hand-on Exercise
2d

maintenance

management


data configuration

Prerequisites

upgrading process
Target Audience
Duration

communication.
Objectives
2 working day
Class Size
Min 6Max 12
8.9.4
M2000 Operation and Maintenance Training
Training Path
M2000 Operation and Maintenance
Training
EB31
1d
Create NE and subnet in M2000 systems
Manage the NE state in M2000 system
Know user type in M2000
Create, modify and delete user information
Manage the user group in M2000
Manage user NE authority and M2000
Target Audience
authority
Wireless Engineer
Monitor user state
M2000 operation and maintenance
Query system log
technicians, engineers
Check NE healthy state
Prerequisites

Objectives
be able to:
Duration
1 working day
Class Size
Min 6Max 12
8.9.5
Training Path
Objectives

EB32
Lecture, Demo
1d

be able to:
eSight terminal management feature
eSight terminal management application

scenario
Target Audience
Duration
1 working day

Prerequisites

Class Size
Min 6Max 12
8.9.6
Training Path
EB41 Lecture, Hand-on Exercise, Demo 1d
Target Audience
Objectives
be able to:
Master eA660 system structure
Complete eA660 hardware installation
Complete eA660 commissioning
Duration
1 working day

Prerequisites
Be familiar with communication access

communication technology.
Class Size
Min 6Max 12
Training Proposal
8.10
EPC Technology Basic Principle Training

communication technology.
Training Path
Objectives
EPC Technology Basic Principle Training
EC10
Target Audience
Field Engineer, Maintenance Engineer
Prerequisites
Be familiar with communication data

1d
be able to:
Master EPC technology basic principle
Duration
1 working day
Class Size
Min 6Max 12
9 IMS Training Courses
Network
Planning
Prerequi
sites
9.1 IMS Training Path

IMS System Principle
WBT(Pre-learning)
IMS Routine Maintenance
5H
WBT(Pre-learning)
4H
IMS Network Planning and

Design Training
ILT
5D
Service Layer
IMS Overview Training
Operation and Maintenance /

Commissioning (Network Construction)
ILT/LVC
2D
ATS9900 O&M Training

ILT
2D
IMS Core NE
RCS9880 O&M Training
IMS ATCA Platform
(Hardware/CGP) Training
ILT
1D
CSC3300/MRP6600 O&M
Training
ILT
2D
HSS9820(IMS) O&M
Training
ILT
1D
IMS Service Provisioning

(SPG2800) O&M Training
ILT
2D
iCG9815 (Offline Charging)

O&M Training
ILT
2D
iManager M2000 (IMS)

Client Application Training
ILT
2D
IMS Routine Maintenance

and Troubleshooting Training
ILT
2D
ILT
3D
IMS Convergent Conference

(MediaX3600) O&M Training
ILT
3D
Inter-working
UGC3200(MGCF) O&M
Training
ILT
2D
UMG8900(IMS) O&M
Training
ILT
2D
Access Layer
UAC3000 O&M Training

ILT
2D
ENS O&M Training

ILT
SE2600 O&M Training
2D
ILT

Maintenance
OSG9300&Convergent
Centrex O&M Training
ILT
2D
Advanced O&M
Technical Topics
IMS Signaling Analysis

Training
Prerequisites
ILT
IMS O&M Training
2D
IMS Number Analysis

Training
ILT
2D
IMS Maintenance in-depth

and Advanced Troubleshooting
4D
ILT
5D
VoLTE in-depth Key

Technology Training
ILT
3D
3D
SoftX3000 (AGCF) O&M

Training
ILT
2D
IMS Netwotk Key

Technology Training
ILT
4D
SE2600 Advanced O&M
Training
ILT
2D
VoLTE
VoLTE Technology
Training
VoLTE Solution
Introduction
WBT(Pre-learning)
2H
ILT
IMS IP Technology
Training
ILT
4D
Remark:
IMS Overview Training: suit for all technical personnel and new employee.
IMS Operation and Maintenance Training (include IMS products and functional modules): suit for
O&M engineers (2nd line maintenance) of IMS Core equipment maintenance and network
management center.
580
IMS Advanced Operation and Maintenance Training (include IMS solutions and advanced
technical topics): suit for senior O&M engineers (3nd line maintenance or specialist) of IMS core
equipment maintenance and network management center.
IMS Network Planning and Design Training: suit for IMS network design engineers.
For further details about the training programs and courses designed, please refer the program description and
course description in the training catalog.
581
9.2 List of IMS Training Programs

Duration
Training Programs
Level
(working
days)
Training
Class
Location
Size
Managers
IMS System Overview Training
0.5
6 ~ 12
Core Network Technology Evolution Training
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
IMS ATCA Platform (Hardware/CGP) Training
6 ~ 12
CSC3300/MRP6600 Operation and Maintenance Training
6 ~ 12
HSS9820 (IMS) Operation and Maintenance Training
6 ~ 12
ENS Operation and Maintenance Training
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
iCG9815 (offline charging) Operation and Maintenance Training
6 ~ 12
UGC3200 (MGCF) Operation and Maintenance Training
6 ~ 12
UMG8900(IMS) Operation and Maintenance Training
6 ~ 12
ATS9900 Operation and Maintenance Training
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
SE2300 Operation and Maintenance Training
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
SoftX3000 (AGCF) Operation and Maintenance Training
6 ~ 12
UAC3000 Operation and Maintenance Training
6 ~ 12
RCS9880 Operation and Maintenance Training
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
IMS O&M Training
IMS Service Provisioning (SPG2800) Operation and Maintenance

Training
OSG9930&Convergent Centrex Operation and Maintenance

Training
IMS Convergent Conference Operation and
Maintenance(MediaX3600) Training
iManager M2000 (IMS) Client Application Operation and

582
6 ~ 12
IMS Signaling Analysis Training
6 ~ 12
IMS Number Analysis Training
6 ~ 12
IMS Network Key Technology Training
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
SE2600 Advanced Operation and Maintenance Training
6 ~ 12
IMS IP Technology Training
6 ~ 12
IMS Network Migration Technology Training
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
VoLTE Technology Training
6 ~ 12
VoLTE In-depth Key Technology Training
6 ~ 12
IMS Routine Maintenance and Troubleshooting Training

IMS Advanced O&M Training for System Maintenance Engineers
IMS Maintenance in-depth and Advanced Troubleshooting

Training
Network Planning and Design Engineers

IMS Network Planning and Design Training
VoLTE Solution Maintenance Engineers
583
9.3 List of IMS Training Programs

9.3.1
IMS System Overview Training

Describe the basic concepts, advantages,
Training Path
system architecture of IMS

Describe the functions of the IMS network
IMS System Overview

OZA03
Lecture
elements
0.5d
Describe the number and address planning in

IMS network
Target Audience
Describe the basic register and session flow of

IMS
Telecom Managers
Prerequisites
Duration
0.5 working day
A general understanding of telecommunication

Class Size
Objectives
Min 6, Max 12

be able to:
584
9.3.2
Core Network Technology Evolution Training
Training Path
Objectives
Core Network Technology Evolution
be able to:
OZA09
Lecture
1d
Describe the current technology application

status of core network, including the basic
Target Audience
function, networking, and application

Technical support personnel, technical specialist
Describe the technology evolution and
Prerequisites
development direction of the fixed network and

mobile network
Describe the core network evolution

At least one year experience in the operation
Duration

equipments
1 working day
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
585
9.3.3
Training Path
elements
IMS Overview
OZA02
IMS network
Lecture
Describe the IMS register flow and session flow
2d
Describe the SIP protocol used in IMS domain,

Target Audience
including SIP messages types, structure

Describe the SIP header fields and typical
All technical personnel
signaling flows
Prerequisites
Outline the key features of Huawei IMS solution

in hardware system, network, services, etc

Duration
Objectives
2 working days
Class Size
be able to:
Min 6, Max 12

586
9.3.4
IMS ATCA Platform (Hardware/CGP) Training
Training Path
Objectives
IMS ATCA Platform (Hardware/CGP)

OZC00
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
be able to:
1d
Describe the hardware structure, the power

system and the board functions of ATCA
Target Audience
platform, as well as the monitor system

Operation and maintenance personnel, NMC
Perform the basic operation and maintenance,
operator, technical support personnel
the performance and alarm management by
Prerequisites
the CGP client

Duration

1 working day
Class Size

Min 6, Max 12
equipments
Successful completion of IMS Overview
training
587
9.3.5
CSC3300/MRP6600 Operation and Maintenance Training
Training Path
Objectives
CSC3300/MRP6600 Operation and

Maintenance
OZC01
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
be able to:
2d
Describe the location, interfaces, main

functions and basic features of
Target Audience
CSC3300/MRP6600
Describe the data configuration procedure and
method
Prerequisites
Complete the service data configuration

Complete the routine maintenance tasks of
CSC3300/MRP6600

Duration

equipments
2 working days
Class Size
Successful completion of the IMS Overview

Min 6, Max 12
Training and IMS ATCA Platform

588
9.3.6
HSS9820 (IMS) Operation and Maintenance Training
Training Path
Objectives
HSS9820 (IMS) Operation and

Maintenance
OZC02
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
be able to:
1d

functions and basic features of HSS9820 in
Target Audience
IMS network
method
Prerequisites
Complete the data configuration of HSS9820

FE
Complete the routine maintenance tasks of
HSS9820 FE

Duration
equipments
1 working day
Class Size

Min 6, Max 12
589
9.3.7
ENS Operation and Maintenance Training
Training Path
Objectives
ENS Operation and Maintenance
be able to:
OZC06
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
2d
Explain the working principle of ENUM and

DNS server
Target Audience
Describe the system architecture of ENS

Accomplish the data configuration in ENS for
ENUM and DNS function
Prerequisites
Perform the routine operation and maintenance

tasks of ENS

Duration

2 working days
Class Size
equipments
Min 6, Max 12

590
9.3.8
IMS Service Provisioning (SPG2800) Operation and Maintenance Training
Training Path
Objectives
IMS Service Provisioning (SPG2800)

OZC11
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
be able to:
2d
Describe basic concepts of IMS subscription

(IMPI and IMPU, iFC, Trigger Point, etc)
Target Audience
Describe the service provisioning principle,

procedure and operation by SPG2800
Complete the service provisioning by SPG2800
Prerequisites
to HSS9820
Perform the basic service test and verification

Duration

2 working days
Class Size
equipments
Min 6, Max 12

591
9.3.9
iCG9815 (offline charging) Operation and Maintenance Training
Training Path
Objectives
iCG9815 (offline charging) Operation and

Maintenance
2d
OZC04
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
be able to:
Describe charging principle of IMS
Describe the network location of iCG9815
Target Audience
Describe the system functions and

specification of iCG9815
Use iCG9815 CDR console to query the CDRs
Prerequisites

tasks (daily, weekly and monthly)
Perform the related data configuration
Describe the data configuration flow and
validity of subscription

equipments
Duration

2 working days
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
592
9.3.10 UGC3200 (MGCF) Operation and Maintenance Training

Training Path
Describe product location, interfaces,

function/features and system structure of
UGC3200 (MGCF) Operation and

Maintenance
OZE05
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
UGC3200 (MGCF) Product

Describe UGC3200 (MGCF) system
2d
processing flows, including signaling process,

Target Audience
route process and number process

Perform the data configuration of UGC3200
(MGCF), including local office data
configuration, interconnection data
Prerequisites
configuration, signaling data configuration,
charging data configuration and basic number

analysis data configuration
Execute the routine operation and maintenance

tasks, including devices status check and
equipments
alarm check, etc

Perform the basic troubleshooting

Duration
2 working days
Objectives
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
be able to:
593
9.3.11 UMG8900(IMS) Operation and Maintenance Training

Training Path
Objectives
UMG8900(IMS) Operation and

Maintenance
OZE04
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
be able to:
2d
Describe the network topology, services,

functions, system structure, board functions,
Target Audience
board indicators, networking, applications and

technical specifications of UMG8900
Outline the service data configuration steps of
Prerequisites
UMG8900
Perform the common service data configuration
of UMG8900 (database backup, alarm
management, device management, protocol
tracing, service management)
equipments
Duration
Training and UGC3200(MGCF) Operation and

2 working days
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
594
9.3.12 ATS9900 Operation and Maintenance Training

Training Path
Objectives
ATS9900 Operation and Maintenance
be able to:
OZS02
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
2d

functions and basic features of ATS9900
Target Audience

method
Complete ATS9900 number analysis
Prerequisites
configuration
Complete ATS9900 interworking data
configuration
List the major services supported by ATS9900

Perform the service test and verification
equipments
Complete the routine maintenance tasks
Duration

2 working days
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
595
9.3.13 OSG9930&Convergent Centrex Operation and Maintenance Training

Training Path
Objectives
OSG9930/Convergent Centrex Operation

and Maintenance
2d
OZS06
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
be able to:
List the major Convergent Centrex services of
ATS9900
Target Audience
Describe the definition and signaling flow of the

Centrex services
Perform the data configuration of Convergent
Prerequisites
Centrex
Perform the Centrex services provision via the
SPG2800 or OSG9930
Perform the Centrex service verification
Perform the operation and maintenance of
OSG9930 and U-Path
equipments
Duration
Training and ATS9900 Operation and

2 working days
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
596
9.3.14 IMS Convergent Conference Operation and Maintenance(MediaX3600)

Training
Training Path
be able to:
Explain the principles and the related concepts
IMS Convergent Conference Operation

and Maintenance (MediaX3600)
OZS03
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
about multimedia conference

Describe the typical multimedia conference
3d
working flow
Target Audience
Explain the product location, networking,

features and functions of MediaX3600
Perform the local office and interconnection
office data configuration
Prerequisites

tasks of MediaX3600
Describe the troubleshooting method for the

typical cases
Duration
equipments
3 working days

Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
Objectives
597
9.3.15 SE2300 Operation and Maintenance Training

Training Path
be able to:
Describe related concepts of SBC, working
SE2300 Operation and Maintenance

OZD02
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
principle of full proxy

Describe the product location and the main
1d
functions of SE2300
Target Audience
Describe the full proxy flow of SE2300
Outline the networking applications of SE2300
Describe the configuration flow and the key

parameters
Prerequisites
Complete the data configuration

Complete the routine maintenance tasks for

SE2300
Duration

1 working day
equipments
Class Size
training
Min 6, Max 12
Objectives
598

Training Path
Objectives
be able to:
OZD04
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
2d
Describe related concepts of SBC, working

principle of full proxy
Target Audience
Describe main functions and features of

SE2600 in IMS network
Describe call flow analysis
Prerequisites
Describe hardware structure of SE2600

Perform interconnection data configuration
Perform service data configuration
Perform maintenance tasks for SE2600
Perform SE2600 troubleshooting

equipments
Duration
2 working days
training
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
599
9.3.17 SoftX3000 (AGCF) Operation and Maintenance Training

Training Path
be able to:
Describe the AGCF functions of SoftX3000
SoftX3000 (AGCF) Operation and

Maintenance
OZE02
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
Describe the SoftX3000(AGCF) hardware

structure
2d
Explain AGCF registration process and basic

Target Audience
call flow
Describe the SoftX3000(AGCF) data
configuration method and procedure
Complete the data configuration and verify the
Prerequisites
system status

tasks
Duration

2 working days
equipments
Class Size
training
Min 6, Max 12
Objectives
600
9.3.18 UAC3000 Operation and Maintenance Training

Training Path
Objectives
UAC3000 Operation and Maintenance
be able to:
OZE03
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
2d
Describe the network location, product function

and features, network structure, system
Target Audience
structure
Describe the signaling procession procedures
of UAC3000
Prerequisites
Configure the hardware, network element and

module data
Configure the system data
Configure the interworking data

Configure the subscriber data
equipments
Perform the routine maintenance
Duration

2 working days
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
601
9.3.19 RCS9880 Operation and Maintenance Training

Training Path
Objectives
RCS9880 Operation and Maintenance
be able to:
OZS08
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
3d
Describe RCS Solution, Explain the product

location, networking, features and functions of
Target Audience
RCS9880.
Describe the typical RCS services and
processing flow.
Prerequisites
Perform the RCS9880 data configuration.

tasks of RCS9880.
RCS9880.

equipments
Duration

Training and Hardware Platform Training
3 working days
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
602
9.3.20 iManager M2000 (IMS) Client Application Operation and Maintenance Training
Training Path
functions of iManager M2000 in IMS

Describe the hardware configuration and
iManager M2000 (IMS) Client Application

2d
OZO03
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
software configuration of iManager

M2000(IMS)
Create accounts and set the authority for
Target Audience
system operator
Add IMS elements and build up the network
topology
Monitor the running status of IMS elements
Prerequisites
Perform alarm browsing and processing

Perform log browsing and dumping
Execute M2000 database backing up and
restoring
Execute the IMS routine maintenance tasks via
equipments
M2000 client
Duration
training
2 working days
Objectives
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
be able to:
Outline the product location, services and
603
9.3.21 IMS Routine Maintenance and Troubleshooting Training

Training Path
Objectives
IMS Routine Maintenance and

Troubleshooting
OZC15
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
be able to:
2d
Perform the daily routine maintenance tasks of

IMS, including check the status of the board,
Target Audience
ME, module, process, link; query the alarm info;

query CDRs; perform database backup;
perform measurement management tasks and
Prerequisites
so on
Describe IMS troubleshooting procedure
Perform IMS troubleshooting cases analysis

Duration

equipments
2 working days
Class Size

Min 6, Max 12

604
9.3.22 IMS Signaling Analysis Training

Training Path
Objectives
IMS Signaling Analysis
be able to:
OZB00
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
2d
Describe the major SIP headers function and

change in IMS registration and session flow
Target Audience
Describe the AVPs content in the Diameter

Technical support personnel, senior NMC
messages in IMS registration flow
operation personnel, technical specialist
Describe the signaling routing principle of the
Prerequisites
IMS session flow

Perform the troubleshooting of IMS registration
Successful completion of the IMS Operation
and session

At least three years experience in the operation
Duration

equipments
2 working days
Class Size

Min 6, Max 12
and maintenance of HUAWEI IMS equipments
605
9.3.23 IMS Number Analysis Training

Training Path
Objectives
IMS Number Analysis
be able to:
OZB01
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
4d
Perform number analysis of CSC3300 and

ATS9900
Target Audience
Perform number analysis of UGC3200 (MGCF)

Describe number change function and execute
related configuration in CSC3300 and
Prerequisites
ATS9900
Execute IMS Call Barring configuration

Duration

4 working days
Class Size
equipments
Min 6, Max 12

606
9.3.24 IMS Network Key Technology Training

Training Path
Objectives
IMS Network Key Technology
be able to:
OZB02
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
4d
Describe IMS geography redundancy solution

(architecture, signaling flow and data
Target Audience
configuration)
Describe Business Trunk concept and perform
the related data configuration
Prerequisites
Describe Emergency Call solution and perform

the related data configuration
Describe IMS access network solution
Describe iFC principle

Duration
equipments
4 working days
Class Size

Min 6, Max 12
607
9.3.25 IMS Maintenance in-depth and Advanced Troubleshooting Training

Training Path
Objectives
IMS Maintenance in-depth and Advanced

Troubleshooting
3d
OZB06
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
be able to:
Perform IMS advanced maintenance tasks
(CGP system administration, obtain and query
Target Audience
Log file, software patch operation and

MRP6600 system administration)
Perform database backup and restoration
Prerequisites
Describe the general troubleshooting principle

and procedure
Perform the IMS registration and session
management troubleshooting
Perform the IMS service troubleshooting

equipments
Duration

3 working days
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
608
9.3.26 SE2600 Advanced Operation and Maintenance Training

Training Path
Objectives
SE2600 Advanced Operation and

Maintenance
OZB07
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
be able to:
2d
Configure the security and reliability feature of

SE2600.
Target Audience
Configure the QoS control feature of SE2600.

SE2600 Technical support personnel, senior NMC
Configure the protocol process features of
SE2600.
Prerequisites

SE2600.
Successful completion of the SE2600
Analyze and locate the typical trouble of
SE2600.

Duration
equipments
2 working days
Class Size

Min 6, Max 12
609
9.3.27 IMS IP Technology Training

Training Path
Describe the IP networking inside IMS

Describe the hardware of DATACOM
IMS IP Technology Training

OZD03
Lecture, Lab
equipments used in IMS

Perform the operation and maintenance of the
4d
DATACOM equipments used in IMS

Target Audience
Describe the IP reliability solutions in IMS

Perform the data configuration of the IP
Core network commissioning engineers, Operation
reliability solutions
and maintenance engineers
Outline the QoS requirements for IP bear
Prerequisites
network
At least one year experience of operation and
Apply the QoS methods in IMS
maintenance of IMS equipments
When there happens the IP related trouble,
Objectives
basically complete trouble location and recover

the service

be able to:
Duration
Outline the structure of IP Bear network and the

main protocols used
4 working days
Class Size
Outline the IP fundamental knowledge and the

Min 6, Max 12
application in IMS
610
9.3.28 IMS Network Migration Technology Training

Training Path
Objectives
IMS Network Migration Technology
be able to:
OZB10
Lecture
1d
Describe the end-to-end flow of C5 network

migration on the IP multimedia subsystem
Target Audience
(IMS)
Describe every solution in IMS C5 network
Prerequisites
migration
Perform relevant tasks in network migration

Duration

1 working day
Class Size
equipments
Min 6, Max 12
611
9.3.29 IMS Network Planning and Design Training

Training Path

IMS System Overview

OZA03
Lecture
elements
0.5d
IMS network
Describe the basic register and session flow of
IMS Basic Signaling Procedure and SIP
Protocol Introduction
0.5d
OZA04
Lecture
IMS
Describe the typical register and session
procedures in IMS system
Describe the SIP protocol used in IMS domain,
including SIP messages types, structure
IMS Huawei Products and Solution

Introduction
OZA05
Lecture
Describe the SIP typical signaling flows

0.5d
Describe the ATCA Hardware of IMS

Describe the function, feature and system
structure of Huawei IMS products
IMS Network Planning and Design

OZP01
Lecture
Describe Huawei IMS solutions

Describe IMS network planning and designing
3.5d
Overview
Target Audience
Describe IMS networking structure design
Telecom Managers, IMS Network Planning and
Describe IMS network IP interconnection
Design personnel
Describe IMS interconnection with

PSTN/PLMN
Prerequisites
Describe IMS access network design
Describe IMS bandwidth calculation
Describe IMS support system interconnection

equipments
(NMS and charging system)

Duration
5 working days
Objectives
Class Size
be able to:
Min 6, Max 12
612
9.3.30 VoLTE Technology Training

Training Path
be able to:
Describe the basic concept of EPC/LTE/CS
EPC/LTE/CS Introduction
OZZ04
Lecture
Describe the network structure of VoLTE

solution
1d
Describe the principles and networking of

VoLTE basic calls
VoLTE Technology
OZZ05
Lecture, Lab
Describe the eSRVCC principles, networking

and deployment
4d
Describe the principles of IP short messages

and related networking mode in the VoLTE
Target Audience
solution
VoLTE Operation and maintenance personnel,
Describe the main flow of IP SM in the VoLTE
technical support personnel
solution
Prerequisites
Describe the basic procedure of VoLTE service

provisioning
Perform the VoLTE basic call data configuration
Perform the eSRVCC data configuration

Duration
equipments
5 working days
Successful completion of the IMS O&M training

Familiar with network structure and signaling
Class Size
process flow of CS/EPC
Min 6, Max 12
Objectives
613
9.3.31 VoLTE In-depth Key Technology Training

Training Path
Objectives
VoLTE In-depth Key Technology
be able to:
OZZ07
Lecture, Lab
3d
Describe the E2E QoS solution in VoLTE

Describe the ICS function and application of
Target Audience
VoLTE
VoLTE Operation and maintenance personnel,
Describe the major IN service triggering
technical support personnel
processes in VoLTE solution
Prerequisites
Perform the QoS and ICS data configuration

Duration

3 working days
Class Size

Min 6, Max 12
equipments
Successful completion of the VoLTE
Technology Training
614
10 NGN & STP Training Courses

10.1
NGN & STP Training Path
10.1.1 NGN Training Path

NGN System Overview
Training
2d
For telecom management

engineer
615
NGN Operation and

SoftX3000 Operation and

9d
UMG8900 Operation and

4d
NGN Core Network

Elements
iManager N2000 UMS

Operation and
2d
UA5000 (NGN) Operation

1d
SG7000 (NGN) Operation

3d
MRS6100 Operation and

IAD Operation and

1d
2d
U-Path Operation and

SE2000 Operation and

1d
2d
SHLR9200 Operation and

2d
For operation and maintenance

engineer, technical support
engineer
NGN Advanced Operation

616
NGN Advanced Operation

SoftX3000 Advanced
Operation and
8d
UMG8900 Advanced
Operation and
NGN Core Network

Elements
3d
iManager N2000 UMS

2d
SE2000 Advanced
Operation and
SG7000 (NGN) Advanced

Training
2d
2d
UA5000 (NGN) Advanced

Training
1d
SHLR9200 Advanced
Operation and
1d
MRS6100 Advanced
Operation and
1d
For technical support engineer
For Target
Audience
Training Upgrade
Path
617
10.1.2 STP Training Path

STP Operation and
SPS V3 (DRA) Operation

7d
3d

engineer, technical support engineer

engineer, technical support engineer
618
10.2
List of NGN & STP Training Programs

Duration
Training Programs
Level
(working
days)
Training
Class
Location
Size
Telecom Management Engineer
6 ~ 12
SoftX3000 Operation and Maintenance Training
6 ~ 12
UMG8900 Operation and Maintenance Training
6 ~ 12
iManager N2000 UMS Operation and Maintenance Training
6 ~ 12
MRS6100 Operation and Maintenance Training
6 ~ 12
SG7000 (NGN) Operation and Maintenance Training
6 ~ 12
SHLR9200 Operation and Maintenance Training
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
UA5000 (NGN) Operation and Maintenance Training
6 ~ 12
IAD Operation and Maintenance Training
6 ~ 12
U-Path Operation and Maintenance Training
6 ~ 12
SoftX3000 Advanced Operation and Maintenance Training
6 ~ 12
UMG8900 Advanced Operation and Maintenance Training
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
MRS6100 Advanced Operation and Maintenance Training
6 ~ 12
SG7000 (NGN) Advanced Operation and Maintenance Training
6 ~ 12
SHLR9200 Advanced Operation and Maintenance Training
6 ~ 12
SE2000 Advanced Operation and Maintenance Training
6 ~ 12
UA5000 (NGN) Advanced Operation and Maintenance Training
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
NGN System Overview Training

NGN O&M Engineer
NGN Advanced O&M Engineer
iManager N2000 UMS Advanced Operation and Maintenance

Training
STP
STP Operation and Maintenance Training
619
SANEX Operation and Maintenance Training
6 ~ 12
6 ~ 12
SPS V3
SPS V3 (DRA) Operation and Maintenance Training
620
10.3
NGN Training Programs
10.3.1 NGN System Overview Training

Training Path
architecture, services, networking and

applications of NGN
NGN System Overview

OA011
Lecture
Describe the network topology, services and

functions of NGN equipment
0.5d
Outline the functions of NGN protocols

Outline the features, advantages, actuality and
NGN Product Overview
OA012
Lecture
development trend of NGN

Outline the components, services, networking
1d
and applications of Huawei U-SYS solution

Describe the network topology, services and
functions of NGN equipment in Huawei U-SYS
NGN Service Description
solution
OA013
Lecture
0.5d
Outline the system structure, networking,

applications and technical specifications of
NGN equipment in Huawei U-SYS solution
Target Audience
Describe the functions, characteristics,

Telecom management personnel
applications and uses of all services (including
Prerequisites
basic voice services, supplementary services

and IN services) supported by Huawei U-SYS
A general understanding of
solution

Objectives
Duration
2 working days

be able to:
Class Size
Describe the structure of the
Min 6, Max 12
telecommunication network
Describe the basic concepts, system
621
10.3.2 SoftX3000 Operation and Maintenance Training

Training Path

technical specifications of SoftX3000
SoftX3000 Operation and Maintenance

OAX01
Lecture, Lab, E-lab

SoftX3000, and execute the common service
9d
data configuration (local office data

Target Audience
configuration, charging data configuration,

media gateway data configuration, MRS data
Operating and maintenance personnel, technical
configuration, protocol data configuration, SS7
support personnel
signaling data configuration, routing data
Prerequisites
configuration, trunk data configuration, number
Familiar with computer operation and Windows
analysis data configuration, subscriber data

configuration)
system
of SoftX3000 (operator authority management,
database backup and restoration, data
At least one year of experience in the operation

and maintenance of telecommunications
consistent checking between the host and BAM,
equipment
log management, alarm management, device

management, media gateway management,
Objectives
protocol and signaling management, trunk

circuit management, subscriber management,
be able to:
bill management, traffic statistics)
Describe the basic concepts, system
architecture, services, networking and
of iGWB
applications of NGN
Perform the common troubleshooting of
Outline the components, services, networking

and applications of Huawei U-SYS solution
SoftX3000
Duration
Explain the functions, features, applications,

9 working days
terms, stack structure and messages of NGN

protocols (MGCP, H.248, SIP, SIGTRAN and
Class Size
H.323)
Min 6, Max 12

622
10.3.3 UMG8900 Operation and Maintenance Training

Training Path

UMG8900 Operation and Maintenance

OAU01
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
technical specifications of UMG8900

4d
UMG8900, and execute the common service

Target Audience
data configuration (MGW data configuration, IP

bearer data configuration, TG data
configuration, AG data configuration, SG data
support personnel
configuration)
Prerequisites
of UMG8900 (database backup, log

management, alarm management, device
system
management, protocol tracing, service

management, POTS subscriber testing)
UMG8900

equipment
Duration
Objectives
4 working days
Class Size
be able to:
Min 6, Max 12
623
10.3.4 iManager N2000 UMS Operation and Maintenance Training

Training Path
be able to:
Explain the functions and applications of SNMP
iManager N2000 UMS Operation and

Maintenance
OAN01
Lecture, Lab, E-lab

functions, system structure, networking,
2d

Target Audience
iManager N2000 UMS

NMS operator, operating and maintenance
of iManager N2000 UMS (network topology
personnel, technical support personnel
management, network element management,
Prerequisites
network alarm monitoring, network

performance monitoring, environment and user
system
right management)
Duration

2 working days

Class Size
equipment
Min 6, Max 12
Objectives
624
10.3.5 MRS6100 Operation and Maintenance Training

Training Path
be able to:
MRS6100 Operation and Maintenance

OAM01
Lecture, Lab, E-lab

2d
technical specifications of MRS6100

Target Audience

MRS6100, and execute the system data
configuration
support personnel
Perform the voice file loading
Prerequisites

of MRS6100 (log management, alarm
system
management, device management, message
tracing)
Duration

2 working days

equipment
Class Size
Objectives
Min 6, Max 12
625
10.3.6 SG7000 (NGN) Operation and Maintenance Training

Training Path

SG7000 (NGN) Operation and

Maintenance
OAS01
Lecture, Lab, E-lab

technical specifications of SG7000
3d

Target Audience
SG7000, and execute the common service

configuration, MTP data configuration, M3UA
support personnel
data configuration)
Prerequisites
of SG7000 (database backup, log management,

alarm management, device management,
system
signaling tracing)

SG7000
Duration
equipment
Objectives
3 working days
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
be able to:
626
10.3.7 SHLR9200 Operation and Maintenance Training

Training Path
procedure of NGN network intelligentizing

SHLR9200 Operation and Maintenance

OAS03
Lecture, Lab, E-lab

board indicators, signaling procedure,
2d
networking, applications and technical

Target Audience
specifications of SHLR9200
SHLR9200, and execute the common service
support personnel
Prerequisites
configuration, MTP data configuration, SCCP
data configuration, subscriber data

configuration)
system
of SHLR9200 (log management, alarm

management, device management, signaling

tracing, service data management)

equipment
Duration
Objectives
2 working days
Class Size
be able to:
Min 6, Max 12
Describe the concepts, principle, networking,

applications, services and service processing
627

Training Path


OAE01
Lecture, Lab, E-lab

SE2000 Series(SE2200/SE2300)
2d

Target Audience
SE2000 Series(SE2200/SE2300), and execute

the common service data configuration (SNMP
data configuration, signaling PROXY and
support personnel
media PROXY data configuration, IADMS
Prerequisites
PROXY data configuration)

of SE2000 Series(SE2200/SE2300) (log
system
management, alarm management, device

management, signaling proxy and media
PROXY debugging, IADMS PROXY
debugging)

equipment
Duration
Objectives
2 working days
Class Size
be able to:
Min 6, Max 12
Explain the working principle of PROXY
628
10.3.9 UA5000 (NGN) Operation and Maintenance Training

Training Path

UA5000 (NGN) Operation and

Maintenance
OAG01
Lecture, Lab, E-lab

technical specifications of UA5000
1d

Target Audience
UA5000, and execute the common service

data configuration (hardware data configuration,
MG interface data configuration, POTS service
support personnel
data configuration)
Prerequisites
of UA5000 (database backup, log management,

alarm management, device management,
system
subscriber testing)
Duration

equipment
1 working day
Class Size
Objectives
Min 6, Max 12

be able to:
629
10.3.10 IAD Operation and Maintenance Training

Training Path
be able to:
Describe the network topology, product
IAD Operation and Maintenance

OAI01
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
classification, services, functions, system

structure, networking, applications and
1d
technical specifications of IAD

Target Audience

IAD, and execute the common service data
configuration (MG data configuration,
support personnel
subscriber data configuration)
Prerequisites
of IAD (log management, alarm management,
system
device management)
Duration

1 working day

Class Size
equipment
Min 6, Max 12
Objectives
630
10.3.11 U-Path Operation and Maintenance Training

Training Path
be able to:
U-Path Operation and Maintenance

OAP01
Lecture, Lab, E-lab

1d
U-Path
Target Audience
Perform the software installation of U-Path
Perform the service configuration of U-Path
support personnel
Outline the related data configuration on

SoftX3000 side
Prerequisites

of U-Path (log management, system status
system
browsing, and bill management)

Duration

1 working day

Class Size
equipment
Min 6, Max 12
Objectives
631
10.3.12 SoftX3000 Advanced Operation and Maintenance Training

Training Path
Execute the service data configuration of

SoftX3000 (number changing data
SoftX3000 Advanced Operation and

Maintenance
OAX02
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
configuration, call barring data configuration)

8d
SoftX3000 (using of database tool, traffic

Target Audience
statistics, system security and defense)

Perform the troubleshooting of SoftX3000
Describe the principle, processing procedure,
Prerequisites
operation and original bill format of NGN

Successful completion of the NGN Operation
charging system, and describe the system
structure and configuration of iGWB
At least a half year of experience in the
Describe the principle, application, data
operation and maintenance of NGN
planning and data configuration of NGN dual

home, and perform the routine maintenance of
Objectives
NGN dual home
List the means of improving voice quality of
be able to:
Explain the command parameters and call
processing procedure of NGN protocols, and
NGN
Duration
perform the common problem analysis and

processing of NGN protocols
8 working days
Class Size
Describe the working principle and service

Min 6, Max 12
processing procedure of SoftX3000
632
10.3.13 UMG8900 Advanced Operation and Maintenance Training

Training Path
Describe the working principle and service

processing procedure of UMG8900
UMG8900 Advanced Operation and

Maintenance
OAU02
Lecture, Lab, E-lab

UMG8900 (PRI data configuration, R2 data
3d
configuration), and outline the related data

Target Audience
configuration on SoftX3000 side

UMG89000 (testing management, performance
Prerequisites
statistics, using of software tool)

Perform the troubleshooting of UMG8900

Duration

3 working days

Objectives
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12

be able to:
633
10.3.14 iManager N2000 UMS Advanced Operation and Maintenance Training

Training Path
iManager N2000 UMS (test management,

authority and domain based management,
iManager N2000 UMS Advanced

OAN02
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
subscriber service provisioning, OSS

interconnection)
2d
Perform the system administration of iManager

Target Audience
N2000 UMS (user accounts management,

UMS user management, log management,
service and process management, database
Prerequisites
management, file and disk management,
database backup and restoration)

Perform the troubleshooting of iManager

N2000 UMS
Duration
Objectives
2 working days
Class Size
be able to:
Min 6, Max 12
634
10.3.15 MRS6100 Advanced Operation and Maintenance Training

Training Path
Objectives
MRS6100 Advanced Operation and

Maintenance
OAM02
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
be able to:
1d
Describe the working principle, announcement

principle and service processing procedure of
Target Audience
MRS6100
Perform the language conversion of voice
Prerequisites
Perform the voice conversion and voice loading

Perform the troubleshooting of MRS6100

Duration

1 working day
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
635
10.3.16 SG7000 (NGN) Advanced Operation and Maintenance Training

Training Path
Objectives
SG7000 (NGN) Advanced Operation and

Maintenance
2d
OAS02
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
be able to:
SG7000 (MTP load sharing data configuration,
Target Audience
SCCP load sharing data configuration)

Prerequisites
Perform the troubleshooting of SG7000

Duration

2 working days
Class Size

Min 6, Max 12
636
10.3.17 SHLR9200 Advanced Operation and Maintenance Training

Training Path
Objectives
SHLR9200 Advanced Operation and

Maintenance
OAS04
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
be able to:
1d
Explain the stack structure, functions,

messages and applications of MAP+
Target Audience
Execute the custom-made service data

configuration of SHLR9200
Prerequisites
Perform the troubleshooting of SHLR9200

Duration

1 working day
Class Size

Min 6, Max 12
637
10.3.18 SE2000 Advanced Operation and Maintenance Training

Training Path
Describe the working principle, security, QoS

and reliability of SE2000
SE2000 Advanced Operation and

Maintenance
OAE02
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
Series(SE2200/SE2300)
2d
SE2000 Series(SE2200/SE2300) (security

Target Audience
data configuration, QoS data configuration,

reliability data configuration)
Perform the troubleshooting of SE2000
Prerequisites
Series(SE2200/SE2300)
Duration

2 working days

Class Size
Objectives
Min 6, Max 12

be able to:
638
10.3.19 UA5000 (NGN) Advanced Operation and Maintenance Training

Training Path
Objectives
UA5000 (NGN) Advanced Operation and

Maintenance
1d
OAG02
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
be able to:
Describe the working principle of UA5000
Target Audience
UA5000 (system maintenance, DSP resources

maintenance)
Prerequisites
Perform the troubleshooting of UA5000

Duration

1 working day
Class Size

Min 6, Max 12
639
10.4
STP Training Programs
10.4.1 STP Operation and Maintenance Training

Training Path
System
State the format of TUP, ISUP and SCCP
SS7 Signaling System

OST01
Lecture
message and the meaning of the message

which are often used
1.5d
State the signaling procedures of TUP, ISUP

and SCCP
Trace and analyze the signaling message
SG7000 Hardware System

OST02
Lecture
Describe SG7000 system structure and
0.5d
State the cabinet, frame, board and the
performance features of SG7000
SG7000 Operation and Maintenance
Describe SG7000 logical architecture and

OST03
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
5d
signaling flow
Describe the terminal and alarm system of
SG7000
Target Audience
Configure the hardware data and service data

Personnel who maintain STP equipment
Implement the common operation of
Prerequisites
maintenance such as message tracing and link

management

or maintenance of STP or other switch
Describe the MNP service flows
equipment
Configure the MNP data
Being familiar with computer operation
Duration
Objectives
7 working days
Class Size
be able to:
Min 6, Max 12
Describe the basic concepts of SS7 Signaling

System
Describe the architecture of SS7 Signaling
640
10.4.2 SANEX Operation and Maintenance Training

Training Path
Outline the function and structure of rack,

subrack and boards of DSS
SANEX System Overview

OC131
Lecture
Describe the power system and cable

connection of DSS
1d
Outline the structure of SANEX software

Perform the SHELL operation
SANEX Operation and Maintenance
OC132
Lecture, Lab
Create the SHELL task

Perform the basic operation of DSS system
2d
Perform the routine maintenance of DSS

system
Target Audience
Perform the operation of alarm console,
Personnel who maintain SANEX equipment
performance, trace Console, and integrated
Prerequisites
analysis console
Duration
or maintenance of STP or other switch
3 working days
equipment
Class Size
Min 6, Max 12
Objectives
be able to:
641
10.4.3 SPS V3 (DRA) Operation and Maintenance Training

Training Path
Describe the system architecture of SPS,

including the hardware structure, software
SPS V3 (DRA) Operation and

Maintenance
OAS05
Lecture, Lab, E-lab
structure
Explain the SPS protocols and interfaces
3d
Describe the SPS data configuration flows

Target Audience
Perform the DRA (SPS V3) data configuration,

including the hardware data configuration,
Operating and maintenance engineer, Technical
basic data configuration, signaling interworking
support engineer
data configuration, function and feature data
Prerequisites
configuration
Perform DRA (SPS V3) routine operation and
At least one year of experience in operation
maintenance, including the routine
and maintenance of telecom field
maintenance tasks, routine maintenance
General understanding of telecommunications
commands, logs and alarm checking

Perform DRA (SPS V3) Troubleshooting
and data communications

Objectives
Duration

be able to:
3 working days
Class Size
Describe Diameter basic protocol

Min 6, Max 12
Describe the DRA (SPS V3) product location,

typical application, network structure, the basic
function and features
642

2014-V2 Huawei Product and Knowledge Enterprise Customer Training Manual PDF

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

2014-V2 Huawei Product and Knowledge Enterprise Customer Training Manual PDF

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

2014 Huawei Product and Knowledge

Enterprise Customer Training Manual

Huawei Enterprise Training&Certification Department

2014 Huawei Product and Knowledge Enterprise Customer Training Manual

Huawei Training&Certification Service .................................................................................................................. 1

ICT Convergence Training&Certification Solution .................................................................................. 1

Huawei Training Service ...................................................................................................................... 1

Learning Path ...................................................................................................................................... 4

Huawei's Career Certification ............................................................................................................... 5

Training Instructors .............................................................................................................................. 6

Training Methods ................................................................................................................................. 6

Huawei online learning center (Learning Website) ................................................................................. 7

How to register for a website account? ......................................................................................... 7

How to get online learning resource? ............................................................................................ 7

Frequently-Used Functions on Learning Website .......................................................................... 8

Enterprise IP Training Courses ............................................................................................................................. 9

Enterprise IP Training Path................................................................................................................... 9

Routing and Switching Certification Training Path ......................................................................... 9

WLAN Certification Training Path ................................................................................................10

Security Certification Training Path .............................................................................................. 11

Huawei Routing and Switching Field Engineer Training Path ........................................................ 11

IP Technology Fundamental Principle Training Path .....................................................................12

NE Routers Training Path............................................................................................................13

AR G3 Routers Training Path ......................................................................................................14

AR Series Industrial Routers Training Path ..................................................................................15

Chassis Switches (S97/S93/S77) Training Path ...........................................................................16

Box Switches (S67/S57/S37/27)Training Path..............................................................................17

Data Center Switches (CE128/CE78/CE68/CE58) Training Path ..................................................18

WLAN (AC/ACU/AP) Training Path ..............................................................................................19

MSCG(ME60) Training Path ........................................................................................................20

PTN Product Training Path ..........................................................................................................21

Enterprise Network Management System eSight Training Path ....................................................22

Enterprise Network Design Training Path .....................................................................................23

Firewall Training Path .................................................................................................................24

Security Management Software Training Path ..............................................................................25

Intrusion Detection and Prevention Training Path .........................................................................26

Security Solution Operation and Maintenance Training Path.........................................................27

List of Enterprise IP Training Programs ................................................................................................28

Certification Training Programs ...........................................................................................................34

HCNA Huawei Certified Network Associate Training .....................................................................34

HCNA-Fast Huawei Certified Network Associate Training (Fast-Track 5 days)...............................35

HCNP-R&S-IERN Implementing Enterprise Routing Network Training ..........................................37

HCNP-R&S-IESN Implementing Enterprise Switching Network Training .......................................38

2014 Huawei Product and Knowledge Enterprise Customer Training Manual

HCNP-R&S-IENP Improving Enterprise Network Performance Training ........................................39

HCNA-WLAN Huawei Certified Network Associate - WLAN Training.............................................41

HCNA-Security-CBSN Constructing Basic Security Network Training ...........................................43

HCNP-Security-CISN Constructing Infrastructure of Security Network Training .............................44

HCNP-Security-CTSS Constructing Terminal Security System Training ........................................45

HCNP-Security-CSSN Constructing Service Security Network Training ........................................46

HCS-Field-R&S Huawei Routing and Switching Field Engineer Training .......................................47

HCS-Field-WLAN Huawei WLAN Planning & Optimization Training ..............................................49

IP Technology Fundamental Principle Training Programs .....................................................................52

IP Network Technology Fundamental Training..............................................................................52

Huawei VRP System Training......................................................................................................53

Enterprise LAN Technology Training ............................................................................................54

Enterprise WAN Technology Training ...........................................................................................55

Enterprise IP Routing Technology Training ...................................................................................56

IP Technology Fundamentals(Fast-Track) ....................................................................................57

Advanced Technology Training Programs ............................................................................................58

Enterprise IP Multicast Technologies Training ..............................................................................58

Enterprise IP VPN Technology Training .......................................................................................59

Enterprise MPLS VPN Technologies Training ...............................................................................61